Title: Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
Subject:
Author: Louisa May Alcott
Keywords:
Creator:
PDF Version: 1.2
Page No 1
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
Louisa May Alcott
Page No 2
Table of Contents
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys ...................................................................................................1
Louisa May Alcott...................................................................................................................................1
CHAPTER I NAT ...................................................................................................................................1
CHAPTER II THE BOYS ....................................................................................................................10
CHAPTER III SUNDAY ......................................................................................................................13
CHAPTER IV STEPPINGSTONES ..................................................................................................23
CHAPTER V PATTYPANS ................................................................................................................29
CHAPTER VI A FIRE BRAND ..........................................................................................................40
CHAPTER VII NAUGHTY NAN .......................................................................................................52
CHAPTER VIII PRANKS AND PLAYS ............................................................................................58
CHAPTER IX DAISY'S BALL ...........................................................................................................64
CHAPTER X HOME AGAIN ..............................................................................................................72
CHAPTER XI UNCLE TEDDY ..........................................................................................................81
CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES ....................................................................................................89
CHAPTER XIII GOLDILOCKS ........................................................................................................103
CHAPTER XIV DAMON AND PYTHIAS .......................................................................................107
CHAPTER XV IN THE WILLOW ....................................................................................................119
CHAPTER XVI TAMING THE COLT .............................................................................................129
CHAPTER XVII COMPOSITION DAY ...........................................................................................134
CHAPTER XVIII CROPS ..................................................................................................................142
CHAPTER XIX JOHN BROOKE ......................................................................................................147
CHAPTER XX ROUND THE FIRE ..................................................................................................154
CHAPTER XXI THANKSGIVING ...................................................................................................166
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
i
Page No 3
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
Louisa May Alcott
CHAPTER I. NAT
CHAPTER II. THE BOYS
CHAPTER III. SUNDAY
CHAPTER IV. STEPPINGSTONES
CHAPTER V. PATTY PANS
CHAPTER VI. A FIRE BRAND
CHAPTER VII. NAUGHTY NAN
CHAPTER VIII. PRANKS AND PLAYS
CHAPTER IX. DAISY'S BALL
CHAPTER X. HOME AGAIN
CHAPTER XI. UNCLE TEDDY
CHAPTER XII. HUCKLEBERRIES
CHAPTER XIII. GOLDILOCKS
CHAPTER XIV. DAMON AND PYTHIAS
CHAPTER XV. IN THE WILLOW
CHAPTER XVI. TAMING THE COLT
CHAPTER XVII. COMPOSITION DAY
CHAPTER XVIII. CROPS
CHAPTER XIX. JOHN BROOKE
CHAPTER XX. ROUND THE FIRE
CHAPTER XXI. THANKSGIVING
TO
FREDDY AND JOHNNY,
THE LITTLE MEN
TO WHOM SHE OWES SOME OF THE BEST AND HAPPIEST
HOURS OF HER LIFE,
THIS BOOK IS GRATEFULLY DEDICATED
BY THEIR LOVING
"AUNT WEEDY"
CHAPTER I NAT
"Please, sir, is this Plumfield?" asked a ragged boy of the man who opened the great gate at which the
omnibus left him.
"Yes. Who sent you?"
"Mr. Laurence. I have got a letter for the lady."
"All right; go up to the house, and give it to her; she'll see to you, little chap."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys 1
Page No 4
The man spoke pleasantly, and the boy went on, feeling much cheered by the words. Through the soft spring
rain that fell on sprouting grass and budding trees, Nat saw a large square house before him a
hospitablelooking house, with an oldfashioned porch, wide steps, and lights shining in many windows.
Neither curtains nor shutters hid the cheerful glimmer; and, pausing a moment before he rang, Nat saw many
little shadows dancing on the walls, heard the pleasant hum of young voices, and felt that it was hardly
possible that the light and warmth and comfort within could be for a homeless "little chap" like him.
"I hope the lady will see to me," he thought, and gave a timid rap with the great bronze knocker, which was a
jovial griffin's head.
A rosyfaced servantmaid opened the door, and smiled as she took the letter which he silently offered. She
seemed used to receiving strange boys, for she pointed to a seat in the hall, and said, with a nod:
"Sit there and drip on the mat a bit, while I take this in to missis."
Nat found plenty to amuse him while he waited, and stared about him curiously, enjoying the view, yet glad
to do so unobserved in the dusky recess by the door.
The house seemed swarming with boys, who were beguiling the rainy twilight with all sorts of amusements.
There were boys everywhere, "upstairs and downstairs and in the lady's chamber," apparently, for various
open doors showed pleasant groups of big boys, little boys, and middlesized boys in all stages of evening
relaxation, not to say effervescence. Two large rooms on the right were evidently schoolrooms, for desks,
maps, blackboards, and books were scattered about. An open fire burned on the hearth, and several indolent
lads lay on their backs before it, discussing a new cricketground, with such animation that their boots waved
in the air. A tall youth was practising on the flute in one corner, quite undisturbed by the racket all about him.
Two or three others were jumping over the desks, pausing, now and then, to get their breath and laugh at the
droll sketches of a little wag who was caricaturing the whole household on a blackboard.
In the room on the left a long suppertable was seen, set forth with great pitchers of new milk, piles of brown
and white bread, and perfect stacks of the shiny gingerbread so dear to boyish souls. A flavor of toast was in
the air, also suggestions of baked apples, very tantalizing to one hungry little nose and stomach.
The hall, however, presented the most inviting prospect of all, for a brisk game of tag was going on in the
upper entry. One landing was devoted to marbles, the other to checkers, while the stairs were occupied by a
boy reading, a girl singing a lullaby to her doll, two puppies, a kitten, and a constant succession of small boys
sliding down the banisters, to the great detriment of their clothes and danger to their limbs.
So absorbed did Nat become in this exciting race, that he ventured farther and farther out of his corner; and
when one very lively boy came down so swiftly that he could not stop himself, but fell off the banisters, with
a crash that would have broken any head but one rendered nearly as hard as a cannonball by eleven years of
constant bumping, Nat forgot himself, and ran up to the fallen rider, expecting to find him halfdead. The
boy, however, only winked rapidly for a second, then lay calmly looking up at the new face with a surprised,
"Hullo!"
"Hullo!" returned Nat, not knowing what else to say, and thinking that form of reply both brief and easy.
"Are you a new boy?" asked the recumbent youth, without stirring.
"Don't know yet."
"What's your name?"
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys 2
Page No 5
"Nat Blake."
"Mine's Tommy Bangs. Come up and have a go, will you?" and Tommy got upon his legs like one suddenly
remembering the duties of hospitality.
"Guess I won't, till I see whether I'm going to stay or not," returned Nat, feeling the desire to stay increase
every moment.
"I say, Demi, here's a new one. Come and see to him;" and the lively Thomas returned to his sport with
unabated relish.
At his call, the boy reading on the stairs looked up with a pair of big brown eyes, and after an instant's pause,
as if a little shy, he put the book under his arm, and came soberly down to greet the newcomer, who found
something very attractive in the pleasant face of this slender, mildeyed boy.
"Have you seen Aunt Jo?" he asked, as if that was some sort of important ceremony.
"I haven't seen anybody yet but you boys; I'm waiting," answered Nat.
"Did Uncle Laurie send you?" proceeded Demi, politely, but gravely.
"Mr. Laurence did."
"He is Uncle Laurie; and he always sends nice boys."
Nat looked gratified at the remark, and smiled, in a way that made his thin face very pleasant. He did not
know what to say next, so the two stood staring at one another in friendly silence, till the little girl came up
with her doll in her arms. She was very like Demi, only not so tall, and had a rounder, rosier face, and blue
eyes.
"This is my sister, Daisy," announced Demi, as if presenting a rare and precious creature.
The children nodded to one another; and the little girl's face dimpled with pleasure, as she said affably:
"I hope you'll stay. We have such good times here; don't we, Demi?"
"Of course, we do: that's what Aunt Jo has Plumfield for."
"It seems a very nice place indeed," observed Nat, feeling that he must respond to these amiable young
persons.
"It's the nicest place in the world, isn't it, Demi?" said Daisy, who evidently regarded her brother as authority
on all subjects.
"No, I think Greenland, where the icebergs and seals are, is more interesting. But I'm fond of Plumfield, and
it is a very nice place to be in," returned Demi, who was interested just now in a book on Greenland. He was
about to offer to show Nat the pictures and explain them, when the servant returned, saying with a nod toward
the parlordoor:
"All right; you are to stop."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys 3
Page No 6
"I'm glad; now come to Aunt Jo." And Daisy took him by the hand with a pretty protecting air, which made
Nat feel at home at once.
Demi returned to his beloved book, while his sister led the newcomer into a back room, where a stout
gentleman was frolicking with two little boys on the sofa, and a thin lady was just finishing the letter which
she seemed to have been rereading.
"Here he is, aunty!" cried Daisy.
"So this is my new boy? I am glad to see you, my dear, and hope you'll be happy here," said the lady, drawing
him to her, and stroking back the hair from his forehead with a kind hand and a motherly look, which made
Nat's lonely little heart yearn toward her.
She was not at all handsome, but she had a merry sort of face that never seemed to have forgotten certain
childish ways and looks, any more than her voice and manner had; and these things, hard to describe but very
plain to see and feel, made her a genial, comfortable kind of person, easy to get on with, and generally
"jolly," as boys would say. She saw the little tremble of Nat's lips as she smoothed his hair, and her keen eyes
grew softer, but she only drew the shabby figure nearer and said, laughing:
"I am Mother Bhaer, that gentleman is Father Bhaer, and these are the two little Bhaers. Come here, boys,
and see Nat."
The three wrestlers obeyed at once; and the stout man, with a chubby child on each shoulder, came up to
welcome the new boy. Rob and Teddy merely grinned at him, but Mr. Bhaer shook hands, and pointing to a
low chair near the fire, said, in a cordial voice:
"There is a place all ready for thee, my son; sit down and dry thy wet feet at once."
"Wet? So they are! My dear, off with your shoes this minute, and I'll have some dry things ready for you in a
jiffy," cried Mrs. Bhaer, bustling about so energetically that Nat found himself in the cosy little chair, with
dry socks and warm slippers on his feet, before he would have had time to say Jack Robinson, if he had
wanted to try. He said "Thank you, ma'am," instead; and said it so gratefully that Mrs. Bhaer's eyes grew soft
again, and she said something merry, because she felt so tender, which was a way she had.
"There are Tommy Bangs' slippers; but he never will remember to put them on in the house; so he shall not
have them. They are too big; but that's all the better; you can't run away from us so fast as if they fitted."
"I don't want to run away, ma'am." And Nat spread his grimy little hands before the comfortable blaze, with a
long sigh of satisfaction.
"That's good! Now I am going to toast you well, and try to get rid of that ugly cough. How long have you had
it, dear?" asked Mrs. Bhaer, as she rummaged in her big basket for a strip of flannel.
"All winter. I got cold, and it wouldn't get better, somehow."
"No wonder, living in that damp cellar with hardly a rag to his poor dear back!" said Mrs. Bhaer, in a low
tone to her husband, who was looking at the boy with a skillful pair of eyes that marked the thin temples and
feverish lips, as well as the hoarse voice and frequent fits of coughing that shook the bent shoulders under the
patched jacket.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys 4
Page No 7
"Robin, my man, trot up to Nursey, and tell her to give thee the coughbottle and the liniment," said Mr.
Bhaer, after his eyes had exchanged telegrams with his wife's.
Nat looked a little anxious at the preparations, but forgot his fears in a hearty laugh, when Mrs. Bhaer
whispered to him, with a droll look:
"Hear my rogue Teddy try to cough. The syrup I'm going to give you has honey in it; and he wants some."
Little Ted was red in the face with his exertions by the time the bottle came, and was allowed to suck the
spoon after Nat had manfully taken a dose and had the bit of flannel put about his throat.
These first steps toward a cure were hardly completed when a great bell rang, and a loud tramping through
the hall announced supper. Bashful Nat quaked at the thought of meeting many strange boys, but Mrs. Bhaer
held out her hand to him, and Rob said, patronizingly, "Don't be 'fraid; I'll take care of you."
Twelve boys, six on a side, stood behind their chairs, prancing with impatience to begin, while the tall
fluteplaying youth was trying to curb their ardor. But no one sat down till Mrs. Bhaer was in her place
behind the teapot, with Teddy on her left, and Nat on her right.
"This is our new boy, Nat Blake. After supper you can say how do you do? Gently, boys, gently."
As she spoke every one stared at Nat, and then whisked into their seats, trying to be orderly and failing
utterly. The Bhaers did their best to have the lads behave well at meal times, and generally succeeded pretty
well, for their rules were few and sensible, and the boys, knowing that they tried to make things easy and
happy, did their best to obey. But there are times when hungry boys cannot be repressed without real cruelty,
and Saturday evening, after a halfholiday, was one of those times.
"Dear little souls, do let them have one day in which they can howl and racket and frolic to their hearts'
content. A holiday isn't a holiday without plenty of freedom and fun; and they shall have full swing once a
week," Mrs. Bhaer used to say, when prim people wondered why banistersliding, pillowfights, and all
manner of jovial games were allowed under the once decorous roof of Plumfield.
It did seem at times as if the aforesaid roof was in danger of flying off, but it never did, for a word from
Father Bhaer could at any time produce a lull, and the lads had learned that liberty must not be abused. So, in
spite of many dark predictions, the school flourished, and manners and morals were insinuated, without the
pupils exactly knowing how it was done.
Nat found himself very well off behind the tall pitchers, with Tommy Bangs just around the corner, and Mrs.
Bhaer close by to fill up plate and mug as fast as he could empty them.
"Who is that boy next the girl down at the other end?" whispered Nat to his young neighbor under cover of a
general laugh.
"That's Demi Brooke. Mr. Bhaer is his uncle."
"What a queer name!"
"His real name is John, but they call him DemiJohn, because his father is John too. That's a joke, don't you
see?" said Tommy, kindly explaining. Nat did not see, but politely smiled, and asked, with interest :
"Isn't he a very nice boy?"
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys 5
Page No 8
"I bet you he is; knows lots and reads like any thing."
"Who is the fat one next him?"
"Oh, that's Stuffy Cole. His name is George, but we call him Stuffy 'cause he eats so much. The little fellow
next Father Bhaer is his boy Rob, and then there's big Franz his nephew; he teaches some, and kind of sees to
us."
"He plays the flute, doesn't he?" asked Nat as Tommy rendered himself speechless by putting a whole baked
apple into his mouth at one blow.
Tommy nodded, and said, sooner than one would have imagined possible under the circumstances, "Oh, don't
he, though? And we dance sometimes, and do gymnastics to music. I like a drum myself, and mean to learn
as soon as ever I can."
"I like a fiddle best; I can play one too," said Nat, getting confidential on this attractive subject.
"Can you?" and Tommy stared over the rim of his mug with round eyes, full of interest. "Mr. Bhaer's got an
old fiddle, and he'll let you play on it if you want to."
"Could I? Oh, I would like it ever so much. You see, I used to go round fiddling with my father, and another
man, till he died."
"Wasn't that fun?" cried Tommy, much impressed.
"No, it was horrid; so cold in winter, and hot in summer. And I got tired; and they were cross sometimes; and
I didn't get enough to eat." Nat paused to take a generous bite of gingerbread, as if to assure himself that the
hard times were over; and then he added regretfully: "But I did love my little fiddle, and I miss it. Nicolo took
it away when father died, and wouldn't have me any longer, 'cause I was sick."
"You'll belong to the band if you play good. See if you don't."
"Do you have a band here?" Nat's eyes sparkled.
"Guess we do; a jolly band, all boys; and they have concerts and things. You just see what happens
tomorrow night."
After this pleasantly exciting remark, Tommy returned to his supper, and Nat sank into a blissful reverie over
his full plate.
Mrs. Bhaer had heard all they said, while apparently absorbed in filling mugs, and overseeing little Ted, who
was so sleepy that he put his spoon in his eye, nodded like a rosy poppy, and finally fell fast asleep, with his
cheek pillowed on a soft bun. Mrs. Bhaer had put Nat next to Tommy, because that rolypoly boy had a frank
and social way with him, very attractive to shy persons. Nat felt this, and had made several small confidences
during supper, which gave Mrs. Bhaer the key to the new boy's character, better than if she had talked to him
herself.
In the letter which Mr. Laurence had sent with Nat, he had said:
"DEAR JO: Here is a case after your own heart. This poor lad is an orphan now, sick and friendless. He has
been a streetmusician; and I found him in a cellar, mourning for his dead father, and his lost violin. I think
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys 6
Page No 9
there is something in him, and have a fancy that between us we may give this little man a lift. You cure his
overtasked body, Fritz help his neglected mind, and when he is ready I'll see if he is a genius or only a boy
with a talent which may earn his bread for him. Give him a trial, for the sake of your own boy,
TEDDY."
"Of course we will!" cried Mrs. Bhaer, as she read the letter; and when she saw Nat she felt at once that,
whether he was a genius or not, here was a lonely, sick boy who needed just what she loved to give, a home
and motherly care. Both she and Mr. Bhaer observed him quietly; and in spite of ragged clothes, awkward
manners, and a dirty face, they saw much about Nat that pleased them. He was a thin, pale boy, of twelve,
with blue eyes, and a good forehead under the rough, neglected hair; an anxious, scared face, at times, as if he
expected hard words, or blows; and a sensitive mouth that trembled when a kind glance fell on him; while a
gentle speech called up a look of gratitude, very sweet to see. "Bless the poor dear, he shall fiddle all day long
if he likes," said Mrs. Bhaer to herself, as she saw the eager, happy expression on his face when Tommy
talked of the band.
So, after supper, when the lads flocked into the schoolroom for more "high jinks," Mrs. Jo appeared with a
violin in her hand, and after a word with her husband, went to Nat, who sat in a corner watching the scene
with intense interest.
"Now, my lad, give us a little tune. We want a violin in our band, and I think you will do it nicely."
She expected that he would hesitate; but he seized the old fiddle at once, and handled it with such loving care,
it was plain to see that music was his passion.
"I'll do the best I can, ma'am," was all he said; and then drew the bow across the strings, as if eager to hear
the dear notes again.
There was a great clatter in the room, but as if deaf to any sounds but those he made, Nat played softly to
himself, forgetting every thing in his delight. It was only a simple Negro melody, such as streetmusicians
play, but it caught the ears of the boys at once, and silenced them, till they stood listening with surprise and
pleasure. Gradually they got nearer and nearer, and Mr. Bhaer came up to watch the boy; for, as if he was in
his element now, Nat played away and never minded any one, while his eyes shone, his cheeks reddened, and
his thin fingers flew, as he hugged the old fiddle and made it speak to all their hearts the language that he
loved.
A hearty round of applause rewarded him better than a shower of pennies, when he stopped and glanced
about him, as if to say:
"I've done my best; please like it."
"I say, you do that first rate," cried Tommy, who considered Nat his prot‚g‚.
"You shall be the first fiddle in my band," added Franz, with an approving smile.
Mrs. Bhaer whispered to her husband:
"Teddy is right: there's something in the child." And Mr. Bhaer nodded his head emphatically, as he clapped
Nat on the shoulder, saying, heartily:
"You play well, my son. Come now and play something which we can sing."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys 7
Page No 10
It was the proudest, happiest minute of the poor boy's life when he was led to the place of honor by the piano,
and the lads gathered round, never heeding his poor clothes, but eying him respectfully and waiting eagerly to
hear him play again.
They chose a song he knew; and after one or two false starts they got going, and violin, flute, and piano led a
chorus of boyish voices that made the old roof ring again. It was too much for Nat, more feeble than he knew;
and as the final shout died away, his face began to work, he dropped the fiddle, and turning to the wall
sobbed like a little child.
"My dear, what is it?" asked Mrs. Bhaer, who had been singing with all her might, and trying to keep little
Rob from beating time with his boots.
"You are all so kind and it's so beautiful I can't help it," sobbed Nat, coughing till he was breathless.
"Come with me, dear; you must go to bed and rest; you are worn out, and this is too noisy a place for you,"
whispered Mrs. Bhaer; and took him away to her own parlor, where she let him cry himself quiet.
Then she won him to tell her all his troubles, and listened to the little story with tears in her own eyes, though
it was not a new one to her.
"My child, you have got a father and a mother now, and this is home. Don't think of those sad times any
more, but get well and happy; and be sure you shall never suffer again, if we can help it. This place is made
for all sorts of boys to have a good time in, and to learn how to help themselves and be useful men, I hope.
You shall have as much music as you want, only you must get strong first. Now come up to Nursey and have
a bath, and then go to bed, and tomorrow we will lay some nice little plans together."
Nat held her hand fast in his, but had not a word to say, and let his grateful eyes speak for him, as Mrs. Bhaer
led him up to a big room, where they found a stout German woman with a face so round and cheery that it
looked like a sort of sun, with the wide frill of her cap for rays.
"This is Nursey Hummel, and she will give you a nice bath, and cut your hair, and make you all 'comfy,' as
Rob says. That's the bathroom in there; and on Saturday nights we scrub all the little lads first, and pack
them away in bed before the big ones get through singing. Now then, Rob, in with you."
As she talked, Mrs. Bhaer had whipped off Rob's clothes and popped him into a long bathtub in the little
room opening into the nursery.
There were two tubs, besides footbaths, basins, douchepipes, and all manner of contrivances for
cleanliness. Nat was soon luxuriating in the other bath; and while simmering there, he watched the
performances of the two women, who scrubbed, clean nightgowned, and bundled into bed four or five small
boys, who, of course, cut up all sorts of capers during the operation, and kept every one in a gale of
merriment till they were extinguished in their beds.
By the time Nat was washed and done up in a blanket by the fire, while Nursey cut his hair, a new
detachment of boys arrived and were shut into the bathroom, where they made as much splashing and noise
as a school of young whales at play.
"Nat had better sleep here, so that if his cough troubles him in the night you can see that he takes a good
draught of flaxseed tea," said Mrs. Bhaer, who was flying about like a distracted hen with a large brood of
lively ducklings.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys 8
Page No 11
Nursey approved the plan, finished Nat off with a flannel nightgown, a drink of something warm and sweet,
and then tucked him into one of the three little beds standing in the room, where he lay looking like a
contented mummy and feeling that nothing more in the way of luxury could be offered him. Cleanliness in
itself was a new and delightful sensation; flannel gowns were unknown comforts in his world; sips of "good
stuff" soothed his cough as pleasantly as kind words did his lonely heart; and the feeling that somebody cared
for him made that plain room seem a sort of heaven to the homeless child. It was like a cosy dream; and he
often shut his eyes to see if it would not vanish when he opened them again. It was too pleasant to let him
sleep, and he could not have done so if he had tried, for in a few minutes one of the peculiar institutions of
Plumfield was revealed to his astonished but appreciative eyes.
A momentary lull in the aquatic exercises was followed by the sudden appearance of pillows flying in all
directions, hurled by white goblins, who came rioting out of their beds. The battle raged in several rooms, all
down the upper hall, and even surged at intervals into the nursery, when some hardpressed warrior took
refuge there. No one seemed to mind this explosion in the least; no one forbade it, or even looked surprised.
Nursey went on hanging up towels, and Mrs. Bhaer laid out clean clothes, as calmly as if the most perfect
order reigned. Nay, she even chased one daring boy out of the room, and fired after him the pillow he had
slyly thrown at her.
"Won't they hurt 'em?" asked Nat, who lay laughing with all his might.
"Oh dear, no! We always allow one pillowfight Saturday night. The cases are changed tomorrow; and it
gets up a glow after the boys' baths; so I rather like it myself," said Mrs. Bhaer, busy again among her dozen
pairs of socks.
"What a very nice school this is!" observed Nat, in a burst of admiration.
"It's an odd one," laughed Mrs. Bhaer, "but you see we don't believe in making children miserable by too
many rules, and too much study. I forbade nightgown parties at first; but, bless you, it was of no use. I could
no more keep those boys in their beds than so many jacks in the box. So I made an agreement with them: I
was to allow a fifteenminute pillowfight every Saturday night; and they promised to go properly to bed
every other night. I tried it, and it worked well. If they don't keep their word, no frolic; if they do, I just turn
the glasses round, put the lamps in safe places, and let them rampage as much as they like."
"It's a beautiful plan," said Nat, feeling that he should like to join in the fray, but not venturing to propose it
the first night. So he lay enjoying the spectacle, which certainly was a lively one.
Tommy Bangs led the assailing party, and Demi defended his own room with a dogged courage fine to see,
collecting pillows behind him as fast as they were thrown, till the besiegers were out of ammunition, when
they would charge upon him in a body, and recover their arms. A few slight accidents occurred, but nobody
minded, and gave and took sounding thwacks with perfect good humor, while pillows flew like big
snowflakes, till Mrs. Bhaer looked at her watch, and called out:
"Time is up, boys. Into bed, every man jack, or pay the forfeit!"
"What is the forfeit?" asked Nat, sitting up in his eagerness to know what happened to those wretches who
disobeyed this most peculiar, but publicspirited schoolma'am.
"Lose their fun next time," answered Mrs. Bhaer. "I give them five minutes to settle down, then put out the
lights, and expect order. They are honorable lads, and they keep their word."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys 9
Page No 12
That was evident, for the battle ended as abruptly as it began a parting shot or two, a final cheer, as Demi
fired the seventh pillow at the retiring foe, a few challenges for next time, then order prevailed. And nothing
but an occasional giggle or a suppressed whisper broke the quiet which followed the Saturdaynight frolic, as
Mother Bhaer kissed her new boy and left him to happy dreams of life at Plumfield.
CHAPTER II THE BOYS
While Nat takes a good long sleep, I will tell my little readers something about the boys, among whom he
found himself when he woke up.
To begin with our old friends. Franz was a tall lad, of sixteen now, a regular German, big, blond, and
bookish, also very domestic, amiable, and musical. His uncle was fitting him for college, and his aunt for a
happy home of his own hereafter, because she carefully fostered in him gentle manners, love of children,
respect for women, old and young, and helpful ways about the house. He was her righthand man on all
occasions, steady, kind, and patient; and he loved his merry aunt like a mother, for such she had tried to be to
him.
Emil was quite different, being quicktempered, restless, and enterprising, bent on going to sea, for the blood
of the old vikings stirred in his veins, and could not be tamed. His uncle promised that he should go when he
was sixteen, and set him to studying navigation, gave him stories of good and famous admirals and heroes to
read, and let him lead the life of a frog in river, pond, and brook, when lessons were done. His room looked
like the cabin of a manofwar, for every thing was nautical, military, and shipshape. Captain Kyd was his
delight, and his favorite amusement was to rig up like that piratical gentleman, and roar out sanguinary
seasongs at the top of his voice. He would dance nothing but sailors' hornpipes, rolled in his gait, and was as
nautical in conversation to his uncle would permit. The boys called him "Commodore," and took great pride
in his fleet, which whitened the pond and suffered disasters that would have daunted any commander but a
seastruck boy.
Demi was one of the children who show plainly the effect of intelligent love and care, for soul and body
worked harmoniously together. The natural refinement which nothing but home influence can teach, gave
him sweet and simple manners: his mother had cherished an innocent and loving heart in him; his father had
watched over the physical growth of his boy, and kept the little body straight and strong on wholesome food
and exercise and sleep, while Grandpa March cultivated the little mind with the tender wisdom of a modern
Pythagoras, not tasking it with long, hard lessons, parrotlearned, but helping it to unfold as naturally and
beautifully as sun and dew help roses bloom. He was not a perfect child, by any means, but his faults were of
the better sort; and being early taught the secret of selfcontrol, he was not left at the mercy of appetites and
passions, as some poor little mortals are, and then punished for yielding to the temptations against which they
have no armor. A quiet, quaint boy was Demi, serious, yet cheery, quite unconscious that he was unusually
bright and beautiful, yet quick to see and love intelligence or beauty in other children. Very fond of books,
and full of lively fancies, born of a strong imagination and a spiritual nature, these traits made his parents
anxious to balance them with useful knowledge and healthful society, lest they should make him one of those
pale precocious children who amaze and delight a family sometimes, and fade away like hothouse flowers,
because the young soul blooms too soon, and has not a hearty body to root it firmly in the wholesome soil of
this world.
So Demi was transplanted to Plumfield, and took so kindly to the life there, that Meg and John and Grandpa
felt satisfied that they had done well. Mixing with other boys brought out the practical side of him, roused his
spirit, and brushed away the pretty cobwebs he was so fond of spinning in that little brain of his. To be sure,
he rather shocked his mother when he came home, by banging doors, saying "by George" emphatically, and
demanding tall thick boots "that clumped like papa's." But John rejoiced over him, laughed at his explosive
remarks, got the boots, and said contentedly,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER II THE BOYS 10
Page No 13
"He is doing well; so let him clump. I want my son to be a manly boy, and this temporary roughness won't
hurt him. We can polish him up by and by; and as for learning, he will pick that up as pigeons do peas. So
don't hurry him."
Daisy was as sunshiny and charming as ever, with all sorts of womanlinesses budding in her, for she was like
her gentle mother, and delighted in domestic things. She had a family of dolls, whom she brought up in the
most exemplary manner; she could not get on without her little workbasket and bits of sewing, which she
did so nicely, that Demi frequently pulled out his handkerchief display her neat stitches, and Baby Josy had a
flannel petticoat beautifully made by Sister Daisy. She like to quiddle about the chinacloset, prepare the
saltcellars, put the spoons straight on the table; and every day went round the parlor with her brush, dusting
chairs and tables. Demi called her a "Betty," but was very glad to have her keep his things in order, lend him
her nimble fingers in all sorts of work, and help him with his lessons, for they kept abreast there, and had no
thought of rivalry.
The love between them was as strong as ever; and no one could laugh Demi out of his affectionate ways with
Daisy. He fought her battles valiantly, and never could understand why boys should be ashamed to say "right
out," that they loved their sisters. Daisy adored her twin, thought "my brother" the most remarkable boy in
the world, and every morning, in her little wrapper, trotted to tap at his door with a motherly "Get up, my
dear, it's 'most breakfast time; and here's your clean collar."
Rob was an energetic morsel of a boy, who seemed to have discovered the secret of perpetual motion, for he
never was still. Fortunately, he was not mischievous, nor very brave; so he kept out of trouble pretty well, and
vibrated between father and mother like an affectionate little pendulum with a lively tick, for Rob was a
chatterbox.
Teddy was too young to play a very important part in the affairs of Plumfield, yet he had his little sphere, and
filled it beautifully. Every one felt the need of a pet at times, and Baby was always ready to accommodate, for
kissing and cuddling suited him excellently. Mrs. Jo seldom stirred without him; so he had his little finger in
all the domestic pies, and every one found them all the better for it, for they believed in babies at Plumfield.
Dick Brown, and Adolphus or Dolly Pettingill, were two eight yearolds. Dolly stuttered badly, but was
gradually getting over it, for no one was allowed to mock him and Mr. Bhaer tried to cure it, by making him
talk slowly. Dolly was a good little lad, quite uninteresting and ordinary, but he flourished here, and went
through his daily duties and pleasures with placid content and propriety.
Dick Brown's affliction was a crooked back, yet he bore his burden so cheerfully, that Demi once asked in his
queer way, "Do humps make people goodnatured? I'd like one if they do." Dick was always merry, and did
his best to be like other boys, for a plucky spirit lived in the feeble little body. When he first came, he was
very sensitive about his misfortune, but soon learned to forget it, for no one dared remind him of it, after Mr.
Bhaer had punished one boy for laughing at him.
"God don't care; for my soul is straight if my back isn't," sobbed Dick to his tormentor on that occasion; and,
by cherishing this idea, the Bhaers soon led him to believe that people also loved his soul, and did not mind
his body, except to pity and help him to bear it.
Playing menagerie once with the others, some one said,
"What animal will you be, Dick?"
"Oh, I'm the dromedary; don't you see the hump on my back?" was the laughing answer.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER II THE BOYS 11
Page No 14
"So you are, my nice little one that don't carry loads, but marches by the elephant first in the procession," said
Demi, who was arranging the spectacle.
"I hope others will be as kind to the poor dear as my boys have learned to be," said Mrs. Jo, quite satisfied
with the success of her teaching, as Dick ambled past her, looking like a very happy, but a very feeble little
dromedary, beside stout Stuffy, who did the elephant with ponderous propriety.
Jack Ford was a sharp, rather a sly lad, who was sent to this school, because it was cheap. Many men would
have thought him a smart boy, but Mr. Bhaer did not like his way of illustrating that Yankee word, and
thought his unboyish keenness and moneyloving as much of an affliction as Dolly's stutter, or Dick's hump.
Ned Barker was like a thousand other boys of fourteen, all legs, blunder, and bluster. Indeed the family called
him the "Blunderbuss," and always expected to see him tumble over the chairs, bump against the tables, and
knock down any small articles near him. He bragged a good deal about what he could do, but seldom did any
thing to prove it, was not brave, and a little given to taletelling. He was apt to bully the small boys, and
flatter the big ones, and without being at all bad, was just the sort of fellow who could very easily be led
astray.
George Cole had been spoilt by an overindulgent mother, who stuffed him with sweetmeats till he was sick,
and then thought him too delicate to study, so that at twelve years old, he was a pale, puffy boy, dull, fretful,
and lazy. A friend persuaded her to send him to Plumfield, and there he soon got waked up, for sweet things
were seldom allowed, much exercise required, and study made so pleasant, that Stuffy was gently lured
along, till he quite amazed his anxious mamma by his improvement, and convinced her that there was really
something remarkable in Plumfield air.
Billy Ward was what the Scotch tenderly call an "innocent," for though thirteen years old, he was like a child
of six. He had been an unusually intelligent boy, and his father had hurried him on too fast, giving him all
sorts of hard lessons, keeping at his books six hours a day, and expecting him to absorb knowledge as a
Strasburg goose does the food crammed down its throat. He thought he was doing his duty, but he nearly
killed the boy, for a fever gave the poor child a sad holiday, and when he recovered, the overtasked brain
gave out, and Billy's mind was like a slate over which a sponge has passed, leaving it blank.
It was a terrible lesson to his ambitious father; he could not bear the sight of his promising child, changed to a
feeble idiot, and he sent him away to Plumfield, scarcely hoping that he could be helped, but sure that he
would be kindly treated. Quite docile and harmless was Billy, and it was pitiful to see how hard he tried to
learn, as if groping dimly after the lost knowledge which had cost him so much.
Day after day, he pored over the alphabet, proudly said A and B, and thought that he knew them, but on the
morrow they were gone, and all the work was to be done over again. Mr. Bhaer had infinite patience with
him, and kept on in spite of the apparent hopelessness of the task, not caring for book lessons, but trying
gently to clear away the mists from the darkened mind, and give it back intelligence enough to make the boy
less a burden and an affliction.
Mrs. Bhaer strengthened his health by every aid she could invent, and the boys all pitied and were kind to
him. He did not like their active plays, but would sit for hours watching the doves, would dig holes for Teddy
till even that ardent grubber was satisfied, or follow Silas, the man, from place to place seeing him work, for
honest Si was very good to him, and though he forgot his letters Billy remembered friendly faces.
Tommy Bangs was the scapegrace of the school, and the most trying scapegrace that ever lived. As full of
mischief as a monkey, yet so goodhearted that one could not help forgiving his tricks; so scatterbrained
that words went by him like the wind, yet so penitent for every misdeed, that it was impossible to keep sober
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER II THE BOYS 12
Page No 15
when he vowed tremendous vows of reformation, or proposed all sorts of queer punishments to be inflicted
upon himself. Mr. and Mrs. Bhaer lived in a state of preparation for any mishap, from the breaking of
Tommy's own neck, to the blowing up of the entire family with gunpowder; and Nursey had a particular
drawer in which she kept bandages, plasters, and salves for his especial use, for Tommy was always being
brought in half dead; but nothing ever killed him, and he arose from every downfall with redoubled vigor.
The first day he came, he chopped the top off one finger in the haycutter, and during the week, fell from the
shed roof, was chased by an angry hen who tried to pick his out because he examined her chickens, got run
away with, and had his ears boxed violent by Asia, who caught him luxuriously skimming a pan of cream
with half a stolen pie. Undaunted, however, by any failures or rebuffs, this indomitable youth went on
amusing himself with all sorts of tricks till no one felt safe. If he did not know his lessons, he always had
some droll excuse to offer, and as he was usually clever at his books, and as bright as a button in composing
answers when he did not know them, he go on pretty well at school. But out of school, Ye gods and little
fishes! how Tommy did carouse!
He wound fat Asia up in her own clothes line against the post, and left here there to fume and scold for half
an hour one busy Monday morning. He dropped a hot cent down Mary Ann's back as that pretty maid was
waiting at table one day when there were gentlemen to dinner, whereat the poor girl upset the soup and
rushed out of the room in dismay, leaving the family to think that she had gone mad. He fixed a pail of water
up in a tree, with a bit of ribbon fastened to the handle, and when Daisy, attracted by the gay streamer, tried
to pull it down, she got a douche bath that spoiled her clean frock and hurt her little feelings very much. He
put rough white pebbles in the sugarbowl when his grandmother came to tea, and the poor old lady
wondered why they didn't melt in her cup, but was too polite to say anything. He passed around snuff in
church so that five of the boys sneezed with such violence they had to go out. He dug paths in winter time,
and then privately watered them so that people should tumble down. He drove poor Silas nearly wild by
hanging his big boots in conspicuous places, for his feet were enormous, and he was very much ashamed of
them. He persuaded confiding little Dolly to tie a thread to one of his loose teeth, and leave the string hanging
from his mouth when he went to sleep, so that Tommy could pull it out without his feeling the dreaded
operation. But the tooth wouldn't come at the first tweak, and poor Dolly woke up in great anguish of spirit,
and lost all faith in Tommy from that day forth.
The last prank had been to give the hens bread soaked in rum, which made them tipsy and scandalized all the
other fowls, for the respectable old biddies went staggering about, pecking and clucking in the most maudlin
manner, while the family were convulsed with laughter at their antics, till Daisy took pity on them and shut
them up in the henhouse to sleep off their intoxication.
These were the boys and they lived together as happy as twelve lads could, studying and playing, working
and squabbling, fighting faults and cultivating virtues in the good oldfashioned way. Boys at other schools
probably learned more from books, but less of that better wisdom which makes good men. Latin, Greek, and
mathematics were all very well, but in Professor Bhaer's opinion, self knowledge, selfhelp, and selfcontrol
were more important, and he tried to teach them carefully. People shook their heads sometimes at his ideas,
even while they owned that the boys improved wonderfully in manners and morals. But then, as Mrs. Jo said
to Nat, "it was an odd school."
CHAPTER III SUNDAY
The moment the bell rang next morning Nat flew out of bed, and dressed himself with great satisfaction in the
suit of clothes he found on the chair. They were not new, being halfworn garments of one of the welltodo
boys; but Mrs. Bhaer kept all such castoff feathers for the picked robins who strayed into her nest. They
were hardly on when Tommy appeared in a high state of clean collar, and escorted Nat down to breakfast.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER III SUNDAY 13
Page No 16
The sun was shining into the diningroom on the wellspread table, and the flock of hungry, hearty lads who
gathered round it. Nat observed that they were much more orderly than they had been the night before, and
every one stood silently behind his chair while little Rob, standing beside his father at the head of the table,
folded his hands, reverently bent his curly head, and softly repeated a short grace in the devout German
fashion, which Mr. Bhaer loved and taught his little son to honor. Then they all sat down to enjoy the
Sundaymorning breakfast of coffee, steak, and baked potatoes, instead of the bread and milk fare with
which they usually satisfied their young appetites. There was much pleasant talk while the knives and forks
rattled briskly, for certain Sunday lessons were to be learned, the Sunday walk settled, and plans for the week
discussed. As he listened, Nat thought it seemed as if this day must be a very pleasant one, for he loved quiet,
and there was a cheerful sort of hush over every thing that pleased him very much; because, in spite of his
rough life, the boy possessed the sensitive nerves which belong to a musicloving nature.
"Now, my lads, get your morning jobs done, and let me find you ready for church when the 'bus comes
round," said Father Bhaer, and set the example by going into the schoolroom to get books ready for the
morrow.
Every one scattered to his or her task, for each had some little daily duty, and was expected to perform it
faithfully. Some brought wood and water, brushed the steps, or ran errands for Mrs. Bhaer. Others fed the pet
animals, and did chores about the barn with Franz. Daisy washed the cups, and Demi wiped them, for the
twins liked to work together, and Demi had been taught to make himself useful in the little house at home.
Even Baby Teddy had his small job to do, and trotted to and fro, putting napkins away, and pushing chairs
into their places. For half and hour the lads buzzed about like a hive of bees, then the 'bus drove round, Father
Bhaer and Franz with the eight older boys piled in, and away they went for a threemile drive to church in
town.
Because of the troublesome cough Nat prefered to stay at home with the four small boys, and spent a happy
morning in Mrs. Bhaer's room, listening to the stories she read them, learning the hymns she taught them, and
then quietly employing himself pasting pictures into an old ledger.
"This is my Sunday closet," she said, showing him shelves filled with picturebooks, paintboxes,
architectural blocks, little diaries, and materials for letterwriting. "I want my boys to love Sunday, to find it
a peaceful, pleasant day, when they can rest from common study and play, yet enjoy quiet pleasures, and
learn, in simple ways, lessons more important than any taught in school. Do you understand me?" she asked,
watching Nat's attentive face.
"You mean to be good?" he said, after hesitating a minute.
"Yes; to be good, and to love to be good. It is hard work sometimes, I know very well; but we all help one
another, and so we get on. This is one of the ways in which I try to help my boys," and she took down a thick
book, which seemed halffull of writing, and opened at a page on which there was one word at the top.
"Why, that's my name!" cried Nat, looking both surprised and interested.
"Yes; I have a page for each boy. I keep a little account of how he gets on through the week, and Sunday
night I show him the record. If it is bad I am sorry and disappointed, if it is good I am glad and proud; but,
whichever it is, the boys know I want to help them, and they try to do their best for love of me and Father
Bhaer."
"I should think they would," said Nat, catching a glimpse of Tommy's name opposite his own, and wondering
what was written under it.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER III SUNDAY 14
Page No 17
Mrs. Bhaer saw his eye on the words, and shook her head, saying, as she turned a leaf
"No, I don't show my records to any but the one to whom each belongs. I call this my conscience book; and
only you and I will ever know what is to be written on the page below your name. Whether you will be
pleased or ashamed to read it next Sunday depends on yourself. I think it will be a good report; at any rate, I
shall try to make things easy for you in this new place, and shall be quite contented if you keep our few rules,
live happily with the boys, and learn something."
"I'll try ma'am;" and Nat's thin face flushed up with the earnestness of his desire to make Mrs. Bhaer "glad
and proud," not "sorry and disappointed." "It must be a great deal of trouble to write about so many," he
added, as she shut her book with an encouraging pat on the shoulder.
"Not to me, for I really don't know which I like best, writing or boys," she said, laughing to see Nat stare with
astonishment at the last item. "Yes, I know many people think boys are a nuisance, but that is because they
don't understand them. I do; and I never saw the boy yet whom I could not get on capitally with after I had
once found the soft spot in his heart. Bless me, I couldn't get on at all without my flock of dear, noisy,
naughty, harumscarum little lads, could I, my Teddy?" and Mrs. Bhaer hugged the young rogue, just in time
to save the big inkstand from going into his pocket.
Nat, who had never heard anything like this before, really did not know whether Mother Bhaer was a trifle
crazy, or the most delightful woman he had ever met. He rather inclined to the latter opinion, in spite of her
peculiar tastes, for she had a way of filling up a fellow's plate before he asked, of laughing at his jokes, gently
tweaking him by the ear, or clapping him on the shoulder, that Nat found very engaging.
"Now, I think you would like to go into the schoolroom and practise some of the hymns we are to sing
tonight," she said, rightly guessing the thing of all others that he wanted to do.
Alone with the beloved violin and the musicbook propped up before him in the sunny window, while Spring
beauty filled the world outside, and Sabbath silence reigned within, Nat enjoyed an hour or two of genuine
happiness, learning the sweet old tunes, and forgetting the hard past in the cheerful present.
When the churchgoers came back and dinner was over, every one read, wrote letters home, said their
Sunday lessons, or talked quietly to one another, sitting here and there about the house. At three o'clock the
entire family turned out to walk, for all the active young bodies must have exercise; and in these walks the
active young minds were taught to see and love the providence of God in the beautiful miracles which Nature
was working before their eyes. Mr. Bhaer always went with them, and in his simple, fatherly way, found for
his flock, "Sermons in stones, books in the running brooks, and good in everything."
Mrs. Bhaer with Daisy and her own two boys drove into town, to pay the weekly visit to Grandma, which
was busy Mother Bhaer's one holiday and greatest pleasure. Nat was not strong enough for the long walk, and
asked to stay at home with Tommy, who kindly offered to do the honors of Plumfield. "You've seen the
house, so come out and have a look at the garden, and the barn, and the menagerie," said Tommy, when they
were left alone with Asia, to see that they didn't get into mischief; for, though Tommy was one of the
bestmeaning boys who ever adorned knickerbockers, accidents of the most direful nature were always
happening to him, no one could exactly tell how.
"What is your menagerie?" asked Nat, as they trotted along the drive that encircled the house.
"We all have pets, you see, and we keep 'em in the cornbarn, and call it the menagerie. Here you are. Isn't
my guineapig a beauty?" and Tommy proudly presented one of the ugliest specimens of that pleasing animal
that Nat ever saw.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER III SUNDAY 15
Page No 18
"I know a boy with a dozen of 'em, and he said he'd give me one, only I hadn't any place to keep it, so I
couldn't have it. It was white, with black spots, a regular rouser, and maybe I could get it for you if you'd like
it," said Nat, feeling it would be a delicate return for Tommy's attentions.
"I'd like it ever so much, and I'll give you this one, and they can live together if they don't fight. Those white
mice are Rob's, Franz gave 'em to him. The rabbits are Ned's, and the bantams outside are Stuffy's. That box
thing is Demi's turtletank, only he hasn't begun to get 'em yet. Last year he had sixtytwo, whackers some
of 'em. He stamped one of 'em with his name and the year, and let it go; and he says maybe he will find it
ever so long after and know it. He read about a turtle being found that had a mark on it that showed it must be
hundreds of years old. Demi's such a funny chap."
"What is in this box?" asked Nat, stopping before a large deep one, halffull of earth.
"Oh, that's Jack Ford's wormshop. He digs heaps of 'em and keeps 'em here, and when we want any to go
afishing with, we buy some of him. It saves lots of trouble, only he charged too much for 'em. Why, last time
we traded I had to pay two cents a dozen, and then got little ones. Jack's mean sometimes, and I told him I'd
dig for myself if he didn't lower his prices. Now, I own two hens, those gray ones with top knots, firstrate
ones they are too, and I sell Mrs. Bhaer the eggs, but I never ask her more than twentyfive cents a dozen,
never! I'd be ashamed to do it," cried Tommy, with a glance of scorn at the wormshop.
"Who owns the dogs?" asked Nat, much interested in these commercial transactions, and feeling that T.
Bangs was a man whom it would be a privilege and a pleasure to patronize.
"The big dog is Emil's. His name is Christopher Columbus. Mrs. Bhaer named him because she likes to say
Christopher Columbus, and no one minds it if she means the dog," answered Tommy, in the tone of a
showman displaying his menagerie. "The white pup is Rob's, and the yellow one is Teddy's. A man was
going to drown them in our pond, and Pa Bhaer wouldn't let him. They do well enough for the little chaps, I
don't think much of 'em myself. Their names are Castor and Pollux."
"I'd like Toby the donkey best, if I could have anything, it's so nice to ride, and he's so little and good," said
Nat, remembering the weary tramps he had taken on his own tired feet.
"Mr. Laurie sent him out to Mrs. Bhaer, so she shouldn't carry Teddy on her back when we go to walk. We're
all fond of Toby, and he's a firstrate donkey, sir. Those pigeons belong to the whole lot of us, we each have
our pet one, and go shares in all the little ones as they come along. Squabs are great fun; there ain't any now,
but you can go up and take a look at the old fellows, while I see if Cockletop and Granny have laid any eggs."
Nat climbed up a ladder, put his head through a trap door and took a long look at the pretty doves billing and
cooing in their spacious loft. Some on their nests, some bustling in and out, and some sitting at their doors,
while many went flying from the sunny housetop to the strawstrewn farmyard, where six sleek cows were
placidly ruminating.
"Everybody has got something but me. I wish I had a dove, or a hen, or even a turtle, all my own," thought
Nat, feeling very poor as he saw the interesting treasures of the other boys. "How do you get these things?"
he asked, when he joined Tommy in the barn.
"We find 'em or buy 'em, or folks give 'em to us. My father sends me mine; but as soon as I get egg money
enough, I'm going to buy a pair of ducks. There's a nice little pond for 'em behind the barn, and people pay
well for duckeggs, and the little duckies are pretty, and it's fun to see 'em swim," said Tommy, with the air
of a millionaire.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER III SUNDAY 16
Page No 19
Nat sighed, for he had neither father nor money, nothing in the wide world but an old empty pocketbook, and
the skill that lay in his ten finger tips. Tommy seemed to understand the question and the sigh which followed
his answer, for after a moment of deep thought, he suddenly broke out,
"Look here, I'll tell you what I'll do. If you will hunt eggs for me, I hate it, I'll give you one egg out of every
dozen. You keep account, and when you've had twelve, Mother Bhaer will give you twentyfive cents for
'em, and then you can buy what you like, don't you see?"
"I'll do it! What a kind feller you are, Tommy!" cried Nat, quite dazzled by this brilliant offer.
"Pooh! that is not anything. You begin now and rummage the barn, and I'll wait here for you. Granny is
cackling, so you're sure to find one somewhere," and Tommy threw himself down on the hay with a luxurious
sense of having made a good bargain, and done a friendly thing.
Nat joyfully began his search, and went rustling from loft to loft till he found two fine eggs, one hidden under
a beam, and the other in an old peck measure, which Mrs. Cockletop had appropriated.
"You may have one and I'll have the other, that will just make up my last dozen, and tomorrow we'll start
fresh.
Here, you chalk your accounts up near mine, and then we'll be all straight," said Tommy, showing a row of
mysterious figures on the side of an old winnowing machine.
With a delightful sense of importance, the proud possessor of one egg opened his account with his friend,
who laughingly wrote above the figures these imposing words,
"T. Bangs Co."
Poor Nat found them so fascinating that he was with difficulty persuaded to go and deposit his first piece of
portable property in Asia's storeroom. Then they went on again, and having made the acquaintance of the
two horses, six cows, three pigs, and one Alderney "Bossy," as calves are called in New England, Tommy
took Nat to a certain old willowtree that overhung a noisy little brook. From the fence it was an easy
scramble into a wide niche between the three big branches, which had been cut off to send out from year to
year a crowd of slender twigs, till a green canopy rustled overhead. Here little seats had been fixed, and a
hollow place a closet made big enough to hold a book or two, a dismantled boat, and several halffinished
whistles.
"This is Demi's and my private place; we made it, and nobody can come up unless we let 'em, except Daisy,
we don't mind her," said Tommy, as Nat looked with delight from the babbling brown water below to the
green arch above, where bees were making a musical murmur as they feasted on the long yellow blossoms
that filled the air with sweetness.
"Oh, it's just beautiful!" cried Nat. "I do hope you'll let me up sometimes. I never saw such a nice place in all
my life. I'd like to be a bird, and live here always."
"It is pretty nice. You can come if Demi don't mind, and I guess he won't, because he said last night that he
liked you."
"Did he?" and Nat smiled with pleasure, for Demi's regard seemed to be valued by all the boys, partly
because he was Father Bhaer's nephew, and partly because he was such a sober, conscientious little fellow.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER III SUNDAY 17
Page No 20
"Yes; Demi likes quiet chaps, and I guess he and you will get on if you care about reading as he does."
Poor Nat's flush of pleasure deepened to a painful scarlet at those last words, and he stammered out,
I can't read very well; I never had any time; I was always fiddling round, you know."
"I don't love it myself, but I can do it well enough when I want to," said Tommy, after a surprised look, which
said as plainly as words, "A boy twelve years old and can't read!"
"I can read music, anyway," added Nat, rather ruffled at having to confess his ignorance.
"I can't;" and Tommy spoke in a respectful tone, which emboldened Nat to say firmly,
"I mean to study real hard and learn every thing I can, for I never had a chance before. Does Mr. Bhaer give
hard lessons?"
"No; he isn't a bit cross; he sort of explains and gives you a boost over the hard places. Some folks don't; my
other master didn't. If we missed a word, didn't we get raps on the head!" and Tommy rubbed his own pate as
if it tingled yet with the liberal supply of raps, the memory of which was the only thing he brought away after
a year with his "other master."
"I think I could read this," said Nat, who had been examining the books.
"Read a bit, then; I'll help you," resumed Tommy, with a patronizing air.
So Nat did his best, and floundered through a page with may friendly "boosts" from Tommy, who told him he
would soon "go it" as well as anybody. Then they sat and talked boyfashion about all sorts of things, among
others, gardening; for Nat, looking down from his perch, asked what was planted in the many little patches
lying below them on the other side of the brook.
"These are our farms," said Tommy. "We each have our own patch, and raise what we like in it, only have to
choose different things, and can't change till the crop is in, and we must keep it in order all summer."
"What are you going to raise this year?"
"Wal, I cattleated to hev beans, as they are about the easiest crop agoin'."
Nat could not help laughing, for Tommy had pushed back his hat, put his hands in his pockets, and drawled
out his words in unconscious imitation of Silas, the man who managed the place for Mr. Bhaer.
"Come, you needn't laugh; beans are ever so much easier than corn or potatoes. I tried melons last year, but
the bugs were a bother, and the old things wouldn't get ripe before the frost, so I didn't have but one good
water and two little 'mush mellions,' " said Tommy, relapsing into a "Silasism" with the last word.
"Corn looks pretty growing," said Nat, politely, to atone for his laugh.
"Yes, but you have to hoe it over and over again. Now, six weeks' beans only have to be done once or so, and
they get ripe soon. I'm going to try 'em, for I spoke first. Stuffy wanted 'em, but he's got to take peas; they
only have to be picked, and he ought to do it, he eats such a lot."
"I wonder if I shall have a garden?" said Nat, thinking that even cornhoeing must be pleasant work.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER III SUNDAY 18
Page No 21
"Of course you will," said a voice from below, and there was Mr. Bhaer returned from his walk, and come to
find them, for he managed to have a little talk with every one of the lads some time during the day, and found
that these chats gave them a good start for the coming week.
Sympathy is a sweet thing, and it worked wonders here, for each boy knew that Father Bhaer was interested
in him, and some were readier to open their hearts to him than to a woman, especially the older ones, who
liked to talk over their hopes and plans, man to man. When sick or in trouble they instinctively turned to Mrs.
Jo, while the little ones made her their motherconfessor on all occasions.
In descending from their nest, Tommy fell into the brook; being used to it, he calmly picked himself out and
retired to the house to be dried. This left Nat to Mr. Bhaer, which was just what he wished, and, during the
stroll they took among the garden plots, he won the lad's heart by giving him a little "farm," and discussing
crops with him as gravely as if the food for the family depended on the harvest. From this pleasant topic they
went to others, and Nat had many new and helpful thoughts put into a mind that received them as gratefully
as the thirsty earth had received the warm spring rain. All supper time he brooded over them, often fixing his
eyes on Mr. Bhaer with an inquiring look, that seemed to say, "I like that, do it again, sir." I don't know
whether the man understood the child's mute language or not, but when the boys were all gathered together in
Mrs. Bhaer's parlor for the Sunday evening talk, he chose a subject which might have been suggested by the
walk in the garden.
As he looked about him Nat thought it seemed more like a great family than a school, for the lads were sitting
in a wide halfcircle round the fire, some on chairs, some on the rug, Daisy and Demi on the knees of Uncle
Fritz, and Rob snugly stowed away in the back of his mother's easychair, where he could nod unseen if the
talk got beyond his depth.
Every one looked quite comfortable, and listened attentively, for the long walk made rest agreeable, and as
every boy there knew that he would be called upon for his views, he kept his wits awake to be ready with an
answer.
"Once upon a time," began Mr. Bhaer, in the dear oldfashioned way, "there was a great and wise gardener
who had the largest garden ever seen. A wonderful and lovely place it was, and he watched over it with the
greatest skill and care, and raised all manner of excellent and useful things. But weeds would grow even in
this fine garden; often the ground was bad and the good seeds sown in it would not spring up. He had many
under gardeners to help him. Some did their duty and earned the rich wages he gave them; but others
neglected their parts and let them run to waste, which displeased him very much. But he was very patient, and
for thousands and thousands of years he worked and waited for his great harvest."
"He must have been pretty old," said Demi, who was looking straight into Uncle Fritz's face, as if to catch
every word.
"Hush, Demi, it's a fairy story," whispered Daisy.
"No, I think it's an arrygory," said Demi.
"What is a arrygory?" called out Tommy, who was of an inquiring turn.
"Tell him, Demi, if you can, and don't use words unless you are quite sure you know what they mean," said
Mr. Bhaer.
"I do know, Grandpa told me! A fable is a arrygory; it's a story that means something. My 'Story without an
end' is one, because the child in it means a soul; don't it, Aunty?" cried Demi, eager to prove himself right.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER III SUNDAY 19
Page No 22
"That's it, dear; and Uncle's story is an allegory, I am quite sure; so listen and see what it means," returned
Mrs. Jo, who always took part in whatever was going on, and enjoyed it as much as any boy among them.
Demi composed himself, and Mr. Bhaer went on in his best English, for he had improved much in the last
five years, and said the boys did it.
"This great gardener gave a dozen or so of little plots to one of his servants, and told him to do his best and
see what he could raise. Now this servant was not rich, nor wise, nor very good, but he wanted to help
because the gardener had been very kind to him in many ways. So he gladly took the little plots and fell to
work. They were all sorts of shapes and sizes, and some were very good soil, some rather stony, and all of
them needed much care, for in the rich soil the weeds grew fast, and in the poor soil there were many stones."
"What was growing in them besides the weeds, and stones?" asked Nat; so interested, he forgot his shyness
and spoke before them all.
"Flowers," said Mr. Bhaer, with a kind look. "Even the roughest, most neglected little bed had a bit of
heart'sease or a sprig of mignonette in it. One had roses, sweet peas, and daisies in it," here he pinched the
plump cheek of the little girl leaning on his arm. "Another had all sorts of curious plants in it, bright pebbles,
a vine that went climbing up like Jack's beanstalk, and many good seeds just beginning to sprout; for, you
see, this bed had been taken fine care of by a wise old man, who had worked in gardens of this sort all his
life."
At this part of the "arrygory," Demi put his head on one side like an inquisitive bird, and fixed his bright eye
on his uncle's face, as if he suspected something and was on the watch. But Mr. Bhaer looked perfectly
innocent, and went on glancing from one young face to another, with a grave, wistful look, that said much to
his wife, who knew how earnestly he desired to do his duty in these little garden plots.
"As I tell you, some of these beds were easy to cultivate, that means to take care of Daisy, and others were
very hard. There was one particularly sunshiny little bed that might have been full of fruits and vegetables as
well as flowers, only it wouldn't take any pains, and when the man sowed, well, we'll say melons in this bed,
they came to nothing, because the little bed neglected them. The man was sorry, and kept on trying, though
every time the crop failed, all the bed said, was, 'I forgot.' "
Here a general laugh broke out, and every one looked at Tommy, who had pricked up his ears at the word
"melons," and hung down his head at the sound of his favorite excuse.
"I knew he meant us!" cried Demi, clapping his hands. "You are the man, and we are the little gardens; aren't
we, Uncle Fritz?"
"You have guessed it. Now each of you tell me what crop I shall try to sow in you this spring, so that next
autumn I may get a good harvest out of my twelve, no, thirteen, plots," said Mr. Bhaer, nodding at Nat as he
corrected himself.
"You can't sow corn and beans and peas in us. Unless you mean we are to eat a great many and get fat," said
Stuffy, with a sudden brightening of his round, dull face as the pleasing idea occurred to him.
"He don't mean that kind of seeds. He means things to make us good; and the weeds are faults," cried Demi,
who usually took the lead in these talks, because he was used to this sort of thing, and liked it very much.
"Yes, each of you think what you need most, and tell me, and I will help you to grow it; only you must do
your best, or you will turn out like Tommy's melons, all leaves and no fruit. I will begin with the oldest, and
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER III SUNDAY 20
Page No 23
ask the mother what she will have in her plot, for we are all parts of the beautiful garden, and may have rich
harvests for our Master if we love Him enough," said Father Bhaer.
"I shall devote the whole of my plot to the largest crop of patience I can get, for that is what I need most,"
said Mrs. Jo, so soberly that the lads fell to thinking in good earnest what they should say when their turns
came, and some among them felt a twinge of remorse, that they had helped to use up Mother Bhaer's stock of
patience so fast.
Franz wanted perseverance, Tommy steadiness, Ned went in for good temper, Daisy for industry, Demi for
"as much wiseness as Grandpa," and Nat timidly said he wanted so many things he would let Mr. Bhaer
choose for him. The others chose much the same things, and patience, good temper, and generosity seemed
the favorite crops. One boy wished to like to get up early, but did not know what name to give that sort of
seed; and poor Stuffy sighed out,
"I wish I loved my lessons as much as I do my dinner, but I can't."
"We will plant selfdenial, and hoe it and water it, and make it grow so well that next Christmas no one will
get ill by eating too much dinner. If you exercise your mind, George, it will get hungry just as your body
does, and you will love books almost as much as my philosopher here," said Mr. Bhaer; adding, as he stroked
the hair off Demi's fine forehead, "You are greedy also, my son, and you like to stuff your little mind full of
fairy tales and fancies, as well as George likes to fill his little stomach with cake and candy. Both are bad, and
I want you to try something better. Arithmetic is not half so pleasant as 'Arabian Nights,' I know, but it is a
very useful thing, and now is the time to learn it, else you will be ashamed and sorry by and by."
"But, 'Harry and Lucy,' and 'Frank,' are not fairy books, and they are all full of barometers, and bricks, and
shoeing horses, and useful things, and I'm fond of them; ain't I, Daisy?" said Demi, anxious to defend
himself.
"So they are; but I find you reading 'Roland and Maybird,' a great deal oftener than 'Harry and Lucy,' and I
think you are not half so fond of 'Frank' as you are of 'Sinbad.' Come, I shall make a little bargain with you
both, George shall eat but three times a day, and you shall read but one storybook a week, and I will give
you the new cricketground; only, you must promise to play in it," said Uncle Fritz, in his persuasive way,
for Stuffy hated to run about, and Demi was always reading in play hours.
"But we don't like cricket," said Demi.
"Perhaps not now, but you will when you know it. Besides, you do like to be generous, and the other boys
want to play, and you can give them the new ground if you choose."
This was taken them both on the right side, and they agreed to the bargain, to the great satisfaction of the rest.
There was a little more talk about the gardens, and then they all sang together. The band delighted Nat, for
Mrs. Bhaer played the piano, Franz the flute, Mr. Bhaer a bass viol, and he himself the violin. A very simple
little concert, but all seemed to enjoy it, and old Asia, sitting in the corner, joined at times with the sweetest
voice of any, for in this family, master and servant, old and young, black and white, shared in the Sunday
song, which went up to the Father of them all. After this they each shook hands with Father Bhaer; Mother
Bhaer kissed them every one from sixteenyearold Franz to little Rob, how kept the tip of her nose for his
own particular kisses, and then they trooped up to bed.
The light of the shaded lamp that burned in the nursery shone softly on a picture hanging at the foot of Nat's
bed. There were several others on the walls, but the boy thought there must be something peculiar about this
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER III SUNDAY 21
Page No 24
one, for it had a graceful frame of moss and cones about it, and on a little bracket underneath stood a vase of
wild flowers freshly gathered from the spring woods. It was the most beautiful picture of them all, and Nat
lay looking at it, dimly feeling what it meant, and wishing he knew all about it.
"That's my picture," said a little voice in the room. Nat popped up his head, and there was Demi in his
nightgown pausing on his way back from Aunt Jo's chamber, whither he had gone to get a cot for a cut
finger.
"What is he doing to the children?" asked Nat.
"That is Christ, the Good Man, and He is blessing the children. Don't you know about Him?" said Demi,
wondering.
"Not much, but I'd like to, He looks so kind," answered Nat, whose chief knowledge of the Good Man
consisted in hearing His name taken in vain.
"I know all about it, and I like it very much, because it is true," said Demi.
"Who told you?"
"My Grandpa, he knows every thing, and tells the best stories in the world. I used to play with his big books,
and make bridges, and railroads, and houses, when I was a little boy," began Demi.
"How old are you now?" asked Nat, respectfully.
"'Most ten."
"You know a lot of things, don't you?"
"Yes; you see my head is pretty big, and Grandpa says it will take a good deal to fill it, so I keep putting
pieces of wisdom into it as fast as I can," returned Demi, in his quaint way.
Nat laughed, and then said soberly,
"Tell on, please."
And Demi gladly told on without pause or punctuation. "I found a very pretty book one day and wanted to
play with it, but Grandpa said I mustn't, and showed me the pictures, and told me about them, and I liked the
stories very much, all about Joseph and his bad brothers, and the frogs that came up out of the sea, and dear
little Moses in the water, and ever so many more lovely ones, but I liked about the Good Man best of all, and
Grandpa told it to me so many times that I learned it by heart, and he gave me this picture so I shouldn't
forget, and it was put up here once when I was sick, and I left it for other sick boys to see."'
"What makes Him bless the children?" asked Nat, who found something very attractive in the chief figure of
the group.
"Because He loved them."
"Were they poor children?" asked Nat, wistfully.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER III SUNDAY 22
Page No 25
"Yes, I think so; you see some haven't got hardly any clothes on, and the mothers don't look like rich ladies.
He liked poor people, and was very good to them. He made them well, and helped them, and told rich people
they must not be cross to them, and they loved Him dearly, dearly," cried Demi, with enthusiasm.
"Was He rich?"
"Oh no! He was born in a barn, and was so poor He hadn't any house to live in when He grew up, and nothing
to eat sometimes, but what people gave Him, and He went round preaching to everybody, and trying to make
them good, till the bad men killed Him."
"What for?" and Nat sat up in his bed to look and listen, so interested was he in this man who cared for the
poor so much.
"I'll tell you all about it; Aunt Jo won't mind;" and Demi settled himself on the opposite bed, glad to tell his
favorite story to so good a listener.
Nursey peeped in to see if Nat was asleep, but when she saw what was going on, she slipped away again, and
went to Mrs. Bhaer, saying with her kind face full of motherly emotion,
"Will the dear lady come and see a pretty sight? It's Nat listening with all his heart to Demi telling the story
of the Christchild, like a little white angel as he is."
Mrs. Bhaer had meant to go and talk with Nat a moment before he slept, for she had found that a serious
word spoken at this time often did much good. But when she stole to the nursery door, and saw Nat eagerly
drinking in the words of his little friends, while Demi told the sweet and solemn story as it had been taught
him, speaking softly as he sat with his beautiful eyes fixed on the tender face above them, her own filled with
tears, and she went silently away, thinking to herself,
"Demi is unconsciously helping the poor boy better than I can; I will not spoil it by a single word."
The murmur of the childish voice went on for a long time, as one innocent heart preached that great sermon
to another, and no one hushed it. When it ceased at last, and Mrs. Bhaer went to take away the lamp, Demi
was gone and Nat fast asleep, lying with his face toward the picture, as if he had already learned to love the
Good Man who loved little children, and was a faithful friend to the poor. The boy's face was very placid, and
as she looked at it she felt that if a single day of care and kindness had done so much, a year of patient
cultivation would surely bring a grateful harvest from this neglected garden, which was already sown with the
best of all seed by the little missionary in the nightgown.
CHAPTER IV STEPPINGSTONES
When Nat went into school on Monday morning, he quaked inwardly, for now he thought he should have to
display his ignorance before them all. But Mr. Bhaer gave him a seat in the deep window, where he could
turn his back on the others, and Franz heard him say his lessons there, so no one could hear his blunders or
see how he blotted his copybook. He was truly grateful for this, and toiled away so diligently that Mr. Bhaer
said, smiling, when he saw his hot face and inky fingers:
"Don't work so hard, my boy; you will tire yourself out, and there is time enough."
"But I must work hard, or I can't catch up with the others. They know heaps, and I don't know anything," said
Nat, who had been reduced to a state of despair by hearing the boys recite their grammar, history, and
geography with what he thought amazing ease and accuracy.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER IV STEPPINGSTONES 23
Page No 26
"You know a good many things which they don't," said Mr. Bhaer, sitting down beside him, while Franz led a
class of small students through the intricacies of the multiplication table.
"Do I?" and Nat looked utterly incredulous.
"Yes; for one thing, you can keep your temper, and Jack, who is quick at numbers, cannot; that is an excellent
lesson, and I think you have learned it well. Then, you can play the violin, and not one of the lads can, though
they want to do it very much. But, best of all, Nat, you really care to learn something, and that is half the
battle. It seems hard at first, and you will feel discouraged, but plod away, and things will get easier and
easier as you go on."
Nat's face had brightened more and more as he listened, for, small as the list of his learning was, it cheered
him immensely to feel that he had anything to fall back upon. "Yes, I can keep my temper father's beating
taught me that; and I can fiddle, though I don't know where the Bay of Biscay is," he thought, with a sense of
comfort impossible to express. Then he said aloud, and so earnestly that Demi heard him:
"I do want to learn, and I will try. I never went to school, but I couldn't help it; and if the fellows don't laugh
at me, I guess I'll get on first rate you and the lady are so good to me."
"They shan't laugh at you; if they do, I'll I'll tell them not to," cried Demi, quite forgetting where he was.
The class stopped in the middle of 7 times 9, and everyone looked up to see what was going on.
Thinking that a lesson in learning to help one another was better than arithmetic just then, Mr. Bhaer told
them about Nat, making such an interesting and touching little story out of it that the goodhearted lads all
promised to lend him a hand, and felt quite honored to be called upon to impart their stores of wisdom to the
chap who fiddled so capitally. This appeal established the right feeling among them, and Nat had few
hindrances to struggle against, for every one was glad to give him a "boost" up the ladder of learning.
Till he was stronger, much study was not good for him, however, and Mrs. Jo found various amusements in
the house for him while others were at their books. But his garden was his best medicine, and he worked
away like a beaver, preparing his little farm, sowing his beans, watching eagerly to see them grow, and
rejoicing over each green leaf and slender stock that shot up and flourished in the warm spring weather.
Never was a garden more faithfully hoed; Mr. Bhaer really feared that nothing would find time to grow, Nat
kept up such a stirring of the soil; so he gave him easy jobs in the flower garden or among the strawberries,
where he worked and hummed as busily as the bees booming all about him.
"This is the crop I like best," Mrs. Bhaer used to say, as she pinched the once thin cheeks, now getting plump
and ruddy, or stroked the bent shoulders that were slowly straightening up with healthful work, good food,
and the absence of that heavy burden, poverty.
Demi was his little friend, Tommy his patron, and Daisy the comforter of all his woes; for, though the
children were younger than he, his timid spirit found a pleasure in their innocent society, and rather shrunk
from the rough sports of the elder lads. Mr. Laurence did not forget him, but sent clothes and books, music
and kind messages, and now and then came out to see how his boy was getting on, or took him into town to a
concert; on which occasions Nat felt himself translated into the seventh heaven of bliss, for he went to Mr.
Laurence's great house, saw his pretty wife and little fairy of a daughter, had a good dinner, and was made so
comfortable, that he talked and dreamed of it for days and nights afterward.
It takes so little to make a child happy that it is a pity, in a world so full of sunshine and pleasant things, that
there should be any wistful faces, empty hands, or lonely little hearts. Feeling this, the Bhaers gathered up all
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER IV STEPPINGSTONES 24
Page No 27
the crumbs they could find to feed their flock of hungry sparrows, for they were not rich, except in charity.
Many of Mrs. Jo's friends who had nurseries sent her they toys of which their children so soon tired, and in
mending these Nat found an employment that just suited him. He was very neat and skillful with those
slender fingers of his, and passed many a rainy afternoon with his gumbottle, paintbox, and knife,
repairing furniture, animals, and games, while Daisy was dressmaker to the dilapidated dolls. As fast as the
toys were mended, they were put carefully away in a certain drawer which was to furnish forth a
Christmastree for all the poor children of the neighborhood, that being the way the Plumfield boys
celebrated the birthday of Him who loved the poor and blessed the little ones.
Demi was never tired of reading and explaining his favorite books, and many a pleasant hour did they spend
in the old willow, revelling over "Robinson Crusoe," "Arabian Nights," "Edgeworth's Tales," and the other
dear immortal stories that will delight children for centuries to come. This opened a new world to Nat, and his
eagerness to see what came next in the story helped him on till he could read as well as anybody, and felt so
rich and proud with his new accomplishment, that there was danger of his being as much of a bookworm as
Demi.
Another helpful thing happened in a most unexpected and agreeable manner. Several of the boys were "in
business," as they called it, for most of them were poor, and knowing that they would have their own way to
make by and by, the Bhaers encouraged any efforts at independence. Tommy sold his eggs; Jack speculated
in live stock; Franz helped in the teaching, and was paid for it; Ned had a taste for carpentry, and a
turninglathe was set up for him in which he turned all sorts of useful or pretty things, and sold them; while
Demi constructed watermills, whirligigs, and unknown machines of an intricate and useless nature, and
disposed of them to the boys.
"Let him be a mechanic if he likes," said Mr. Bhaer. "Give a boy a trade, and he is independent. Work is
wholesome, and whatever talent these lads possess, be it for poetry or ploughing, it shall be cultivated and
made useful to them if possible."
So, when Nat came running to him one day to ask with an excited face:
"Can I go and fiddle for some people who are to have a picnic in our woods? They will pay me, and I'd like to
earn some money as the other boys do, and fiddling is the only way I know how to do it "
Mr. Bhaer answered readily:
"Go, and welcome. It is an easy and a pleasant way to work, and I am glad it is offered you."
Nat went, and did so well that when he came home he had two dollars in his pocket, which he displayed with
intense satisfaction, as he told how much he had enjoyed the afternoon, how kind the young people were, and
how they had praised his dance music, and promised to have him again.
"It is so much nicer than fiddling in the street, for then I got none of the money, and now I have it all, and a
good time besides. I'm in business now as well as Tommy and Jack, and I like it ever so much," said Nat,
proudly patting the old pocketbook, and feeling like a millionaire already.
He was in business truly, for picnics were plenty as summer opened, and Nat's skill was in great demand. He
was always at liberty to go if lessons were not neglected, and if the picnickers were respectable young people.
For Mr. Bhaer explained to him that a good plain education is necessary for everyone, and that no amount of
money should hire him to go where he might be tempted to do wrong. Nat quite agreed to this, and it was a
pleasant sight to see the innocenthearted lad go driving away in the gay wagons that stopped at the gate for
him, or to hear him come fiddling home tired but happy, with his wellearned money in one pocket, and
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER IV STEPPINGSTONES 25
Page No 28
some "goodies" from the feast for Daisy or little Ted, whom he never forgot.
"I'm going to save up till I get enough to buy a violin for myself, and then I can earn my own living, can't I?"
he used to say, as he brought his dollars to Mr. Bhaer to keep.
"I hope so, Nat; but we must get you strong and hearty first, and put a little more knowledge into this musical
head of yours. Then Mr. Laurie will find you a place somewhere, and in a few years we will all come to hear
you play in public."
With much congenial work, encouragement, and hope, Nat found life getting easier and happier every day,
and made such progress in his music lessons that his teacher forgave his slowness in some other things,
knowing very well that where the heart is the mind works best. The only punishment the boy ever needed for
neglect of more important lessons was to hang up the fiddle and the bow for a day. The fear of losing his
bosom friend entirely made him go at his books with a will; and having proved that he could master the
lessons, what was the use of saying "I can't?"
Daisy had a great love of music, and a great reverence for any one who could make it, and she was often
found sitting on the stairs outside Nat's door while he was practising. This pleased him very much, and he
played his best for that one quiet little listener; for she never would come in, but preferred to sit sewing her
gay patchwork, or tending one of her many dolls, with an expression of dreamy pleasure on her face that
made Aunt Jo say, with tears in her eyes: "So like my Beth," and go softly by, lest even her familiar presence
mar the child's sweet satisfaction.
Nat was very fond of Mrs. Bhaer, but found something even more attractive in the good professor, who took
fatherly care of the shy feeble boy, who had barely escaped with his life from the rough sea on which his little
boat had been tossing rudderless for twelve years. Some good angel must have been watching over him, for,
though his body had suffered, his soul seemed to have taken little harm, and came ashore as innocent as a
shipwrecked baby. Perhaps his love of music kept it sweet in spite of the discord all about him; Mr. Laurie
said so, and he ought to know. However that might be, Father Bhaer took pleasure in fostering poor Nat's
virtues, and in curing his faults, finding his new pupil as docile and affectionate as a girl. He often called Nat
his "daughter" when speaking of him to Mrs. Jo, and she used to laugh at his fancy, for Madame liked manly
boys, and thought Nat amiable but weak, though you never would have guessed it, for she petted him as she
did Daisy, and he thought her a very delightful woman.
One fault of Nat's gave the Bhaers much anxiety, although they saw how it had been strengthened by fear and
ignorance. I regret to say that Nat sometimes told lies. Not very black ones, seldom getting deeper than gray,
and often the mildest of white fibs; but that did not matter, a lie is a lie, and though we all tell many polite
untruths in this queer world of ours, it is not right, and everybody knows it.
"You cannot be too careful; watch your tongue, and eyes, and hands, for it is easy to tell, and look, and act
untruth," said Mr. Bhaer, in one of the talks he had with Nat about his chief temptation.
"I know it, and I don't mean to, but it's so much easier to get along if you ain't very fussy about being exactly
true. I used to tell 'em because I was afraid of father and Nicolo, and now I do sometimes because the boys
laugh at me. I know it's bad, but I forget," and Nat looked much depressed by his sins.
"When I was a little lad I used to tell lies! Ach! what fibs they were, and my old grandmother cured me of it
how, do you think? My parents had talked, and cried, and punished, but still did I forget as you. Then said the
dear old grandmother, 'I shall help you to remember, and put a check on this unruly part,' with that she drew
out my tongue and snipped the end with her scissors till the blood ran. That was terrible, you may believe, but
it did me much good, because it was sore for days, and every word I said came so slowly that I had time to
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER IV STEPPINGSTONES 26
Page No 29
think. After that I was more careful, and got on better, for I feared the big scissors. Yet the dear grandmother
was most kind to me in all things, and when she lay dying far away in Nuremberg, she prayed that little Fritz
might love God and tell the truth."
"I never had any grandmothers, but if you think it will cure me, I'll let you snip my tongue," said Nat,
heroically, for he dreaded pain, yet did wish to stop fibbing.
Mr. Bhaer smiled, but shook his head.
"I have a better way than that, I tried it once before and it worked well. See now, when you tell a lie I will not
punish you, but you shall punish me."
"How?" asked Nat, startled at the idea.
"You shall ferule me in the good oldfashioned way; I seldom do it myself, but it may make you remember
better to give me pain than to feel it yourself."
"Strike you? Oh, I couldn't!" cried Nat.
"Then mind that tripping tongue of thine. I have no wish to be hurt, but I would gladly bear much pain to cure
this fault."
This suggestion made such an impression on Nat, that for a long time he set a watch upon his lips, and was
desperately accurate, for Mr. Bhaer judged rightly, that love of him would be more powerful with Nat that
fear for himself. But alas! one sad day Nat was off his guard, and when peppery Emil threatened to thrash
him, if it was he who had run over his garden and broken down his best hills of corn, Nat declared he didn't,
and then was ashamed to own up that he did do it, when Jack was chasing him the night before.
He thought no one would find it out, but Tommy happened to see him, and when Emil spoke of it a day or
two later, Tommy gave his evidence, and Mr. Bhaer heard it. School was over, and they were all standing
about in the hall, and Mr. Bhaer had just set down on the straw settee to enjoy his frolic with Teddy; but
when he heard Tommy and saw Nat turn scarlet, and look at him with a frightened face, he put the little boy
down, saying, "Go to thy mother, b bchen, I will come soon," and taking Nat by the hand led him into the
school and shut the door.
The boys looked at one another in silence for a minute, then Tommy slipped out and peeping in at the
halfclosed blinds, beheld a sight that quite bewildered him. Mr. Bhaer had just taken down the long rule that
hung over his desk, so seldom used that it was covered with dust.
"My eye! He's going to come down heavy on Nat this time. Wish I hadn't told," thought goodnatured
Tommy, for to be feruled was the deepest disgrace at this school.
"You remember what I told you last time?" said Mr. Bhaer, sorrowfully, not angrily.
"Yes; but please don't make me, I can't bear it," cried Nat, backing up against the door with both hands
behind him, and a face full of distress.
"Why don't he up and take it like a man? I would," thought Tommy, though his heart beat fast at the sight.
"I shall keep my word, and you must remember to tell the truth. Obey me, Nat, take this and give me six good
strokes."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER IV STEPPINGSTONES 27
Page No 30
Tommy was so staggered by this last speech that he nearly tumbled down the bank, but saved himself, and
hung onto the window ledge, staring in with eyes as round as the stuffed owl's on the chimneypiece.
Nat took the rule, for when Mr. Bhaer spoke in that tone everyone obeyed him, and, looking as scared and
guilty as if about to stab his master, he gave two feeble blows on the broad hand held out to him. Then he
stopped and looked up halfblind with tears, but Mr. Bhaer said steadily:
"Go on, and strike harder."
As if seeing that it must be done, and eager to have the hard task soon over, Nat drew his sleeve across his
eyes and gave two more quick hard strokes that reddened the hand, yet hurt the giver more.
"Isn't that enough?" he asked in a breathless sort of tone.
"Two more," was all the answer, and he gave them, hardly seeing where they fell, then threw the rule all
across the room, and hugging the kind hand in both his own, laid his face down on it sobbing out in a passion
of love, and shame, and penitence:
"I will remember! Oh! I will!"
Then Mr. Bhaer put an arm about him, and said in a tone as compassionate as it had just now been firm:
"I think you will. Ask the dear God to help you, and try to spare us both another scene like this."
Tommy saw no more, for he crept back to the hall, looking so excited and sober that the boys crowded round
him to ask what was being done to Nat.
In a most impressive whisper Tommy told them, and they looked as if the sky was about to fall, for this
reversing the order of things almost took their breath away.
"He made me do the same thing once," said Emil, as if confessing a crime of the deepest dye.
"And you hit him? dear old Father Bhaer? By thunder, I'd just like to see you do it now!" said Ned, collaring
Emil in a fit of righteous wrath.
"It was ever so long ago. I'd rather have my head cut off than do it now," and Emil mildly laid Ned on his
back instead of cuffing him, as he would have felt it his duty to do on any less solemn occasion.
"How could you?" said Demi, appalled at the idea.
"I was hopping mad at the time, and thought I shouldn't mind a bit, rather like it perhaps. But when I'd hit
uncle one good crack, everything he had ever done for me came into my head all at once somehow, and I
couldn't go on. No sir! If he'd laid me down and walked on me, I wouldn't have minded, I felt so mean," and
Emil gave himself a good thump in the chest to express his sense of remorse for the past.
"Nat's crying like anything, and feels no end sorry, so don't let's say a word about it; will we?" said
tenderhearted Tommy.
"Of course we won't, but it's awful to tell lies," and Demi looked as if he found the awfulness much increased
when the punishment fell not upon the sinner, but his best Uncle Fritz.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER IV STEPPINGSTONES 28
Page No 31
"Suppose we all clear out, so Nat can cut upstairs if he wants to," proposed Franz, and led the way to the
barn, their refuge in troublous times.
Nat did not come to dinner, but Mrs. Jo took some up to him, and said a tender word, which did him good,
though he could not look at her. By and by the lads playing outside heard the violin, and said among
themselves: "He's all right now." He was all right, but felt shy about going down, till opening his door to slip
away into the woods, he found Daisy sitting on the stairs with neither work nor doll, only her little
handkerchief in her hand, as if she had been mourning for her captive friend.
"I'm going to walk; want to come?" asked Nat, trying to look as if nothing was the matter, yet feeling very
grateful for her silent sympathy, because he fancied everyone must look upon him as a wretch.
"Oh yes!" and Daisy ran for her hat, proud to be chosen as a companion by one of the big boys.
The others saw them go, but no one followed, for boys have a great deal more delicacy than they get credit
for, and the lads instinctively felt that, when in disgrace, gentle little Daisy was their most congenial friend.
The walk did Nat good, and he came home quieter than usual, but looking cheerful again, and hung all over
with daisychains made by his little playmate while he lay on the grass and told her stories.
No one said a word about the scene of the morning, but its effect was all the more lasting for that reason,
perhaps. Nat tried his very best, and found much help, not only from the earnest little prayers he prayed to his
Friend in heaven, but also in the patient care of the earthly friend whose kind hand he never touched without
remembering that it had willingly borne pain for his sake.
CHAPTER V PATTYPANS
"What's the matter, Daisy?"
"The boys won't let me play with them."
"Why not?"
"They say girls can't play football."
"They can, for I've done it!" and Mrs. Bhaer laughed at the remembrance of certain youthful frolics.
"I know I can play; Demi and I used to, and have nice times, but he won't let me now because the other boys
laugh at him," and Daisy looked deeply grieved at her brother's hardness of heart.
"On the whole, I think he is right, deary. It's all very well when you two are alone, but it is too rough a game
for you with a dozen boys; so I'd find some nice little play for myself."
"I'm tired of playing alone!" and Daisy's tone was very mournful.
"I'll play with you by and by, but just now I must fly about and get things ready for a trip into town. You shall
go with me and see mamma, and if you like you can stay with her."
"I should like to go and see her and Baby Josy, but I'd rather come back, please. Demi would miss me, and I
love to be here, Aunty."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER V PATTYPANS 29
Page No 32
"You can't get on without your Demi, can you?" and Aunt Jo looked as if she quite understood the love of the
little girl for her only brother.
"'Course I can't; we're twins, and so we love each other more than other people," answered Daisy, with a
brightening face, for she considered being a twin one of the highest honors she could ever receive.
"Now, what will you do with your little self while I fly around?" asked Mrs. Bhaer, who was whisking piles
of linen into a wardrobe with great rapidity.
"I don't know, I'm tired of dolls and things; I wish you'd make up a new play for me, Aunty Jo," said Daisy,
swinging listlessly on the door.
"I shall have to think of a brand new one, and it will take me some time; so suppose you go down and see
what Asia has got for your lunch," suggested Mrs. Bhaer, thinking that would be a good way in which to
dispose of the little hindrance for a time.
"Yes, I think I'd like that, if she isn't cross," and Daisy slowly departed to the kitchen, where Asia, the black
cook, reigned undisturbed.
In five minutes, Daisy was back again, with a wideawake face, a bit of dough in her hand and a dab of flour
on her little nose.
"Oh aunty! Please could I go and make gingersnaps and things? Asia isn't cross, and she says I may, and it
would be such fun, please do," cried Daisy, all in one breath.
"Just the thing, go and welcome, make what you like, and stay as long as you please," answered Mrs. Bhaer,
much relieved, for sometimes the one little girl was harder to amuse than the dozen boys.
Daisy ran off, and while she worked, Aunt Jo racked her brain for a new play. All of a sudden she seemed to
have an idea, for she smiled to herself, slammed the doors of the wardrobe, and walked briskly away, saying,
"I'll do it, if it's a possible thing!"
What it was no one found out that day, but Aunt Jo's eyes twinkled so when she told Daisy she had thought of
a new play, and was going to buy it, that Daisy was much excited and asked questions all the way into town,
without getting answers that told her anything. She was left at home to play with the new baby, and delight
her mother's eyes, while Aunt Jo went off shopping. When she came back with all sorts of queer parcels in
corners of the carryall, Daisy was so full of curiosity that she wanted to go back to Plumfield at once. But
her aunt would not be hurried, and made a long call in mamma's room, sitting on the floor with baby in her
lap, making Mrs. Brooke laugh at the pranks of the boys, and all sorts of droll nonsense.
How her aunt told the secret Daisy could not imagine, but her mother evidently knew it, for she said, as she
tied on the little bonnet and kissed the rosy little face inside, "Be a good child, my Daisy, and learn the nice
new play aunty has got for you. It's a most useful and interesting one, and it is very kind of her to play it with
you, because she does not like it very well herself."
This last speech made the two ladies laugh heartily, and increased Daisy's bewilderment. As they drove away
something rattled in the back of the carriage.
"What's that?" asked Daisy, pricking up her ears.
"The new play," answered Mrs. Jo, solemnly.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER V PATTYPANS 30
Page No 33
"What is it made of?" cried Daisy.
"Iron, tin, wood, brass, sugar, salt, coal, and a hundred other things."
"How strange! What color is it?"
"All sorts of colors."
"Is it large?"
"Part of it is, and a part isn't."
"Did I ever see one?"
"Ever so many, but never one so nice as this."
"Oh! what can it be? I can't wait. When shall I see it?" and Daisy bounced up and down with impatience.
"Tomorrow morning, after lessons."
"Is it for the boys, too?"
"No, all for you and Bess. The boys will like to see it, and want to play one part of it. But you can do as you
like about letting them."
"I'll let Demi, if he wants to."
"No fear that they won't all want to, especially Stuffy," and Mrs. Bhaer's eyes twinkled more than ever as she
patted a queer knobby bundle in her lap.
"Let me feel just once," prayed Daisy.
"Not a feel; you'd guess in a minute and spoil the fun."
Daisy groaned and then smiled all over her face, for through a little hole in the paper she caught a glimpse of
something bright.
"How can I wait so long? Couldn't I see it today?"
"Oh dear, no! It has got to be arranged, and ever so many parts fixed in their places. I promised Uncle Teddy
that you shouldn't see it till it was all in applepie order."
"If uncle knows about it then it must be splendid!" cried Daisy, clapping her hands; for this kind, rich, jolly
uncle of hers was as good as a fairy godmother to the children, and was always planning merry surprises,
pretty gifts, and droll amusements for them.
"Yes; Teddy went and bought it with me, and we had such fun in the shop choosing the different parts. He
would have everything fine and large, and my little plan got regularly splendid when he took hold. You must
give him your very best kiss when he comes, for he is the kindest uncle that ever went and bought a charming
little coo Bless me! I nearly told you what it was!" and Mrs. Bhaer cut that most interesting word short off in
the middle, and began to look over her bills, as if afraid she would let the cat out of the bag if she talked any
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER V PATTYPANS 31
Page No 34
more. Daisy folded her hands with an air of resignation, and sat quite still trying to think what play had a
"coo" in it.
When they got home she eyed every bundle that was taken out, and one large heavy one, which Franz took
straight upstairs and hid in the nursery, filled her with amazement and curiosity. Something very mysterious
went on up there that afternoon, for Franz was hammering, and Asia trotting up and down, and Aunt Jo flying
around like a willo'thewisp, with all sort of things under her apron, while little Ted, who was the only
child admitted, because he couldn't talk plain, babbled and laughed, and tried to tell what the "sumpin pitty"
was.
All this made Daisy halfwild, and her excitement spread among the boys, who quite overwhelmed Mother
Bhaer with offers of assistance, which she declined by quoting their own words to Daisy:
"Girls can't play with boys. This is for Daisy, and Bess, and me, so we don't want you." Whereupon the
young gentlemen meekly retired, and invited Daisy to a game of marbles, horse, football, anything she liked,
with a sudden warmth and politeness which astonished her innocent little soul.
Thanks to these attentions, she got through the afternoon, went early to bed, and next morning did her lessons
with an energy which made Uncle Fritz wish that a new game could be invented every day. Quite a thrill
pervaded the schoolroom when Daisy was dismissed at eleven o'clock, for everyone knew that now she was
going to have the new and mysterious play.
Many eyes followed her as she ran away, and Demi's mind was so distracted by this event that when Franz
asked him where the desert of Sahara was, he mournfully replied, "In the nursery," and the whole school
laughed at him.
"Aunt Jo, I've done all my lessons, and I can't wait one single minute more!" cried Daisy, flying into Mrs.
Bhaer's room.
"It's all ready, come on;" and tucking Ted under one arm, and her workbasket under the other, Aunt Jo
promptly led the way upstairs.
"I don't see anything," said Daisy, staring about her as she got inside the nursery door.
"Do you hear anything?" asked Aunt Jo, catching Ted back by his little frock as he was making straight for
one side of the room.
Daisy did hear an odd crackling, and then a purry little sound as of a kettle singing. These noises came from
behind a curtain drawn before a deep bay window. Daisy snatched it back, gave one joyful, "Oh!" and then
stood gazing with delight at what do you think?
A wide seat ran round the three sides of the window; on one side hung and stood all sorts of little pots and
pans, gridirons and skillets; on the other side a small dinner and tea set; and on the middle part a
cookingstove. Not a tin one, that was of no use, but a real iron stove, big enough to cook for a large family
of very hungry dolls. But the best of it was that a real fire burned in it, real steam came out of the nose of the
little teakettle, and the lid of the little boiler actually danced a jig, the water inside bubbled so hard. A pane
of glass had been taken out and replaced by a sheet of tin, with a hole for the small funnel, and real smoke
went sailing away outside so naturally, that it did one's heart good to see it. The box of wood with a hod of
charcoal stood near by; just above hung dustpan, brush and broom; a little market basket was on the low
table at which Daisy used to play, and over the back of her little chair hung a white apron with a bib, and a
droll mob cap. The sun shone in as if he enjoyed the fun, the little stove roared beautifully, the kettle steamed,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER V PATTYPANS 32
Page No 35
the new tins sparkled on the walls, the pretty china stood in tempting rows, and it was altogether as cheery
and complete a kitchen as any child could desire.
Daisy stood quite still after the first glad "Oh!" but her eyes went quickly from one charming object to
another, brightening as they looked, till they came to Aunt Jo's merry face; there they stopped as the happy
little girl hugged her, saying gratefully:
"Oh aunty, it's a splendid new play! Can I really cook at the dear stove, and have parties and mess, and
sweep, and make fires that truly burn? I like it so much! What made you think of it?"
"Your liking to make gingersnaps with Asia made me think of it," said Mrs. Bhaer, holding Daisy, who
frisked as if she would fly. "I knew Asia wouldn't let you mess in her kitchen very often, and it wouldn't be
safe at this fire up here, so I thought I'd see if I could find a little stove for you, and teach you to cook; that
would be fun, and useful too. So I travelled round among the toy shops, but everything large cost too much
and I was thinking I should have to give it up, when I met Uncle Teddy. As soon as he knew what I was
about, he said he wanted to help, and insisted on buying the biggest toy stove we could find. I scolded, but he
only laughed, and teased me about my cooking when we were young, and said I must teach Bess as well as
you, and went on buying all sorts of nice little things for my 'cooking class' as he called it."
"I'm so glad you met him!" said Daisy, as Mrs. Jo stopped to laugh at the memory of the funny time she had
with Uncle Teddy.
"You must study hard and learn to make all kinds of things, for he says he shall come out to tea very often,
and expects something uncommonly nice."
"It's the sweetest, dearest kitchen in the world, and I'd rather study with it than do anything else. Can't I learn
pies, and cake, and macaroni, and everything?" cried Daisy, dancing round the room with a new saucepan in
one hand and the tiny poker in the other.
"All in good time. This is to be a useful play, I am to help you, and you are to be my cook, so I shall tell you
what to do, and show you how. Then we shall have things fit to eat, and you will be really learning how to
cook on a small scale. I'll call you Sally, and say you are a new girl just come," added Mrs. Jo, settling down
to work, while Teddy sat on the floor sucking his thumb, and staring at the stove as if it was a live thing,
whose appearance deeply interested him.
"That will be so lovely! What shall I do first?" asked Sally, with such a happy face and willing air that Aunt
Jo wished all new cooks were half as pretty and pleasant.
"First of all, put on this clean cap and apron. I am rather oldfashioned, and I like my cook to be very tidy."
Sally tucked her curly hair into the round cap, and put on the apron without a murmur, though usually she
rebelled against bibs.
"Now, you can put things in order, and wash up the new china. The old set needs washing also, for my last
girl was apt to leave it in a sad state after a party."
Aunt Jo spoke quite soberly, but Sally laughed, for she knew who the untidy girl was who had left the cups
sticky. Then she turned up her cuffs, and with a sigh of satisfaction began to stir about her kitchen, having
little raptures now and then over the "sweet rolling pin," the "darling dishtub," or the "cunning pepperpot."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER V PATTYPANS 33
Page No 36
"Now, Sally, take your basket and go to market; here is the list of things I want for dinner," said Mrs. Jo,
giving her a bit of paper when the dishes were all in order.
"Where is the market?" asked Daisy, thinking that the new play got more and more interesting every minute.
"Asia is the market."
Away went Sally, causing another stir in the schoolroom as she passed the door in her new costume, and
whispered to Demi, with a face full of delight, "It's a perfectly splendid play!"
Old Asia enjoyed the joke as much as Daisy, and laughed jollily as the little girl came flying into the room
with her cap all on one side, the lids of her basket rattling like castanets and looking like a very crazy little
cook.
"Mrs. Aunt Jo wants these things, and I must have them right away," said Daisy, importantly.
'Let's see, honey; here's two pounds of steak, potatoes, squash, apples, bread, and butter. The meat ain't come
yet; when it does I'll send it up. The other things are all handy."
Then Asia packed one potato, one apple, a bit of squash, a little pat of butter, and a roll, into the basket,
telling Sally to be on the watch for the butcher's boy, because he sometimes played tricks.
"Who is he?" and Daisy hoped it would be Demi.
"You'll see," was all Asia would say; and Sally went off in great spirits, singing a verse from dear Mary
Howitt's sweet story in rhyme:
"Away went little Mabel,
With the wheaten cake so fine,
The newmade pot of butter,
And the little flask of wine."
"Put everything but the apple into the storecloset for the present," said Mrs. Jo, when the cook got home.
There was a cupboard under the middle shelf, and on opening the door fresh delights appeared. One half was
evidently the cellar, for wood, coal, and kindlings were piled there. The other half was full of little jars,
boxes, and all sorts of droll contrivances for holding small quantities of flour, meal, sugar, salt, and other
household stores. A pot of jam was there, a little tin box of gingerbread, a cologne bottle full of currant wine,
and a tiny canister of tea. But the crowning charm was two doll's pans of new milk, with cream actually rising
on it, and a wee skimmer all ready to skim it with. Daisy clasped her hands at this delicious spectacle, and
wanted to skim it immediately. But Aunt Jo said:
"Not yet; you will want the cream to eat on your apple pie at dinner, and must not disturb it till then."
"Am I going to have pie?" cried Daisy, hardly believing that such bliss could be in store for her.
"Yes; if your oven does well we will have two pies, one apple and one strawberry," said Mrs. Jo, who was
nearly as much interested in the new play as Daisy herself.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER V PATTYPANS 34
Page No 37
"Oh, what next?" asked Sally, all impatience to begin.
"Shut the lower draught of the stove, so that the oven may heat. Then wash your hands and get out the flour,
sugar, salt, butter, and cinnamon. See if the pieboard is clean, and pare your apple ready to put in."
Daisy got things together with as little noise and spilling as could be expected, from so young a cook.
"I really don't know how to measure for such tiny pies; I must guess at it, and if these don't succeed, we must
try again," said Mrs. Jo, looking rather perplexed, and very much amused with the small concern before her.
"Take that little pan full of flour, put in a pinch of salt, and then rub in as much butter as will go on that plate.
Always remember to put your dry things together first, and then the wet. It mixes better so."
"I know how; I saw Asia do it. Don't I butter the pie plates too? She did, the first thing," said Daisy, whisking
the flour about at a great rate.
"Quite right! I do believe you have a gift for cooking, you take to it so cleverly," said Aunt Jo, approvingly.
"Now a dash of cold water, just enough to wet it; then scatter some flour on the board, work in a little, and
roll the paste out; yes, that's the way. Now put dabs of butter all over it, and roll it out again. We won't have
our pastry very rich, or the dolls will get dyspeptic."
Daisy laughed at the idea, and scattered the dabs with a liberal hand. Then she rolled and rolled with her
delightful little pin, and having got her paste ready proceeded to cover the plates with it. Next the apple was
sliced in, sugar and cinnamon lavishly sprinkled over it, and then the top crust put on with breathless care.
"I always wanted to cut them round, and Asia never would let me. How nice it is to do it all my ownty donty
self!" said Daisy, as the little knife went clipping round the doll's plate poised on her hand.
All cooks, even the best, meet with mishaps sometimes, and Sally's first one occurred then, for the knife went
so fast that the plate slipped, turned a somersault in the air, and landed the dear little pie upside down on the
floor. Sally screamed, Mrs. Jo laughed, Teddy scrambled to get it, and for a moment confusion reigned in the
new kitchen.
"It didn't spill or break, because I pinched the edges together so hard; it isn't hurt a bit, so I'll prick holes in it,
and then it will be ready," said Sally, picking up the capsized treasure and putting it into shape with a
childlike disregard of the dust it had gathered in its fall.
"My new cook has a good temper, I see, and that is such a comfort," said Mrs. Jo. "Now open the jar of
strawberry jam, fill the uncovered pie, and put some strips of paste over the top as Asia does."
"I'll make a D in the middle, and have zigzags all round, that will be so interesting when I come to eat it,"
said Sally, loading the pie with quirls and flourishes that would have driven a real pastry cook wild. "Now I
put them in!" she exclaimed; when the last grimy knob had been carefully planted in the red field of jam, and
with an air of triumph she shut them into the little oven.
"Clear up your things; a good cook never lets her utensils collect. Then pare your squash and potatoes."
"There is only one potato," giggled Sally.
"Cut it in four pieces, so it will go into the little kettle, and put the bits into cold water till it is time to cook
them."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER V PATTYPANS 35
Page No 38
"Do I soak the squash too?"
"No, indeed! Just pare it and cut it up, and put in into the steamer over the pot. It is drier so, though it takes
longer to cook."
Here a scratching at the door caused Sally to run and open it, when Kit appeared with a covered basket in his
mouth.
"Here's the butcher boy!" cried Daisy, much tickled at the idea, as she relieved him of his load, whereat he
licked his lips and began to beg, evidently thinking that it was his own dinner, for he often carried it to his
master in that way. Being undeceived, he departed in great wrath and barked all the way downstairs, to ease
his wounded feelings.
In the basket were two bits of steak (doll's pounds), a baked pear, a small cake, and paper with them on which
Asia had scrawled, "For Missy's lunch, if her cookin' don't turn out well."
"I don't want any of her old pears and things; my cooking will turn out well, and I'll have a splendid dinner;
see if I don't!" cried Daisy, indignantly.
"We may like them if company should come. It is always well to have something in the storeroom," said
Aunt Jo, who had been taught this valuable fact by a series of domestic panics.
"Me is hundry," announced Teddy, who began to think what with so much cooking going on it was about
time for somebody to eat something. His mother gave him her workbasket to rummage, hoping to keep him
quiet till dinner was ready, and returned to her housekeeping.
"Put on your vegetables, set the table, and then have some coals kindling ready for the steak."
What a thing it was to see the potatoes bobbing about in the little pot; to peep at the squash getting soft so fast
in the tiny steamer; to whisk open the oven door every five minutes to see how the pies got on, and at last
when the coals were red and glowing, to put two real steaks on a fingerlong gridiron and proudly turn them
with a fork. The potatoes were done first, and no wonder, for they had boiled frantically all the while. The
were pounded up with a little pestle, had much butter and no salt put in (cook forgot it in the excitement of
the moment), then it was made into a mound in a gay red dish, smoothed over with a knife dipped in milk,
and put in the oven to brown.
So absorbed in these last performances had Sally been, that she forgot her pastry till she opened the door to
put in the potato, then a wail arose, for alas! alas! the little pies were burnt black!
"Oh, my pies! My darling pies! They are all spoilt!" cried poor Sally, wringing her dirty little hands as she
surveyed the ruin of her work. The tart was especially pathetic, for the quirls and zigzags stuck up in all
directions from the blackened jelly, like the walls and chimney of a house after a fire.
"Dear, dear, I forgot to remind you to take them out; it's just my luck," said Aunt Jo, remorsefully. "Don't cry,
darling, it was my fault; we'll try again after dinner," she added, as a great tear dropped from Sally's eyes and
sizzled on the hot ruins of the tart.
More would have followed, if the steak had not blazed up just then, and so occupied the attention of cook,
that she quickly forgot the lost pastry.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER V PATTYPANS 36
Page No 39
"Put the meatdish and your own plates down to warm, while you mash the squash with butter, salt, and a
little pepper on the top," said Mrs. Jo, devoutly hoping that the dinner would meet with no further disasters.
The "cunning pepperpot" soothed Sally's feelings, and she dished up her squash in fine style. The dinner
was safely put upon the table; the six dolls were seated three on a side; Teddy took the bottom, and Sally the
top. When all were settled, it was a most imposing spectacle, for one doll was in full ball costume, another in
her nightgown; Jerry, the worsted boy, wore his red winter suit, while Annabella, the noseless darling, was
airily attired in nothing but her own kid skin. Teddy, as father of the family, behaved with great propriety, for
he smilingly devoured everything offered him, and did not find a single fault. Daisy beamed upon her
company like the weary, warm, but hospitable hostess so often to be seen at larger tables than this, and did
the honors with an air of innocent satisfaction, which we do not often see elsewhere.
The steak was so tough that the little carvingknife would not cut it; the potato did not go round, and the
squash was very lumpy; but the guests appeared politely unconscious of these trifles; and the master and
mistress of the house cleared the table with appetites that anyone might envy them. The joy of skimming a
jugfull of cream mitigated the anguish felt for the loss of the pies, and Asia's despised cake proved a
treasure in the way of dessert.
"That is the nicest lunch I ever had; can't I do it every day?" asked Daisy as she scraped up and ate the
leavings all round.
"You can cook things every day after lessons, but I prefer that you should eat your dishes at your regular
meals, and only have a bit of gingerbread for lunch. Today, being the first time, I don't mind, but we must
keep our rules. This afternoon you can make something for tea if you like," said Mrs. Jo, who had enjoyed the
dinnerparty very much, though no one had invited her to partake.
"Do let me make flapjacks for Demi, he loves them so, and it's such fun to turn them and put sugar in
between," cried Daisy, tenderly wiping a yellow stain off Annabella's broken nose, for Bella had refused to
eat squash when it was pressed upon her as good for "lumatism," a complaint which it is no wonder she
suffered from, considering the lightness of her attire.
"But if you give Demi goodies, all the others will expect some also, and then you will have your hands full."
"Couldn't I have Demi come up to tea alone just this one time? And after that I could cook things for the
others if they were good," proposed Daisy, with a sudden inspiration.
"That is a capital idea, Posy! We will make your little messes rewards for the good boys, and I don't know
one among them who would not like something nice to eat more than almost anything else. If little men are
like big ones, good cooking will touch their hearts and soothe their tempers delightfully," added Aunt Jo, with
a merry nod toward the door, where stood Papa Bhaer, surveying the scene with a face full of amusement.
"That last hit was for me, sharp woman. I accept it, for it is true; but if I had married thee for thy cooking,
heart's dearest, I should have fared badly all these years," answered the professor, laughing as he tossed
Teddy, who became quite apoplectic in his endeavors to describe the feast he had just enjoyed.
Daisy proudly showed her kitchen, and rashly promised Uncle Fritz as many flapjacks as he could eat. She
was just telling about the new rewards when the boys, headed by Demi, burst into the room snuffing the air
like a pack of hungry hounds, for school was out, dinner was not ready, and the fragrance of Daisy's steak led
them straight to the spot.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER V PATTYPANS 37
Page No 40
A prouder little damsel was never seen than Sally as she displayed her treasures and told the lads what was in
store for them. Several rather scoffed at the idea of her cooking anything fit to eat, but Stuffy's heart was won
at once. Nat and Demi had firm faith in her skill, and the others said they would wait and see. All admired the
kitchen, however, and examined the stove with deep interest. Demi offered to buy the boiler on the spot, to be
used in a steamengine which he was constructing; and Ned declared that the best and biggest saucepan was
just the thing to melt his lead in when he ran bullets, hatchets, and such trifles.
Daisy looked so alarmed at these proposals, that Mrs. Jo then and there made and proclaimed a law that no
boy should touch, use, or even approach the sacred stove without a special permit from the owner thereof.
This increased its value immensely in the eyes of the gentlemen, especially as any infringement of the law
would be punished by forfeiture of all right to partake of the delicacies promised to the virtuous.
At this point the bell rang, and the entire population went down to dinner, which meal was enlivened by each
of the boys giving Daisy a list of things he would like to have cooked for him as fast as he earned them.
Daisy, whose faith in her stove was unlimited, promised everything, if Aunt Jo would tell her how to make
them. This suggestion rather alarmed Mrs. Jo, for some of the dishes were quite beyond her skill
weddingcake, for instance, bull'seye candy; and cabbage soup with herrings and cherries in it, which Mr.
Bhaer proposed as his favorite, and immediately reduced his wife to despair, for German cookery was beyond
her.
Daisy wanted to begin again the minute dinner was done, but she was only allowed to clear up, fill the kettle
ready for tea, and wash out her apron, which looked as if she had a Christmas feast. She was then sent out to
play till five o'clock, for Uncle Fritz said that too much study, even at cooking stoves, was bad for little minds
and bodies, and Aunt Jo knew by long experience how soon new toys lose their charm if they are not
prudently used.
Everyone was very kind to Daisy that afternoon. Tommy promised her the first fruits of his garden, though
the only visible crop just then was pigweed; Nat offered to supply her with wood, free of charge; Stuffy quite
worshipped her; Ned immediately fell to work on a little refrigerator for her kitchen; and Demi, with a
punctuality beautiful to see in one so young, escorted her to the nursery just as the clock struck five. It was
not time for the party to begin, but he begged so hard to come in and help that he was allowed privileges few
visitors enjoy, for he kindled the fire, ran errands, and watched the progress of his supper with intense
interest. Mrs. Jo directed the affair as she came and went, being very busy putting up clean curtains all over
the house.
"Ask Asia for a cup of sour cream, then your cakes will be light without much soda, which I don't like," was
the first order.
Demi tore downstairs, and returned with the cream, also a puckeredup face, for he had tasted it on his way,
and found it so sour that he predicted the cakes would be uneatable. Mrs. Jo took this occasion to deliver a
short lecture from the stepladder on the chemical properties of soda, to which Daisy did not listen, but Demi
did, and understood it, as he proved by the brief but comprehensive reply:
"Yes, I see, soda turns sour things sweet, and the fizzling up makes them light. Let's see you do it, Daisy."
"Fill that bowl nearly full of flour and add a little salt to it," continued Mrs. Jo.
"Oh dear, everything has to have salt in it, seems to me," said Sally, who was tired of opening the pillbox in
which it was kept.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER V PATTYPANS 38
Page No 41
"Salt is like goodhumor, and nearly every thing is better for a pinch of it, Posy," and Uncle Fritz stopped as
he passed, hammer in hand, to drive up two or three nails for Sally's little pans to hang on.
"You are not invited to tea, but I'll give you some cakes, and I won't be cross," said Daisy, putting up her
floury little face to thank him with a kiss.
"Fritz, you must not interrupt my cooking class, or I'll come in and moralize when you are teaching Latin.
How would you like that?" said Mrs. Jo, throwing a great chintz curtain down on his head.
"Very much, try it and see," and the amiable Father Bhaer went singing and tapping about the house like a
mammoth woodpecker.
"Put the soda into the cream, and when it 'fizzles,' as Demi says, stir it into the flour, and beat it up as hard as
ever you can. Have your griddle hot, butter it well, and then fry away till I come back," and Aunt Jo vanished
also.
Such a clatter as the little spoon made, and such a beating as the batter got, it quite foamed, I assure you; and
when Daisy poured some on to the griddle, it rose like magic into a puffy flapjack that made Demi's mouth
water. To be sure, the first one stuck and scorched, because she forgot the butter, but after that first failure all
went well, and six capital little cakes were safely landed in a dish.
"I think I like maplesyrup better than sugar," said Demi, from his armchair where he had settled himself
after setting the table in a new and peculiar manner.
"Then go and ask Asia for some," answered Daisy, going into the bathroom to wash her hands.
While the nursery was empty something dreadful happened. You see, Kit had been feeling hurt all day
because he had carried meat safely and yet got none to pay him. He was not a bad dog, but he had his little
faults like the rest of us, and could not always resist temptation. Happening to stroll into the nursery at that
moment, he smelt the cakes, saw them unguarded on the low table, and never stopping to think of
consequences, swallowed all six at one mouthful. I am glad to say that they were very hot, and burned him so
badly that he could not repress a surprised yelp. Daisy heard it, ran in, saw the empty dish, also the end of a
yellow tail disappearing under the bed. Without a word she seized that tail, pulled out the thief, and shook
him till his ears flapped wildly, then bundled him downstairs to the shed, where he spent a lonely evening in
the coalbin.
Cheered by the sympathy which Demi gave her, Daisy made another bowlful of batter, and fried a dozen
cakes, which were even better than the others. Indeed, Uncle Fritz after eating two sent up word that he had
never tasted any so nice, and every boy at the table below envied Demi at the flapjack party above.
It was a truly delightful supper, for the little teapot lid only fell off three times and the milk jug upset but
once; the cakes floated in syrup, and the toast had a delicious beefsteak flavor, owing to cook's using the
gridiron to make it on. Demi forgot philosophy, and stuffed like any carnal boy, while Daisy planned
sumptuous banquets, and the dolls looked on smiling affably.
"Well, dearies, have you had a good time?" asked Mrs. Jo, coming up with Teddy on her shoulder.
"A very good time. I shall come again soon," answered Demi, with emphasis.
"I'm afraid you have eaten too much, by the look of that table."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER V PATTYPANS 39
Page No 42
"No, I haven't; I only ate fifteen cakes, and they were very little ones," protested Demi, who had kept his
sister busy supplying his plate.
"They won't hurt him, they are so nice," said Daisy, with such a funny mixture of maternal fondness and
housewifely pride that Aunt Jo could only smile and say:
"Well, on the whole, the new game is a success then?"
"I like it," said Demi, as if his approval was all that was necessary.
"It is the dearest play ever made!" cried Daisy, hugging her little dishtub as she proposed to wash up the
cups. "I just wish everybody had a sweet cooking stove like mine," she added, regarding it with affection.
"This play out to have a name," said Demi, gravely removing the syrup from his countenance with his tongue.
"It has."
"Oh, what?" asked both children eagerly.
"Well, I think we will call it Pattypans," and Aunt Jo retired, satisfied with the success of her last trap to catch
a sunbeam.
CHAPTER VI A FIRE BRAND
"Please, ma'am, could I speak to you? It is something very important," said Nat, popping his head in at the
door of Mrs. Bhaer's room.
It was the fifth head which had popped in during the last halfhour; but Mrs. Jo was used to it, so she looked
up, and said, briskly,
"What is it, my lad?"
Nat came in, shut the door carefully behind him, and said in an eager, anxious tone,
"Dan has come."
"Who is Dan?"
"He's a boy I used to know when I fiddled round the streets. He sold papers, and he was kind to me, and I saw
him the other day in town, and told him how nice it was here, and he's come."
"But, my dear boy, that is rather a sudden way to pay a visit."
"Oh, it isn't a visit; he wants to stay if you will let him!" said Nat innocently.
"Well, I don't know about that," began Mrs. Bhaer, rather startled by the coolness of the proposition.
"Why, I thought you liked to have poor boys come and live with you, and be kind to 'em as you were to me,"
said Nat, looking surprised and alarmed.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VI A FIRE BRAND 40
Page No 43
"So I do, but I like to know something about them first. I have to choose them, because there are so many. I
have not room for all. I wish I had."
"I told him to come because I thought you'd like it, but if there isn't room he can go away again," said Nat,
sorrowfully.
The boy's confidence in her hospitality touched Mrs. Bhaer, and she could not find the heart to disappoint his
hope, and spoil his kind little plan, so she said,
"Tell me about this Dan."
"I don't know any thing, only he hasn't got any folks, and he's poor, and he was good to me, so I'd like to be
good to him if I could."
"Excellent reasons every one; but really, Nat, the house is full, and I don't know where I could put him," said
Mrs. Bhaer, more and more inclined to prove herself the haven of refuge he seemed to think her.
"He could have my bed, and I could sleep in the barn. It isn't cold now, and I don't mind, I used to sleep
anywhere with father," said Nat, eagerly.
Something in his speech and face made Mrs. Jo put her hand on his shoulder, and say in her kindest tone:
"Bring in your friend, Nat; I think we must find room for him without giving him your place."
Nat joyfully ran off, and soon returned followed by a most unprepossessing boy, who slouched in and stood
looking about him, with a half bold, half sullen look, which made Mrs. Bhaer say to herself, after one glance,
"A bad specimen, I am afraid."
"This is Dan," said Nat, presenting him as if sure of his welcome.
"Nat tells me you would like to come and stay with us," began Mrs. Jo, in a friendly tone.
"Yes," was the gruff reply.
"Have you no friends to take care of you?"
"No."
"Say, 'No, ma'am,' " whispered Nat.
"Shan't neither," muttered Dan.
"How old are you?"
"About fourteen."
"You look older. What can you do?"
"'Most anything."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VI A FIRE BRAND 41
Page No 44
"If you stay here we shall want you to do as the others do, work and study as well as play. Are you willing to
agree to that?"
"Don't mind trying."
"Well, you can stay a few days, and we will see how we get on together. Take him out, Nat, and amuse him
till Mr. Bhaer comes home, when we will settle about the matter," said Mrs. Jo, finding it rather difficult to
get on with this cool young person, who fixed his big black eyes on her with a hard, suspicious expression,
sorrowfully unboyish.
"Come on, Nat," he said, and slouched out again.
"Thank you, ma'am," added Nat, as he followed him, feeling without quite understanding the difference in the
welcome given to him and to his ungracious friend.
"The fellows are having a circus out in the barn; don't you want to come and see it?" he asked, as they came
down the wide steps on to the lawn.
"Are they big fellows?" said Dan.
"No; the big ones are gone fishing."
"Fire away, then," said Dan.
Nat led him to the great barn and introduced him to his set, who were disporting themselves among the
halfempty lofts. A large circle was marked out with hay on the wide floor, and in the middle stood Demi
with a long whip, while Tommy, mounted on the muchenduring Toby, pranced about the circle playing
being a monkey.
"You must pay a pin apiece, or you can't see the show," said Stuffy, who stood by the wheelbarrow in which
sat the band, consisting of a pocketcomb blown upon by Ned, and a toy drum beaten spasmodically by Rob.
"He's company, so I'll pay for both," said Nat, handsomely, as he stuck two crooked pins in the dried
mushroom which served as moneybox.
With a nod to the company they seated themselves on a couple of boards, and the performance went on. After
the monkey act, Ned gave them a fine specimen of his agility by jumping over an old chair, and running up
and down ladders, sailor fashion. Then Demi danced a jig with a gravity beautiful to behold. Nat was called
upon to wrestle with Stuffy, and speedily laid that stout youth upon the ground. After this, Tommy proudly
advanced to turn a somersault, an accomplishment which he had acquired by painful perseverance, practising
in private till every joint of his little frame was black and blue. His feats were received with great applause,
and he was about to retire, flushed with pride and a rush of blood to the head, when a scornful voice in the
audience was heard to say,
"Ho! that ain't any thing!"
"Say that again, will you?" and Tommy bristled up like an angry turkeycock.
"Do you want to fight?" said Dan, promptly descending from the barrel and doubling up his fists in a
businesslike manner.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VI A FIRE BRAND 42
Page No 45
"No, I don't;" and the candid Thomas retired a step, rather taken aback by the proposition.
"Fighting isn't allowed!" cried the others, much excited.
"You're a nice lot," sneered Dan.
"Come, if you don't behave, you shan't stay," said Nat, firing up at that insult to his friends.
"I'd like to see him do better than I did, that's all," observed Tommy, with a swagger.
"Clear the way, then," and without the slightest preparation Dan turned three somersaults one after the other
and came up on his feet.
"You can't beat that, Tom; you always hit your head and tumble flat," said Nat, pleased at his friend's success.
Before he could say any more the audience were electrified by three more somersaults backwards, and a short
promenade on the hands, head down, feet up. This brought down the house, and Tommy joined in the
admiring cries which greeted the accomplished gymnast as he righted himself, and looked at them with an air
of calm superiority.
"Do you think I could learn to do it without its hurting me very much?" Tom meekly asked, as he rubbed the
elbows which still smarted after the last attempt.
"What will you give me if I'll teach you?" said Dan.
"My new jackknife; it's got five blades, and only one is broken."
"Give it here, then."
Tommy handed it over with an affectionate look at its smooth handle. Dan examined it carefully, then putting
it into his pocket, walked off, saying with a wink,
"Keep it up till you learn, that's all."
A howl of wrath from Tommy was followed by a general uproar, which did not subside till Dan, finding
himself in a minority, proposed that they should play stickknife, and whichever won should have the
treasure. Tommy agreed, and the game was played in a circle of excited faces, which all wore an expression
of satisfaction, when Tommy won and secured the knife in the depth of his safest pocket.
"You come off with me, and I'll show you round," said Nat, feeling that he must have a little serious
conversation with his friend in private.
What passed between them no one knew, but when they appeared again, Dan was more respectful to every
one, though still gruff in his speech, and rough in his manner; and what else could be expected of the poor lad
who had been knocking about the world all his short life with no one to teach him any better?
The boys had decided that they did not like him, and so they left him to Nat, who soon felt rather oppressed
by the responsibility, but too kindhearted to desert him.
Tommy, however, felt that in spite of the jackknife transaction, there was a bond of sympathy between
them, and longed to return to the interesting subject of somersaults. He soon found an opportunity, for Dan,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VI A FIRE BRAND 43
Page No 46
seeing how much he admired him, grew more amiable, and by the end of the first week was quite intimate
with the lively Tom.
Mr. Bhaer, when he heard the story and saw Dan, shook his head, but only said quietly,
"The experiment may cost us something, but we will try it."
If Dan felt any gratitude for his protection, he did not show it, and took without thanks all that was give him.
He was ignorant, but very quick to learn when he chose; had sharp eyes to watch what went on about him; a
saucy tongue, rough manners, and a temper that was fierce and sullen by turns. He played with all his might,
and played well at almost all the games. He was silent and gruff before grown people, and only now and then
was thoroughly sociable among the lads. Few of them really liked him, but few could help admiring his
courage and strength, for nothing daunted him, and he knocked tall Franz flat on one occasion with an ease
that caused all the others to keep at a respectful distance from his fists. Mr. Bhaer watched him silently, and
did his best to tame the "Wild Boy," as they called him, but in private the worthy man shook his head, and
said soberly, "I hope the experiment will turn out well, but I am a little afraid it may cost too much."
Mrs. Bhaer lost her patience with him half a dozen times a day, yet never gave him up, and always insisted
that there was something good in the lad, after all; for he was kinder to animals than to people, he liked to
rove about in the woods, and, best of all, little Ted was fond of him. What the secret was no one could
discover, but Baby took to him at once gabbled and crowed whenever he saw him preferred his strong back to
ride on to any of the others and called him "My Danny" out of his own little head. Teddy was the only
creature to whom Dan showed an affection, and this was only manifested when he thought no one else would
see it; but mothers' eyes are quick, and motherly hearts instinctively divine who love their babies. So Mrs. Jo
soon saw and felt that there was a soft spot in rough Dan, and bided her time to touch and win him.
But an unexpected and decidedly alarming event upset all their plans, and banished Dan from Plumfield.
Tommy, Nat, and Demi began by patronizing Dan, because the other lads rather slighted him; but soon they
each felt there was a certain fascination about the bad boy, and from looking down upon him they came to
looking up, each for a different reason. Tommy admired his skill and courage; Nat was grateful for past
kindness; and Demi regarded him as a sort of animated story book, for when he chose Dan could tell his
adventures in a most interesting way. It pleased Dan to have the three favorites like him, and he exerted
himself to be agreeable, which was the secret of his success.
The Bhaers were surprised, but hoped the lads would have a good influence over Dan, and waited with some
anxiety, trusting that no harm would come of it.
Dan felt they did not quite trust him, and never showed them his best side, but took a wilful pleasure in trying
their patience and thwarting their hopes as far as he dared.
Mr. Bhaer did not approve of fighting, and did not think it a proof of either manliness or courage for two lads
to pommel one another for the amusement of the rest. All sorts of hardy games and exercises were
encouraged, and the boys were expected to take hard knocks and tumbles without whining; but black eyes
and bloody noses given for the fun of it were forbidden as a foolish and a brutal play.
Dan laughed at this rule, and told such exciting tales of his own valor, and the many frays that he had been in,
that some of the lads were fired with a desire to have a regular good "mill."
"Don't tell, and I'll show you how," said Dan; and, getting half a dozen of the lads together behind the barn,
he gave them a lesson in boxing, which quite satisfied the ardor of most of them. Emil, however, could not
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VI A FIRE BRAND 44
Page No 47
submit to be beaten by a fellow younger than himself, for Emil was past fourteen and a plucky fellow, so he
challenged Dan to a fight. Dan accepted at once, and the others looked on with intense interest.
What little bird carried the news to headquarters no one ever knew, but, in the very hottest of the fray, when
Dan and Emil were fighting like a pair of young bulldogs, and the others with fierce, excited faces were
cheering them on, Mr. Bhaer walked into the ring, plucked the combatants apart with a strong hand, and said,
in the voice they seldom heard,
"I can't allow this, boys! Stop it at once; and never let me see it again. I keep a school for boys, not for wild
beasts. Look at each other and be ashamed of yourselves."
"You let me go, and I'll knock him down again," shouted Dan, sparring away in spite of the grip on his collar.
"Come on, come on, I ain't thrashed yet!" cried Emil, who had been down five times, but did not know when
he was beaten.
"They are playing be gladdy whatyoucall'ems, like the Romans, Uncle Fritz," called out Demi, whose
eyes were bigger than ever with the excitement of this new pastime.
"They were a fine set of brutes; but we have learned something since then, I hope, and I cannot have you
make my barn a Colosseum. Who proposed this?" asked Mr. Bhaer.
"Dan," answered several voices.
"Don't you know that it is forbidden?"
"Yes," growled Dan, sullenly.
"Then why break the rule?"
"They'll all be mollycoddles, if they don't know how to fight."
"Have you found Emil a mollycoddle? He doesn't look much like one," and Mr. Bhaer brought the two face
to face. Dan had a black eye, and his jacket was torn to rags, but Emil's face was covered with blood from a
cut lip and a bruised nose, while a bump on his forehead was already as purple as a plum. In spite of his
wounds however, he still glared upon his foe, and evidently panted to renew the fight.
"He'd make a firstrater if he was taught," said Dan, unable to withhold the praise from the boy who made it
necessary for him to do his best.
"He'll be taught to fence and box by and by, and till then I think he will do very well without any lessons in
mauling. Go and wash your faces; and remember, Dan, if you break any more of the rules again, you will be
sent away. That was the bargain; do your part and we will do ours."
The lads went off, and after a few more words to the spectators, Mr. Bhaer followed to bind up the wounds of
the young gladiators. Emil went to bed sick, and Dan was an unpleasant spectacle for a week.
But the lawless lad had no thought of obeying, and soon transgressed again.
One Saturday afternoon as a party of the boys went out to play, Tommy said,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VI A FIRE BRAND 45
Page No 48
"Let's go down to the river, and cut a lot of new fishpoles."
"Take Toby to drag them back, and one of us can ride him down," proposed Stuffy, who hated to walk.
"That means you, I suppose; well, hurry up, lazybones," said Dan.
Away they went, and having got the poles were about to go home, when Demi unluckily said to Tommy, who
was on Toby with a long rod in his hand,
"You look like the picture of the man in the bullfight, only you haven't got a red cloth, or pretty clothes on."
"I'd like to see one; there's old Buttercup in the big meadow, ride at her, Tom, and see her run," proposed
Dan, bent on mischief.
"No, you mustn't," began Demi, who was learning to distrust Dan's propositions.
"Why not, little fussbutton?" demanded Dan.
"I don't think Uncle Fritz would like it."
"Did he ever say we must not have a bullfight?"
"No, I don't think he ever did," admitted Demi.
"Then hold your tongue. Drive on, Tom, and here's a red rag to flap at the old thing. I'll help you to stir her
up," and over the wall went Dan, full of the new game, and the rest followed like a flock of sheep; even
Demi, who sat upon the bars, and watched the fun with interest.
Poor Buttercup was not in a very good mood, for she had been lately bereft of her calf, and mourned for the
little thing most dismally. Just now she regarded all mankind as her enemies (and I do not blame her), so
when the matadore came prancing towards her with the red handkerchief flying at the end of his long lance,
she threw up her head, and gave a most appropriate "Moo!" Tommy rode gallantly at her, and Toby
recognizing an old friend, was quite willing to approach; but when the lance came down on her back with a
loud whack, both cow and donkey were surprised and disgusted. Toby back with a bray of remonstrance, and
Buttercup lowered her horns angrily.
"At her again, Tom; she's jolly cross, and will do it capitally!" called Dan, coming up behind with another
rod, while Jack and Ned followed his example.
Seeing herself thus beset, and treated with such disrespect, Buttercup trotted round the field, getting more and
more bewildered and excited every moment, for whichever way she turned, there was a dreadful boy, yelling
and brandishing a new and very disagreeable sort of whip. It was great fun for them, but real misery for her,
till she lost patience and turned the tables in the most unexpected manner. All at once she wheeled short
round, and charged full at her old friend Toby, whose conduct cut her to the heart. Poor slow Toby backed so
precipitately that he tripped over a stone, and down went horse, matadore, and all, in one ignominious heap,
while distracted Buttercup took a surprising leap over the wall, and galloped wildly out of sight down the
road.
"Catch her, stop her, head her off! run, boys, run!" shouted Dan, tearing after her at his best pace, for she was
Mr. Bhaer's pet Alderney, and if anything happened to her, Dan feared it would be all over with him. Such a
running and racing and bawling and puffing as there was before she was caught! The fishpoles were left
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VI A FIRE BRAND 46
Page No 49
behind; Toby was trotted nearly off his legs in the chase; and every boy was red, breathless, and scared. They
found poor Buttercup at last in a flower garden, where she had taken refuge, worn out with the long run.
Borrowing a rope for a halter, Dan led her home, followed by a party of very sober young gentlemen, for the
cow was in a sad state, having strained her shoulder jumping, so that she limped, her eyes looked wild, and
her glossy coat was wet and muddy.
"You'll catch it this time, Dan," said Tommy, as he led the wheezing donkey beside the maltreated cow.
"So will you, for you helped."
"We all did, but Demi," added Jack.
"He put it into our heads," said Ned.
"I told you not to do it," cried Demi, who was most brokenhearted at poor Buttercup's state.
"Old Bhaer will send me off, I guess. Don't care if he does," muttered Dan, looking worried in spite of his
words.
"We'll ask him not to, all of us," said Demi, and the others assented with the exception of Stuffy, who
cherished the hope that all the punishment might fall on one guilty head. Dan only said, "Don't bother about
me;" but he never forgot it, even though he led the lads astray again, as soon as the temptation came.
When Mr. Bhaer saw the animal, and heard the story, he said very little, evidently fearing that he should say
too much in the first moments of impatience. Buttercup was made comfortable in her stall, and the boys sent
to their rooms till suppertime. This brief respite gave them time to think the matter over, to wonder what the
penalty would be, and to try to imagine where Dan would be sent. He whistled briskly in his room, so that no
one should think he cared a bit; but while he waited to know his fate, the longing to stay grew stronger and
stronger, the more he recalled the comfort and kindness he had known here, the hardship and neglect he had
felt elsewhere. He knew they tried to help him, and at the bottom of his heart he was grateful, but his rough
life had made him hard and careless, suspicious and wilful. He hated restraint of any sort, and fought against
it like an untamed creature, even while he knew it was kindly meant, and dimly felt that he would be the
better for it. He made up his mind to be turned adrift again, to knock about the city as he had done nearly all
his life; a prospect that made him knit his black brows, and look about the cosy little room with a wistful
expression that would have touched a much harder heart than Mr. Bhaer's if he had seen it. It vanished
instantly, however, when the good man came in, and said in his accustomed grave way,
"I have heard all about it, Dan, and though you have broken the rules again, I am going to give you one more
trial, to please Mother Bhaer."
Dan flushed up to his forehead at this unexpected reprieve, but he only said in his gruff way,
"I didn't know there was any rule about bullfighting."
"As I never expected to have any at Plumfield, I never did make such a rule," answered Mr. Bhaer, smiling in
spite of himself at the boy's excuse. Then he added gravely, "But one of the first and most important of our
few laws is the law of kindness to every dumb creature on the place. I want everybody and everything to be
happy here, to love and trust, and serve us, as we try to love and trust and serve them faithfully and willingly.
I have often said that you were kinder to the animals than any of the other boys, and Mrs. Bhaer liked that
trait in you very much, because she thought it showed a good heart. But you have disappointed us in that, and
we are sorry, for we hoped to make you quite one of us. Shall we try again?"
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VI A FIRE BRAND 47
Page No 50
Dan's eyes had been on the floor, and his hands nervously picking at the bit of wood he had been whittling as
Mr. Bhaer came in, but when he heard the kind voice ask that question, he looked up quickly, and said in a
more respectful tone than he had ever used before,
"Yes, please."
"Very well, then, we will say no more, only you will stay at home from the walk tomorrow, as the other
boys will and all of you must wait on poor Buttercup till she is well again."
"I will."
"Now, go down to supper, and do your best, my boy, more for your own sake than for ours." Then Mr. Bhaer
shook hands with him, and Dan went down more tamed by kindness than he would have been by the good
whipping which Asia had strongly recommended.
Dan did try for a day or two, but not being used to it, he soon tired and relapsed into his old wilful ways. Mr.
Bhaer was called from home on business one day, and the boys had no lessons. They liked this, and played
hard till bedtime, when most of them turned in and slept like dormice. Dan, however, had a plan in his head,
and when he and Nat were alone, he unfolded it.
"Look here!" he said, taking from under his bed a bottle, a cigar, and a pack of cards, "I'm going to have some
fun, and do as I used to with the fellows in town. Here's some beer, I got if of the old man at the station, and
this cigar; you can pay for 'em or Tommy will, he's got heaps of money and I haven't a cent. I'm going to ask
him in; no, you go, they won't mind you."
"The folks won't like it," began Nat.
"They won't know. Daddy Bhaer is away, and Mrs. Bhaer's busy with Ted; he's got croup or something, and
she can't leave him. We shan't sit up late or make any noise, so where's the harm?"
"Asia will know if we burn the lamp long, she always does."
"No, she won't, I've got a dark lantern on purpose; it don't give much light, and we can shut it quick if we
hear anyone coming," said Dan.
This idea struck Nat as a fine one, and lent an air of romance to the thing. He started off to tell Tommy, but
put his head in again to say,
"You want Demi, too, don't you?"
"No, I don't; the Deacon will rollup eyes and preach if you tell him. He will be asleep, so just tip the wink to
Tom and cut back again."
Nat obeyed, and returned in a minute with Tommy half dressed, rather tousled about the head and very
sleepy, but quite ready for fun as usual.
"Now, keep quiet, and I'll show you how to play a firstrate game called 'Poker,' " said Dan, as the three
revellers gathered round the table, on which were set forth the bottle, the cigar, and the cards. "First we'll all
have a drink, then we'll take a go at the 'weed,' and then we'll play. That's the way men do, and it's jolly fun."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VI A FIRE BRAND 48
Page No 51
The beer circulated in a mug, and all three smacked their lips over it, though Nat and Tommy did not like the
bitter stuff. The cigar was worse still, but they dared not say so, and each puffed away till he was dizzy or
choked, when he passed the "weed" on to his neighbor. Dan liked it, for it seemed like old times when he
now and then had a chance to imitate the low men who surrounded him. He drank, and smoked, and
swaggered as much like them as he could, and, getting into the spirit of the part he assumed, he soon began to
swear under his breath for fear some one should hear him. "You mustn't; it's wicked to say 'Damn!' " cried
Tommy, who had followed his leader so far.
"Oh, hang! don't you preach, but play away; it's part of the fun to swear."
"I'd rather say 'thunder turtles,' " said Tommy, who had composed this interesting exclamation and was very
proud of it.
"And I'll say 'The Devil;' that sounds well," added Nat, much impressed by Dan's manly ways.
Dan scoffed at their "nonsense," and swore stoutly as he tried to teach them the new game.
But Tommy was very sleepy, and Nat's head began to ache with the beer and the smoke, so neither of them
was very quick to learn, and the game dragged. The room was nearly dark, for the lantern burned badly; they
could not laugh loud nor move about much, for Silas slept next door in the shedchamber, and altogether the
party was dull. In the middle of a deal Dan stopped suddenly, and called out, "Who's that?" in a startled tone,
and at the same moment drew the slide over the light. A voice in the darkness said tremulously, "I can't find
Tommy," and then there was the quick patter of bare feet running away down the entry that led from the wing
to the main house.
"It's Demi! he's gone to call some one; cut into bed, Tom, and don't tell!" cried Dan, whisking all signs of the
revel out of sight, and beginning to tear off his clothes, while Nat did the same.
Tommy flew to his room and dived into bed, where he lay, laughing till something burned his hand, when he
discovered that he was still clutching the stump of the festive cigar, which he happened to be smoking when
the revel broke up.
It was nearly out, and he was about to extinguish it carefully when Nursey's voice was heard, and fearing it
would betray him if he hid it in the bed, he threw it underneath, after a final pinch which he thought finished
it.
Nursey came in with Demi, who looked much amazed to see the red face of Tommy reposing peacefully
upon his pillow.
"He wasn't there just now, because I woke up and could not find him anywhere," said Demi, pouncing on
him.
"What mischief are you at now, bad child?" asked Nursey, with a goodnatured shake, which made the
sleeper open his eyes to say meekly,
"I only ran into Nat's room to see him about something. Go away, and let me alone; I'm awful sleepy."
Nursey tucked Demi in, and went off to reconnoitre, but only found two boys slumbering peacefully in Dan's
room. "Some little frolic," she thought, and as there was no harm done she said nothing to Mrs. Bhaer, who
was busy and worried over little Teddy.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VI A FIRE BRAND 49
Page No 52
Tommy was sleepy, and telling Demi to mind his own business and not ask questions, he was snoring in ten
minutes, little dreaming what was going on under his bed. The cigar did not go out, but smouldered away on
the straw carpet till it was nicely on fire, and a hungry little flame went creeping along till the dimity
bedcover caught, then the sheets, and then the bed itself. The beer made Tommy sleep heavily, and the smoke
stupified Demi, so they slept on till the fire began to scorch them, and they were in danger of being burned to
death.
Franz was sitting up to study, and as he left the schoolroom he smelt the smoke, dashed upstairs and saw it
coming in a cloud from the left wing of the house. Without stopping to call any one, he ran into the room,
dragged the boys from the blazing bed, and splashed all the water he could find at hand on to the flames. It
checked but did not quench the fire, and the children wakened on being tumbled topsyturvy into a cold hall,
began to roar at the top of their voices. Mrs. Bhaer instantly appeared, and a minute after Silas burst out of his
room shouting, "Fire!" in a tone that raised the whole house. A flock of white goblins with scared faces
crowded into the hall, and for a minute every one was panicstricken.
Then Mrs. Bhaer found her wits, bade Nursey see to the burnt boys, and sent Franz and Silas downstairs for
some tubs of wet clothes which she flung on the bed, over the carpet, and up against the curtains, now
burning finely, and threatening to kindle the walls.
Most of the boys stood dumbly looking on, but Dan and Emil worked bravely, running to and fro with water
from the bathroom, and helping to pull down the dangerous curtains.
The peril was soon over, and ordering the boys all back to bed, and leaving Silas to watch lest the fire broke
out again, Mrs. Bhaer and Franz went to see how the poor boys got on. Demi had escaped with one burn and
a grand scare, but Tommy had not only most of his hair scorched off his head, but a great burn on his arm,
that made him half crazy with the pain. Demi was soon made cosy, and Franz took him away to his own bed,
where the kind lad soothed his fright and hummed him to sleep as cosily as a woman. Nursey watched over
poor Tommy all night, trying to ease his misery, and Mrs. Bhaer vibrated between him and little Teddy with
oil and cotton, paregoric and squills, saying to herself from time to time, as if she found great amusement in
the thought, "I always knew Tommy would set the house on fire, and now he has done it!"
When Mr. Bhaer got home next morning he found a nice state of things. Tommy in bed, Teddy wheezing like
a little grampus, Mrs. Jo quite used up, and the whole flock of boys so excited that they all talked at once, and
almost dragged him by main force to view the ruins. Under his quiet management things soon fell into order,
for every one felt that he was equal to a dozen conflagrations, and worked with a will at whatever task he
gave them.
There was no school that morning, but by afternoon the damaged room was put to rights, the invalids were
better, and there was time to hear and judge the little culprits quietly. Nat and Tommy told their parts in the
mischief, and were honestly sorry for the danger they had brought to the dear old house and all in it. But Dan
put on his devilmaycare look, and would not own that there was much harm done.
Now, of all things, Mr. Bhaer hated drinking, gambling, and swearing; smoking he had given up that the lads
might not be tempted to try it, and it grieved and angered him deeply to find that the boy, with whom he had
tried to be most forbearing, should take advantage of his absence to introduce these forbidden vices, and
teach his innocent little lads to think it manly and pleasant to indulge in them. He talked long and earnestly to
the assembled boys, and ended by saying, with an air of mingled firmness and regret,
"I think Tommy is punished enough, and that scar on his arm will remind him for a long time to let these
things alone. Nat's fright will do for him, for he is really sorry, and does try to obey me. But you, Dan, have
been many times forgiven, and yet it does no good. I cannot have my boys hurt by your bad example, nor my
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VI A FIRE BRAND 50
Page No 53
time wasted in talking to deaf ears, so you can say goodbye to them all, and tell Nursey to put up your
things in my little black bag."
"Oh! sir, where is he going?" cried Nat.
"To a pleasant place up in the country, where I sometimes send boys when they don't do well here. Mr. Page
is a kind man, and Dan will be happy there if he chooses to do his best."
"Will he ever come back?" asked Demi.
"That will depend on himself; I hope so."
As he spoke, Mr. Bhaer left the room to write his letter to Mr. Page, and the boys crowded round Dan very
much as people do about a man who is going on a long and perilous journey to unknown regions.
"I wonder if you'll like it," began Jack.
"Shan't stay if I don't," said Dan coolly.
"Where will you go?" asked Nat.
"I may go to sea, or out west, or take a look at California," answered Dan, with a reckless air that quite took
away the breath of the little boys.
"Oh, don't! stay with Mr. Page awhile and then come back here; do, Dan," pleaded Nat, much affected at the
whole affair.
"I don't care where I go, or how long I stay, and I'll be hanged if I ever come back here," with which wrathful
speech Dan went away to put up his things, every one of which Mr. Bhaer had given him.
That was the only goodbye he gave the boys, for they were all talking the matter over in the barn when he
came down, and he told Nat not to call them. The wagon stood at the door, and Mrs. Bhaer came out to speak
to Dan, looking so sad that his heart smote him, and he said in a low tone,
"May I say goodbye to Teddy?"
"Yes, dear; go in and kiss him, he will miss his Danny very much."
No one saw the look in Dan's eyes as he stooped over the crib, and saw the little face light up at first sight of
him, but he heard Mrs. Bhaer say pleadingly,
"Can't we give the poor lad one more trial, Fritz?" and Mr. Bhaer answer in his steady way,
"My dear, it is not best, so let him go where he can do no harm to others, while they do good to him, and by
and by he shall come back, I promise you."
"He's the only boy we ever failed with, and I am so grieved, for I thought there was the making of a fine man
in him, spite of his faults."
Dan heard Mrs. Bhaer sigh, and he wanted to ask for one more trial himself, but his pride would not let him,
and he came out with the hard look on his face, shook hands without a word, and drove away with Mr. Bhaer,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VI A FIRE BRAND 51
Page No 54
leaving Nat and Mrs. Jo to look after him with tears in their eyes.
A few days afterwards they received a letter from Mr. Page, saying that Dan was doing well, whereat they all
rejoiced. But three weeks later came another letter, saying that Dan had run away, and nothing had been
heard of him, whereat they all looked sober, and Mr. Bhaer said,
"Perhaps I ought to have given him another chance."
Mrs. Bhaer, however, nodded wisely and answered, "Don't be troubled, Fritz; the boy will come back to us,
I'm sure of it."
But time went on and no Dan came.
CHAPTER VII NAUGHTY NAN
"Fritz, I've got a new idea," cried Mrs. Bhaer, as she met her husband one day after school.
"Well, my dear, what is it?" and he waited willingly to hear the new plan, for some of Mrs. Jo's ideas were so
droll, it was impossible to help laughing at them, though usually they were quite sensible, and he was glad to
carry them out.
"Daisy needs a companion, and the boys would be all the better for another girl among them; you know we
believe in bringing up little men and women together, and it is high time we acted up to our belief. They pet
and tyrannize over Daisy by turns, and she is getting spoilt. Then they must learn gentle ways, and improve
their manners, and having girls about will do it better than any thing else."
"You are right, as usual. Now, who shall we have?" asked Mr. Bhaer, seeing by the look in her eye that Mrs.
Jo had some one all ready to propose.
"Little Annie Harding."
"What! Naughty Nan, as the lads call her?" cried Mr. Bhaer, looking very much amused.
"Yes, she is running wild at home since her mother died, and is too bright a child to be spoilt by servants. I
have had my eye on her for some time, and when I met her father in town the other day I asked him why he
did not send her to school. He said he would gladly if he could find as good a school for girls as ours was for
boys. I know he would rejoice to have her come; so suppose we drive over this afternoon and see about it."
"Have not you cares enough now, my Jo, without this little gypsy to torment you?" asked Mr. Bhaer, patting
the hand that lay on his arm.
"Oh dear, no," said Mother Bhaer, briskly. "I like it, and never was happier than since I had my wilderness of
boys. You see, Fritz, I feel a great sympathy for Nan, because I was such a naughty child myself that I know
all about it. She is full of spirits, and only needs to be taught what to do with them to be as nice a little girl as
Daisy. Those quick wits of hers would enjoy lessons if they were rightly directed, and what is now a tricksy
midget would soon become a busy, happy child. I know how to manage her, for I remember how my blessed
mother managed me, and "
"And if you succeed half as well as she did, you will have done a magnificent work," interrupted Mr. Bhaer,
who labored under the delusion that Mrs. B. was the best and most charming woman alive.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VII NAUGHTY NAN 52
Page No 55
"Now, if you make fun of my plan I'll give you bad coffee for a week, and then where are you, sir?" cried
Mrs. Jo, tweaking him by the ear just as if he was one of the boys.
"Won't Daisy's hair stand erect with horror at Nan's wild ways?" asked Mr. Bhaer, presently, when Teddy had
swarmed up his waistcoat, and Rob up his back, for they always flew at their father the minute school was
done.
"At first, perhaps, but it will do Posy good. She is getting prim and Bettyish, and needs stirring up a bit. She
always has a good time when Nan comes over to play, and the two will help each other without knowing it.
Dear me, half the science of teaching is knowing how much children do for one another, and when to mix
them."
"I only hope she won't turn out another firebrand."
"My poor Dan! I never can quite forgive myself for letting him go," sighed Mrs. Bhaer.
At the sound of the name, little Teddy, who had never forgotten his friend, struggled down from his father's
arms, and trotted to the door, looked out over the sunny lawn with a wistful face, and then trotted back again,
saying, as he always did when disappointed of the longedfor sight,
"My Danny's tummin' soon."
"I really think we ought to have kept him, if only for Teddy's sake, he was so fond of him, and perhaps baby's
love would have done for him what we failed to do."
"I've sometimes felt that myself; but after keeping the boys in a ferment, and nearly burning up the whole
family, I thought it safer to remove the firebrand, for a time at least," said Mr. Bhaer.
"Dinner's ready, let me ring the bell," and Rob began a solo upon that instrument which made it impossible to
hear one's self speak.
"Then I may have Nan, may I?" asked Mrs. Jo.
"A dozen Nans if you want them, my dear," answered Mr. Bhaer, who had room in his fatherly heart for all
the naughty neglected children in the world.
When Mrs. Bhaer returned from her drive that afternoon, before she could unpack the load of little boys,
without whom she seldom moved, a small girl of ten skipped out at the back of the carryall and ran into the
house, shouting,
"Hi, Daisy! where are you?"
Daisy came, and looked pleased to see her guest, but also a trifle alarmed, when Nan said, still prancing, as if
it was impossible to keep still,
"I'm going to stay here always, papa says I may, and my box is coming tomorrow, all my things had to be
washed and mended, and your aunt came and carried me off. Isn't it great fun?"
"Why, yes. Did you bring your big doll?" asked Daisy, hoping she had, for on the last visit Nan had ravaged
the baby house, and insisted on washing Blanche Matilda's plaster face, which spoilt the poor dear's
complexion for ever.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VII NAUGHTY NAN 53
Page No 56
"Yes, she's somewhere round," returned Nan, with most unmaternal carelessness. "I made you a ring coming
along, and pulled the hairs out of Dobbin's tail. Don't you want it?" and Nan presented a horsehair ring in
token of friendship, as they had both vowed they would never speak to one another again when they last
parted.
Won by the beauty of the offering, Daisy grew more cordial, and proposed retiring to the nursery, but Nan
said, "No, I want to see the boys, and the barn," and ran off, swinging her hat by one string till it broke, when
she left it to its fate on the grass.
"Hullo! Nan!" cried the boys as she bounced in among them with the announcement,
"I'm going to stay."
"Hooray!" bawled Tommy from the wall on which he was perched, for Nan was a kindred spirit, and he
foresaw "larks" in the future.
"I can bat; let me play," said Nan, who could turn her hand to any thing, and did not mind hard knocks.
"We ain't playing now, and our side beat without you."
"I can beat you in running, any way," returned Nan, falling back on her strong point.
"Can she?" asked Nat of Jack.
"She runs very well for a girl," answered Jack, who looked down upon Nan with condescending approval.
"Will you try?" said Nan, longing to display her powers.
"It's too hot," and Tommy languished against the wall as if quite exhausted.
"What's the matter with Stuffy?" asked Nan, whose quick eyes were roving from face to face.
"Ball hurt his hand; he howls at every thing," answered Jack scornfully.
"I don't, I never cry, no matter how I'm hurt; it's babyish," said Nan, loftily.
"Pooh! I could make you cry in two minutes," returned Stuffy, rousing up.
"See if you can."
"Go and pick that bunch of nettles, then," and Stuffy pointed to a sturdy specimen of that prickly plant
growing by the wall.
Nan instantly "grasped the nettle," pulled it up, and held it with a defiant gesture, in spite of the almost
unbearable sting.
"Good for you," cried the boys, quick to acknowledge courage even in one of the weaker sex.
More nettled than she was, Stuffy determined to get a cry out of her somehow, and he said tauntingly, "You
are used to poking your hands into every thing, so that isn't fair. Now go and bump your head real hard
against the barn, and see if you don't howl then."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VII NAUGHTY NAN 54
Page No 57
"Don't do it," said Nat, who hated cruelty.
But Nan was off, and running straight at the barn, she gave her head a blow that knocked her flat, and
sounded like a batteringram. Dizzy, but undaunted, she staggered up, saying stoutly, though her face was
drawn with pain,
"That hurt, but I don't cry."
"Do it again," said Stuffy angrily; and Nan would have done it, but Nat held her; and Tommy, forgetting the
heat, flew at Stuffy like a little gamecock, roaring out,
"Stop it, or I'll throw you over the barn!" and so shook and hustled poor Stuffy that for a minute he did not
know whether he was on his head or his heels.
"She told me to," was all he could say, when Tommy let him alone.
"Never mind if she did; it is awfully mean to hurt a little girl," said Demi, reproachfully.
"Ho! I don't mind; I ain't a little girl, I'm older than you and Daisy; so now," cried Nan, ungratefully.
"Don't preach, Deacon, you bully Posy every day of your life," called out the Commodore, who just then
hove in sight.
"I don't hurt her; do I, Daisy?" and Demi turned to his sister, who was "pooring" Nan's tingling hands, and
recommending water for the purple lump rapidly developing itself on her forehead.
"You are the best boy in the world," promptly answered Daisy; adding, as truth compelled her to do, "You
hurt me sometimes, but you don't mean to."
"Put away the bats and things, and mind what you are about, my hearties. No fighting allowed aboard this
ship," said Emil, who rather lorded it over the others.
"How do you do, Madge Wildfire?" said Mr. Bhaer, as Nan came in with the rest to supper. "Give the right
hand, little daughter, and mind thy manners," he added, as Nan offered him her left.
"The other hurts me."
"The poor little hand! what has it been doing to get those blisters?" he asked, drawing it from behind her
back, where she had put it with a look which made him think she had been in mischief.
Before Nan could think of any excuse, Daisy burst out with the whole story, during which Stuffy tried to hide
his face in a bowl of bread and milk. When the tale was finished, Mr. Bhaer looked down the long table
towards his wife, and said with a laugh in his eyes,
"This rather belongs to your side of the house, so I won't meddle with it, my dear."
Mrs. Jo knew what he meant, but she liked her little black sheep all the better for her pluck, though she only
said in her soberest way,
"Do you know why I asked Nan to come here?"
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VII NAUGHTY NAN 55
Page No 58
"To plague me," muttered Stuffy, with his mouth full.
"To help make little gentlemen of you, and I think you have shown that some of you need it."
Here Stuffy retired into his bowl again, and did not emerge till Demi made them all laugh by saying, in his
slow wondering way,
"How can she, when she's such a tomboy?"
"That's just it, she needs help as much as you, and I expect you set her an example of good manners."
"Is she going to be a little gentleman too?" asked Rob.
"She'd like it; wouldn't you, Nan?" added Tommy.
"No, I shouldn't; I hate boys!" said Nan fiercely, for her hand still smarted, and she began to think that she
might have shown her courage in some wiser way.
"I am sorry you hate my boys, because they can be wellmannered, and most agreeable when they choose.
Kindness in looks and words and ways is true politeness, and any one can have it if they only try to treat other
people as they like to be treated themselves."
Mrs. Bhaer had addressed herself to Nan, but the boys nudged one another, and appeared to take the hint, for
that time at least, and passed the butter; said "please," and "thank you," "yes, sir," and "no, ma'am," with
unusual elegance and respect. Nan said nothing, but kept herself quiet and refrained from tickling Demi,
though strongly tempted to do so, because of the dignified airs he put on. She also appeared to have forgotten
her hatred of boys, and played "I spy" with them till dark. Stuffy was observed to offer her frequent sucks on
his candyball during the game, which evidently sweetened her temper, for the last thing she said on going to
bed was,
"When my battledore and shuttlecock comes, I'll let you all play with 'em."
Her first remark in the morning was "Has my box come?" and when told that it would arrive sometime during
the day, she fretted and fumed, and whipped her doll, till Daisy was shocked. She managed to exist, however,
till five o'clock, when she disappeared, and was not missed till suppertime, because those at home thought
she had gone to the hill with Tommy and Demi.
"I saw her going down the avenue alone as hard as she could pelt," said Mary Ann, coming in with the
hastypudding, and finding every one asking, "Where is Nan?"
"She has run home, little gypsy!" cried Mrs. Bhaer, looking anxious.
"Perhaps she has gone to the station to look after her luggage," suggested Franz.
'That is impossible, she does not know the way, and if she found it, she could never carry the box a mile,"
said Mrs. Bhaer, beginning to think that her new idea might be rather a hard one to carry out.
"It would be like her," and Mr. Bhaer caught up his hat to go and find the child, when a shout from Jack, who
was at the window, made everyone hurry to the door.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VII NAUGHTY NAN 56
Page No 59
There was Miss Nan, to be sure, tugging along a very large bandbox tied up in linen bag. Very hot and dusty
and tired did she look, but marched stoutly along, and came puffing up to the steps, where she dropped her
load with a sigh of relief, and sat down upon it, observed as she crossed her tired arms,
"I couldn't wait any longer, so I went and got it."
"But you did not know the way," said Tommy, while the rest stood round enjoying the joke.
"Oh, I found it, I never get lost."
"It's a mile, how could you go so far?"
"Well, it was pretty far, but I rested a good deal."
"Wasn't that thing very heavy?"
"It's so round, I couldn't get hold of it good, and I thought my arms would break right off."
"I don't see how the stationmaster let you have it," said Tommy.
"I didn't say anything to him. He was in the little ticket place, and didn't see me, so I just took it off the
platform."
"Run down and tell him it is all right, Franz, or old Dodd will think it is stolen," said Mr. Bhaer, joining in the
shout of laughter at Nan's coolness.
"I told you we would send for it if it did not come. Another time you must wait, for you will get into trouble
if you run away. Promise me this, or I shall not dare to trust you out of my sight," said Mrs. Bhaer, wiping the
dust off Nan's little hot face.
"Well, I won't, only papa tells me not to put off doing things, so I don't."
"That is rather a poser; I think you had better give her some supper now, and a private lecture by and by,"
said Mr. Bhaer, too much amused to be angry at the young lady's exploit.
The boys thought it "great fun," and Nan entertained them all suppertime with an account of her adventures;
for a big dog had barked at her, a man had laughed at her, a woman had given her a doughnut, and her hat had
fallen into the brook when she stopped to drink, exhausted with her exertion.
'I fancy you will have your hands full now, my dear; Tommy and Nan are quite enough for one woman," said
Mr. Bhaer, half an hour later.
"I know it will take some time to tame the child, but she is such a generous, warmhearted little thing, I
should love her even if she were twice as naughty," answered Mrs. Jo, pointing to the merry group, in the
middle of which stood Nan, giving away her things right and left, as lavishly as if the big bandbox had no
bottom.
It was those good traits that soon made little "Giddygaddy," as they called her, a favorite with every one.
Daisy never complained of being dull again, for Nan invented the most delightful plays, and her pranks
rivalled Tommy's, to the amusement of the whole school. She buried her big doll and forgot it for a week, and
found it well mildewed when she dragged it up. Daisy was in despair, but Nan took it to the painter who as at
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VII NAUGHTY NAN 57
Page No 60
work about the house, got him to paint it brick red, with staring black eyes, then she dressed it up with
feathers, and scarlet flannel, and one of Ned's leaden hatchets; and in the character of an Indian chief, the late
Poppydilla tomahawked all the other dolls, and caused the nursery to run red with imaginary gore. She gave
away her new shoes to a beggar child, hoping to be allowed to go barefoot, but found it impossible to
combine charity and comfort, and was ordered to ask leave before disposing of her clothes. She delighted the
boys by making a fireship out of a shingle with two large sails wet with turpentine, which she lighted, and
then sent the little vessel floating down the brook at dusk. She harnessed the old turkeycock to a straw
wagon, and made him trot round the house at a tremendous pace. She gave her coral necklace for four
unhappy kittens, which had been tormented by some heartless lads, and tended them for days as gently as a
mother, dressing their wounds with cold cream, feeding them with a doll's spoon, and mourning over them
when they died, till she was consoled by one of Demi's best turtles. She made Silas tattoo an anchor on her
arm like his, and begged hard to have a blue star on each cheek, but he dared not do it, though she coaxed and
scolded till the softhearted fellow longed to give in. She rode every animal on the place, from the big horse
Andy to the cross pig, from whom she was rescued with difficulty. Whatever the boys dared her to do she
instantly attempted, no matter how dangerous it might be, and they were never tired of testing her courage.
Mr. Bhaer suggested that they should see who would study best, and Nan found as much pleasure in using her
quick wits and fine memory as her active feet and merry tongue, while the lads had to do their best to keep
their places, for Nan showed them that girls could do most things as well as boys, and some things better.
There were no rewards in school, but Mr. Bhaer's "Well done!" and Mrs. Bhaer's good report on the
conscience book, taught them to love duty for its own sake, and try to do it faithfully, sure sooner or later the
recompense would come. Little Nan was quick to feel the new atmosphere, to enjoy it, to show that it was
what she needed; for this little garden was full of sweet flowers, half hidden by the weeds; and when kind
hands gently began to cultivate it, all sorts of green shoots sprung up, promising to blossom beautifully in the
warmth of love and care, the best climate for young hearts and souls all the world over.
CHAPTER VIII PRANKS AND PLAYS
As there is no particular plan to this story, except to describe a few scenes in the life at Plumfield for the
amusement of certain little persons, we will gently ramble along in this chapter and tell some of the pastimes
of Mrs. Jo's boys. I beg leave to assure my honored readers that most of the incidents are taken from real life,
and that the oddest are the truest; for no person, no matter how vivid an imagination he may have, can invent
anything half so droll as the freaks and fancies that originate in the lively brains of little people.
Daisy and Demi were full of these whims, and lived in a world of their own, peopled with lovely or grotesque
creatures, to whom they gave the queerest names, and with whom they played the queerest games. One of
these nursery inventions was an invisible sprite called "The Naughty Kittymouse," whom the children had
believed in, feared, and served for a long time. They seldom spoke of it to any one else, kept their rites as
private as possible; and, as they never tried to describe it even to themselves, this being had a vague
mysterious charm very agreeable to Demi, who delighted in elves and goblins. A most whimsical and
tyrannical imp was the Naughty Kittymouse, and Daisy found a fearful pleasure in its service, blindly
obeying its most absurd demands, which were usually proclaimed from the lips of Demi, whose powers of
invention were great. Rob and Teddy sometimes joined in these ceremonies, and considered them excellent
fun, although they did not understand half that went on.
One day after school Demi whispered to his sister, with an ominous wag of the head,
"The Kittymouse wants us this afternoon."
"What for?" asked Daisy, anxiously.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VIII PRANKS AND PLAYS 58
Page No 61
"A sackerryfice," answered Demi, solemnly. "There must be a fire behind the big rock at two o'clock, and we
must all bring the things we like best, and burn them!" he added, with an awful emphasis on the last words.
"Oh, dear! I love the new paper dollies Aunt Amy painted for me best of any thing; must I burn them up?"
cried Daisy, who never thought of denying the unseen tyrant any thing it demanded.
"Every one. I shall burn my boat, my best scrapbook, and all my soldiers," said Demi firmly.
"Well, I will; but it's too bad of Kittymouse to want our very nicest things," sighed Daisy.
"A sackerryfice means to give up what you are fond of, so we must," explained Demi, to whom the new idea
had been suggested by hearing Uncle Fritz describe the customs of the Greeks to the big boys who were
reading about them in school.
"Is Rob coming too," asked Daisy.
"Yes, and he is going to bring his toy village; it is all made of wood, you know, and will burn nicely. We'll
have a grand bonfire, and see them blaze up, won't we?"
This brilliant prospect consoled Daisy, and she ate her dinner with a row of paper dolls before her, as a sort of
farewell banquet.
At the appointed hour the sacrificial train set forth, each child bearing the treasures demanded by the
insatiable Kittymouse. Teddy insisted on going also, and seeing that all the others had toys, he tucked a
squeaking lamb under one arm, and old Annabella under the other, little dreaming what anguish the latter idol
was to give him.
"Where are you going, my chickens?" asked Mrs. Jo, as the flock passed her door.
"To play by the big rock; can't we?"
"Yes, only don't do near the pond, and take good care of baby."
"I always do," said Daisy, leading forth her charge with a capable air.
"Now, you must all sit round, and not move till I tell you. This flat stone is an altar, and I am going to make a
fire on it."
Demi then proceeded to kindle up a small blaze, as he had seen the boys do at picnics. When the flame
burned well, he ordered the company to march round it three times and then stand in a circle.
"I shall begin, and as fast as my things are burnt, you must bring yours."
With that he solemnly laid on a little paper book full of pictures, pasted in by himself; this was followed by a
dilapidated boat, and then one by one the unhappy leaden soldiers marched to death. Not one faltered or hung
back, from the splendid red and yellow captain to the small drummer who had lost his legs; all vanished in
the flames and mingled in one common pool of melted lead.
"Now, Daisy!" called the high priest of Kittymouse, when his rich offerings had been consumed, to the great
satisfaction of the children.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VIII PRANKS AND PLAYS 59
Page No 62
"My dear dollies, how can I let them go?" moaned Daisy, hugging the entire dozen with a face full of
maternal woe.
"You must," commanded Demi; and with a farewell kiss to each, Daisy laid her blooming dolls upon the
coals.
"Let me keep one, the dear blue thing, she is so sweet," besought the poor little mamma, clutching her last in
despair.
"More! more!" growled an awful voice, and Demi cried, "that's the Kittymouse! she must have every one,
quick, or she will scratch us."
In went the precious blue belle, flounces, rosy hat, and all, and nothing but a few black flakes remained of
that bright band.
"Stand the houses and trees round, and let them catch themselves; it will be like a real fire then," said Demi,
who liked variety even in his "sackerryfices."
Charmed by this suggestion, the children arranged the doomed village, laid a line of coals along the main
street, and then sat down to watch the conflagration. It was somewhat slow to kindle owing to the paint, but
at last one ambitious little cottage blazed up, fired a tree of the palm species, which fell on to the roof of a
large family mansion, and in a few minutes the whole town was burning merrily. The wooden population
stood and stared at the destruction like blockheads, as they were, till they also caught and blazed away
without a cry. It took some time to reduce the town to ashes, and the lookerson enjoyed the spectacle
immensely, cheering as each house fell, dancing like wild Indians when the steeple flamed aloft, and actually
casting one wretched little churnshaped lady, who had escaped to the suburbs, into the very heart of the fire.
The superb success of this last offering excited Teddy to such a degree, that he first threw his lamb into the
conflagration, and before it had time even to roast, he planted poor Annabella on the funeral pyre. Of course
she did not like it, and expressed her anguish and resentment in a way that terrified her infant destroyer.
Being covered with kid, she did not blaze, but did what was worse, she squirmed. First one leg curled up,
then the other, in a very awful and lifelike manner; next she flung her arms over her head as if in great agony;
her head itself turned on her shoulders, her glass eyes fell out, and with one final writhe of her whole body,
she sank down a blackened mass on the ruins of the town. This unexpected demonstration startled every one
and frightened Teddy half out of his little wits. He looked, then screamed and fled toward the house, roaring
"Marmar" at the top of his voice.
Mrs. Bhaer heard the outcry and ran to the rescue, but Teddy could only cling to her and pour out in his
broken way something about "poor Bella hurted," "a dreat fire," and "all the dollies dorn." Fearing some dire
mishap, his mother caught him up and hurried to the scene of action, where she found the blind worshippers
of Kittymouse mourning over the charred remains of the lost darling.
"What have you been at? Tell me all about it," said Mrs. Jo, composing herself to listen patiently, for the
culprits looked so penitent, she forgave them beforehand.
With some reluctance Demi explained their play, and Aunt Jo laughed till the tears ran down her cheeks, the
children were so solemn, and the play was so absurd.
"I thought you were too sensible to play such a silly game as this. If I had any Kittymouse I'd have a good
one who liked you to play in safe pleasant ways, and not destroy and frighten. Just see what a ruin you have
made; all Daisy's pretty dolls, Demi's soldiers, and Rob's new village beside poor Teddy's pet lamb, and dear
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VIII PRANKS AND PLAYS 60
Page No 63
old Annabella. I shall have to write up in the nursery the verse that used to come in the boxes of toys,
"The children of Holland take pleasure in making,
What the children of Boston take pleasure in breaking."
Only I shall put Plumfield instead of Boston."
"We never will again, truly, truly!" cried the repentant little sinners, much abashed at this reproof.
"Demi told us to," said Rob.
"Well, I heard Uncle tell about the Greece people, who had altars and things, and so I wanted to be like them,
only I hadn't any live creatures to sackerryfice, so we burnt up our toys."
"Dear me, that is something like the bean story," said Aunt Jo, laughing again.
"Tell about it," suggested Daisy, to change the subject.
"Once there was a poor woman who had three or four little children, and she used to lock them up in her
room when she went out to work, to keep them safe. On day when she was going away she said, 'Now, my
dears, don't let baby fall out of window, don't play with the matches, and don't put beans up your noses.' Now
the children had never dreamed of doing that last thing, but she put it into their heads, and the minute she was
gone, they ran and stuffed their naughty little noses full of beans, just to see how it felt, and she found them
all crying when she came home."
"Did it hurt?" asked Rob, with such intense interest that his mother hastily added a warning sequel, lest a new
edition of the bean story should appear in her own family.
"Very much, as I know, for when my mother told me this story, I was so silly that I went and tried it myself. I
had no beans, so I took some little pebbles, and poked several into my nose. I did not like it at all, and wanted
to take them out again very soon, but one would not come, and I was so ashamed to tell what a goose I been
that I went for hours with the stone hurting me very much. At last the pain got so bad I had to tell, and when
my mother could not get it out the doctor came. Then I was put in a chair and held tight, Rob, while he used
his ugly little pincers till the stone hopped out. Dear me! how my wretched little nose did ache, and how
people laughed at me!" and Mrs. Jo shook her head in a dismal way, as if the memory of her sufferings was
too much for her.
Rob looked deeply impressed and I am glad to say took the warning to heart. Demi proposed that they should
bury poor Annabella, and in the interest of the funeral Teddy forgot his fright. Daisy was soon consoled by
another batch of dolls from Aunt Amy, and the Naughty Kittymouse seemed to be appeased by the last
offerings, for she tormented them no more.
"Brops" was the name of a new and absorbing play, invented by Bangs. As this interesting animal is not to be
found in any Zoological Garden, unless Du Chaillu has recently brought one from the wilds of Africa, I will
mention a few of its peculiar habits and traits, for the benefit of inquiring minds. The Brop is a winged
quadruped, with a human face of a youthful and merry aspect. When it walks the earth it grunts, when it soars
it gives a shrill hoot, occasionally it goes erect, and talks good English. Its body is usually covered with a
substance much resembling a shawl, sometimes red, sometimes blue, often plaid, and, strange to say, they
frequently change skins with one another. On their heads they have a horn very like a stiff brown paper
lamplighter. Wings of the same substance flap upon their shoulders when they fly; this is never very far
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VIII PRANKS AND PLAYS 61
Page No 64
from the ground, as they usually fall with violence if they attempt any lofty flights. They browse over the
earth, but can sit up and eat like the squirrel. Their favorite nourishment is the seedcake; apples also are
freely taken, and sometimes raw carrots are nibbled when food is scarce. They live in dens, where they have a
sort of nest, much like a clothesbasket, in which the little Brops play till their wings are grown. These
singular animals quarrel at times, and it is on these occasions that they burst into human speech, call each
other names, cry, scold, and sometimes tear off horns and skin, declaring fiercely that they "won't play." The
few privileged persons who have studied them are inclined to think them a remarkable mixture of the
monkey, the sphinx, the roc, and the queer creatures seen by the famous Peter Wilkins.
This game was a great favorite, and the younger children beguiled many a rainy afternoon flapping or
creeping about the nursery, acting like little bedlamites and being as merry as little grigs. To be sure, it was
rather hard upon clothes, particularly trouserknees, and jacketelbows; but Mrs. Bhaer only said, as she
patched and darned,
"We do things just as foolish, and not half so harmless. If I could get as much happiness out of it as the little
dears do, I'd be a Brop myself."
Nat's favorite amusements were working in his garden, and sitting in the willowtree with his violin, for that
green nest was a fairy world to him, and there he loved to perch, making music like a happy bird. The lads
called him "Old Chirper," because he was always humming, whistling, or fiddling, and they often stopped a
minute in their work or play to listen to the soft tones of the violin, which seemed to lead a little orchestra of
summer sounds. The birds appeared to regard him as one of themselves, and fearlessly sat on the fence or lit
among the boughs to watch him with their quick bright eyes. The robins in the appletree near by evidently
considered him a friend, for the father bird hunted insects close beside him, and the little mother brooded as
confidingly over her blue eggs as if the boy was only a new sort of blackbird who cheered her patient watch
with his song. The brown brook babbled and sparkled below him, the bees haunted the clover fields on either
side, friendly faces peeped at him as they passed, the old house stretched its wide wings hospitably toward
him, and with a blessed sense of rest and love and happiness, Nat dreamed for hours in this nook,
unconscious what healthful miracles were being wrought upon him.
One listener he had who never tired, and to whom he was more than a mere schoolmate. Poor Billy's chief
delight was to lie beside the brook, watching leaves and bits of foam dance by, listening dreamily to the
music in the willowtree. He seemed to think Nat a sort of angel who sat aloft and sang, for a few baby
memories still lingered in his mind and seemed to grow brighter at these times. Seeing the interest he took in
Nat, Mr. Bhaer begged him to help them lift the cloud from the feeble brain by this gentle spell. Glad to do
any thing to show his gratitude, Nat always smiled on Billy when he followed him about, and let him listen
undisturbed to the music which seemed to speak a language he could understand. "Help one another," was a
favorite Plumfield motto, and Nat learned how much sweetness is added to life by trying to live up to it.
Jack Ford's peculiar pastime was buying and selling; and he bid fair to follow in the footsteps of his uncle, a
country merchant, who sold a little of every thing and made money fast. Jack had seen the sugar sanded, the
molasses watered, the butter mixed with lard, and things of that kind, and labored under the delusion that it
was all a proper part of the business. His stock in trade was of a different sort, but he made as much as he
could out of every worm he sold, and always got the best of the bargain when he traded with the boys for
string, knives, fishhooks, or whatever the article might be. The boys who all had nicknames, called him
"Skinflint," but Jack did not care as long as the old tobaccopouch in which he kept his money grew heavier
and heavier.
He established a sort of auctionroom, and now and then sold off all the odds and ends he had collected, or
helped the lads exchange things with one another. He got bats, balls, hockeysticks, etc., cheap, from one set
of mates, furbished them up, and let them for a few cents a time to another set, often extending his business
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VIII PRANKS AND PLAYS 62
Page No 65
beyond the gates of Plumfield in spite of the rules. Mr. Bhaer put a stop to some of his speculations, and tried
to give him a better idea of business talent than mere sharpness in overreaching his neighbors. Now and then
Jack made a bad bargain, and felt worse about it than about any failure in lessons or conduct, and took his
revenge on the next innocent customer who came along. His accountbook was a curiosity; and his quickness
at figures quite remarkable. Mr. Bhaer praised him for this, and tried to make his sense of honesty and honor
as quick; and, by and by, when Jack found that he could not get on without these virtues, he owned that his
teacher was right.
Cricket and football the boys had of course; but, after the stirring accounts of these games in the immortal
"Tom Brown at Rugby," no feeble female pen may venture to do more than respectfully allude to them.
Emil spent his holidays on the river or the pond, and drilled the elder lads for a race with certain town boys,
who now and then invaded their territory. The race duly came off, but as it ended in a general shipwreck, it
was not mentioned in public; and the Commodore had serious thoughts of retiring to a desert island, so
disgusted was he with his kind for a time. No desert island being convenient, he was forced to remain among
his friends, and found consolation in building a boathouse.
The little girls indulged in the usual plays of their age, improving upon them somewhat as their lively fancies
suggested. The chief and most absorbing play was called "Mrs. Shakespeare Smith;" the name was provided
by Aunt Jo, but the trials of the poor lady were quite original. Daisy was Mrs. S. S., and Nan by turns her
daughter or a neighbor, Mrs. Giddygaddy.
No pen can describe the adventures of these ladies, for in one short afternoon their family was the scene of
births, marriages, deaths, floods, earthquakes, teaparties, and balloon ascensions. Millions of miles did these
energetic women travel, dressed in hats and habits never seen before by mortal eye, perched on the bed,
driving the posts like mettlesome steeds, and bouncing up and down till their heads spun. Fits and fires were
the pet afflictions, with a general massacre now and then by way of change. Nan was never tired of inventing
fresh combinations, and Daisy followed her leader with blind admiration. Poor Teddy was a frequent victim,
and was often rescued from real danger, for the excited ladies were apt to forget that he was not of the same
stuff their longsuffering dolls. Once he was shut into the closet for a dungeon, and forgotten by the girls, who
ran off to some outofdoor game. Another time he was half drowned in the bathtub, playing be a "cunning
little whale." And, worst of all, he was cut down just in time after being hung up for a robber.
But the institution most patronized by all was the Club. It had no other name, and it needed none, being the
only one in the neighborhood. The elder lads got it up, and the younger were occasionally admitted if they
behaved well. Tommy and Demi were honorary members, but were always obliged to retire unpleasantly
early, owing to circumstances over which they had no control. The proceedings of this club were somewhat
peculiar, for it met at all sorts of places and hours, had all manner of queer ceremonies and amusements, and
now and then was broken up tempestuously, only to be reestablished, however, on a firmer basis.
Rainy evenings the members met in the schoolroom, and passed the time in games: chess, morris,
backgammon, fencing matches, recitations, debates, or dramatic performances of a darkly tragical nature. In
summer the barn was the rendezvous, and what went on there no uninitiated mortal knows. On sultry
evenings the Club adjourned to the brook for aquatic exercises, and the members sat about in airy attire,
froglike and cool. On such occasions the speeches were unusually eloquent, quite flowing, as one might say;
and if any orator's remarks displeased the audience, cold water was thrown upon him till his ardor was
effectually quenched. Franz was president, and maintained order admirably, considering the unruly nature of
the members. Mr. Bhaer never interfered with their affairs, and was rewarded for this wise forbearance by
being invited now and then to behold the mysteries unveiled, which he appeared to enjoy much.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER VIII PRANKS AND PLAYS 63
Page No 66
When Nan came she wished to join the Club, and caused great excitement and division among the gentlemen
by presenting endless petitions, both written and spoken, disturbing their solemnities by insulting them
through the keyhole, performing vigorous solos on the door, and writing up derisive remarks on walls and
fences, for she belonged to the "Irrepressibles." Finding these appeals in vain, the girls, by the advice of Mrs.
Jo, got up an institution of their own, which they called the Cosy Club. To this they magnanimously invited
the gentlemen whose youth excluded them from the other one, and entertained these favored beings so well
with little suppers, new games devised by Nan, and other pleasing festivities, that, one by one, the elder boys
confessed a desire to partake of these more elegant enjoyments, and, after much consultation, finally decided
to propose an interchange of civilities.
The members of the Cosy Club were invited to adorn the rival establishment on certain evenings, and to the
surprise of the gentlemen their presence was not found to be a restraint upon the conversation or amusement
of the regular frequenters; which could not be said of all Clubs, I fancy. The ladies responded handsomely
and hospitably to these overtures of peace, and both institutions flourished long and happily.
CHAPTER IX DAISY'S BALL
"Mrs. Shakespeare Smith would like to have Mr. John Brooke, Mr. Thomas Bangs, and Mr. Nathaniel Blake
to come to her ball at three o'clock today.
"P.S. Nat must bring his fiddle, so we can dance, and all the boys must be good, or they cannot have any of
the nice things we have cooked."
This elegant invitation would, I fear, have been declined, but for the hint given in the last line of the
postscript.
"They have been cooking lots of goodies, I smelt 'em. Let's go," said Tommy.
"We needn't stay after the feast, you know," added Demi.
"I never went to a ball. What do you have to do?" asked Nat.
"Oh, we just play be men, and sit round stiff and stupid like grownup folks, and dance to please the girls.
Then we eat up everything, and come away as soon as we can."
"I think I could do that," said Nat, after considering Tommy's description for a minute.
"I'll write and say we'll come;" and Demi despatched the following gentlemanly reply,
"We will all come. Please have lots to eat. J. B. Esquire."
Great was the anxiety of the ladies about their first ball, because if every thing went well they intended to
give a dinnerparty to the chosen few.
"Aunt Jo likes to have the boys play with us, if they are not rough; so we must make them like our balls, then
they will do them good," said Daisy, with her maternal air, as she set the table and surveyed the store of
refreshments with an anxious eye.
"Demi and Nat will be good, but Tommy will do something bad, I know he will," replied Nan, shaking her
head over the little cakebasket which she was arranging.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER IX DAISY'S BALL 64
Page No 67
"Then I shall send him right home," said Daisy, with decision.
"People don't do so at parties, it isn't proper."
"I shall never ask him any more."
"That would do. He'd be sorry not to come to the dinnerball, wouldn't he?"
"I guess he would! we'll have the splendidest things ever seen, won't we? Real soup with a ladle and a tureem
[she meant tureen] and a little bird for turkey, and gravy, and all kinds of nice vegytubbles." Daisy never
could say vegetables properly, and had given up trying.
"It is 'most three, and we ought to dress," said Nan, who had arranged a fine costume for the occasion, and
was anxious to wear it.
"I am the mother, so I shan't dress up much," said Daisy, putting on a nightcap ornamented with a red bow,
one of her aunt's long skirts, and a shawl; a pair of spectacles and large pocket handkerchief completed her
toilette, making a plump, rosy little matron of her.
Nan had a wreath of artificial flowers, a pair of old pink slippers, a yellow scarf, a green muslin skirt, and a
fan made of feathers from the duster; also, as a last touch of elegance, a smellingbottle without any smell in
it.
"I am the daughter, so I rig up a good deal, and I must sing and dance, and talk more than you do. The
mothers only get the tea and be proper, you know."
A sudden very loud knock caused Miss Smith to fly into a chair, and fan herself violently, while her mamma
sat bolt upright on the sofa, and tried to look quite calm and "proper." Little Bess, who was on a visit, acted
the part of maid, and opened the door, saying with a smile, "Wart in, gemplemun; it's all weady."
In honor of the occasion, the boys wore high paper collars, tall black hats, and gloves of every color and
material, for they were an afterthought, and not a boy among them had a perfect pair.
"Good day, mum," said Demi, in a deep voice, which was so hard to keep up that his remarks had to be
extremely brief.
Every one shook hands and then sat down, looking so funny, yet so sober, that the gentlemen forgot their
manners, and rolled in their chairs with laughter.
"Oh, don't!" cried Mrs. Smith, much distressed.
"You can't ever come again if you act so," added Miss Smith, rapping Mr. Bangs with her bottle because he
laughed loudest.
"I can't help it, you look so like fury," gasped Mr. Bangs, with most uncourteous candor.
"So do you, but I shouldn't be so rude as to say so. He shan't come to the dinnerball, shall he, Daisy?" cried
Nan, indignantly.
"I think we had better dance now. Did you bring your fiddle, sir?" asked Mrs. Smith, trying to preserve her
polite composure.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER IX DAISY'S BALL 65
Page No 68
"It is outside the door," and Nat went to get it.
"Better have tea first," proposed the unabashed Tommy, winking openly at Demi to remind him that the
sooner the refreshments were secured, the sooner they could escape.
"No, we never have supper first; and if you don't dance well you won't have any supper at all, not one bit,
sir," said Mrs. Smith, so sternly that her wild guests saw she was not to be trifled with, and grew
overwhelmingly civil all at once.
"I will take Mr. Bangs and teach him the polka, for he does not know it fit to be seen," added the hostess,
with a reproachful look that sobered Tommy at once.
Nat struck up, and the ball opened with two couples, who went conscientiously through a somewhat varied
dance. The ladies did well, because they liked it, but the gentlemen exerted themselves from more selfish
motives, for each felt that he must earn his supper, and labored manfully toward that end. When every one
was out of breath they were allowed to rest; and, indeed, poor Mrs. Smith needed it, for her long dress had
tripped her up many times. The little maid passed round molasses and water in such small cups that one guest
actually emptied nine. I refrain from mentioning his name, because this mild beverage affected him so much
that he put cup and all into his mouth at the ninth round, and choked himself publicly.
"You must ask Nan to play and sing now," said Daisy to her brother, who sat looking very much like an owl,
as he gravely regarded the festive scene between his high collars.
"Give us a song, mum," said the obedient guest, secretly wondering where the piano was.
Miss Smith sailed up to an old secretary which stood in the room, threw back the lid of the writingdesk, and
sitting down before it, accompanied herself with a vigor which made the old desk rattle as she sang that new
and lovely song, beginning
"Gaily the troubadour
Touched his guitar,
As he was hastening
Home from the war."
The gentlemen applauded so enthusiastically that she gave them "Bounding Billows," "Little BoPeep," and
other gems of song, till they were obliged to hint that they had had enough. Grateful for the praises bestowed
upon her daughter, Mrs. Smith graciously announced,
"Now we will have tea. Sit down carefully, and don't grab."
It was beautiful to see the air of pride with which the good lady did the honors of her table, and the calmness
with which she bore the little mishaps that occurred. The best pie flew wildly on the floor when she tried to
cut it with a very dull knife; the bread and butter vanished with a rapidity calculated to dismay a
housekeeper's soul; and, worst of all, the custards were so soft that they had to be drunk up, instead of being
eaten elegantly with the new tin spoons.
I grieve to state that Miss Smith squabbled with the maid for the best jumble, which caused Bess to toss the
whole dish into the air, and burst out crying amid a rain of falling cakes. She was comforted by a seat at the
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER IX DAISY'S BALL 66
Page No 69
table, and the sugarbowl to empty; but during this flurry a large plate of patties was mysteriously lost, and
could not be found. They were the chief ornament of the feast, and Mrs. Smith was indignant at the loss, for
she had made them herself, and they were beautiful to behold. I put it to any lady if it was not hard to have
one dozen delicious patties (made of flour, salt, and water, with a large raisin in the middle of each, and much
sugar over the whole) swept away at one fell swoop?
"You hid them, Tommy; I know you did!" cried the outraged hostess, threatening her suspected guest with
the milkpot.
"I didn't!"
"You did!"
"It isn't proper to contradict," said Nan, who was hastily eating up the jelly during the fray.
"Give them back, Demi," said Tommy.
"That's a fib, you've got them in your own pocket," bawled Demi, roused by the false accusation.
"Let's take 'em away from him. It's too bad to make Daisy cry," suggested Nat, who found his first ball more
exciting than he expected.
Daisy was already weeping, Bess like a devoted servant mingled her tears with those of her mistress, and Nan
denounced the entire race of boys as "plaguey things." Meanwhile the battle raged among the gentlemen, for,
when the two defenders of innocence fell upon the foe, that hardened youth intrenched himself behind a table
and pelted them with the stolen tarts, which were very effective missiles, being nearly as hard as bullets.
While his ammunition held out the besieged prospered, but the moment the last patty flew over the parapet,
the villain was seized, dragged howling from the room, and cast upon the hall floor in an ignominious heap.
The conquerors then returned flushed with victory, and while Demi consoled poor Mrs. Smith, Nat and Nan
collected the scattered tarts, replaced each raisin in its proper bed, and rearranged the dish so that it really
looked almost as well as ever. But their glory had departed, for the sugar was gone, and no one cared to eat
them after the insult offered to them.
"I guess we had better go," said Demi, suddenly, as Aunt Jo's voice was heard on the stairs.
"P'r'aps we had," and Nat hastily dropped a stray jumble that he had just picked up.
But Mrs. Jo was among them before the retreat was accomplished, and into her sympathetic ear the young
ladies poured the story of their woes.
"No more balls for these boys till they have atoned for this bad behavior by doing something kind to you,"
said Mrs. Jo, shaking her head at the three culprits.
"We were only in fun," began Demi.
"I don't like fun that makes other people unhappy. I am disappointed in you, Demi, for I hoped you would
never learn to tease Daisy. Such a kind little sister as she is to you."
"Boys always tease their sisters; Tom says so," muttered Demi.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER IX DAISY'S BALL 67
Page No 70
"I don't intend that my boys shall, and I must send Daisy home if you cannot play happily together," said
Aunt Jo, soberly.
At this awful threat, Demi sidled up to his sister, and Daisy hastily dried her tears, for to be separated was the
worst misfortune that could happen to the twins.
"Nat was bad, too, and Tommy was baddest of all," observed Nan, fearing that two of the sinners would not
get their fair share of punishment.
"I am sorry," said Nat, much ashamed.
"I ain't!" bawled Tommy through the keyhole, where he was listening with all his might.
Mrs. Jo wanted very much to laugh, but kept her countenance, and said impressively, as she pointed to the
door,
"You can go, boys, but remember, you are not to speak to or play with the little girls till I give you leave. You
don't deserve the pleasure, so I forbid it."
The illmannered young gentlemen hastily retired, to be received outside with derision and scorn by the
unrepentant Bangs, who would not associate with them for at least fifteen minutes. Daisy was soon consoled
for the failure of her ball, but lamented the edict that parted her from her brother, and mourned over his
shortcomings in her tender little heart. Nan rather enjoyed the trouble, and went about turning up her pug
nose at the three, especially Tommy, who pretended not to care, and loudly proclaimed his satisfaction at
being rid of those "stupid girls." But in his secret soul he soon repented of the rash act that caused this
banishment from the society he loved, and every hour of separation taught him the value of the "stupid girls."
The others gave in very soon, and longed to be friends, for now there was no Daisy to pet and cook for them;
no Nan to amuse and doctor them; and, worst of all, no Mrs. Jo to make home life pleasant and life easy for
them. To their great affliction, Mrs. Jo seemed to consider herself one of the offended girls, for she hardly
spoke to the outcasts, looked as if she did not see them when she passed, and was always too busy now to
attend to their requests. This sudden and entire exile from favor cast a gloom over their souls, for when
Mother Bhaer deserted them, their sun had set at noonday, as it were, and they had no refuge left.
This unnatural state of things actually lasted for three days, then they could bear it no longer, and fearing that
the eclipse might become total, went to Mr. Bhaer for help and counsel.
It is my private opinion that he had received instructions how to behave if the case should be laid before him.
But no one suspected it, and he gave the afflicted boys some advice, which they gratefully accepted and
carried out in the following manner:
Secluding themselves in the garret, they devoted several playhours to the manufacture of some mysterious
machine, which took so much paste that Asia grumbled, and the little girls wondered mightily. Nan nearly got
her inquisitive nose pinched in the door, trying to see what was going on, and Daisy sat about, openly
lamenting that they could not all play nicely together, and not have any dreadful secrets. Wednesday
afternoon was fine, and after a good deal of consultation about wind and weather, Nat and Tommy went off,
bearing an immense flat parcel hidden under many newspapers. Nan nearly died with suppressed curiosity,
Daisy nearly cried with vexation, and both quite trembled with interest when Demi marched into Mrs. Bhaer's
room, hat in hand, and said, in the politest tone possible to a mortal boy of his years,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER IX DAISY'S BALL 68
Page No 71
"Please, Aunt Jo, would you and the girls come out to a surprise party we have made for you? Do it's a very
nice one."
"Thank you, we will come with pleasure; only, I must take Teddy with me," replied Mrs. Bhaer, with a smile
that cheered Demi like sunshine after rain.
"We'd like to have him. The little wagon is all ready for the girls; you won't mind walking just up to
Pennyroyal Hill, will you Aunty?"
"I should like it exceedingly; but are you quite sure I shall not be in the way?"
"Oh, no, indeed! we want you very much; and the party will be spoilt if you don't come," cried Demi, with
great earnestness.
"Thank you kindly, sir;" and Aunt Jo made him a grand curtsey, for she liked frolics as well as any of them.
"Now, young ladies, we must not keep them waiting; on with the hats, and let us be off at once. I'm all
impatience to know what the surprise is."
As Mrs. Bhaer spoke every one bustled about, and in five minutes the three little girls and Teddy were packed
into the "clothesbasket," as they called the wicker wagon which Toby drew. Demi walked at the head of the
procession, and Mrs. Jo brought up the rear, escorted by Kit. It was a most imposing party, I assure you, for
Toby had a red featherduster in his head, two remarkable flags waved over the carriage, Kit had a blue bow
on his neck, which nearly drove him wild, Demi wore a nosegay of dandelions in his buttonhole, and Mrs. Jo
carried the queer Japanese umbrella in honor of the occasion.
The girls had little flutters of excitement all the way; and Teddy was so charmed with the drive that he kept
dropping his hat overboard, and when it was taken from him he prepared to tumble out himself, evidently
feeling that it behooved him to do something for the amusement of the party.
When they came to the hill "nothing was to be seen but the grass blowing in the wind," as the fairy books say,
and the children looked disappointed. But Demi said, in his most impressive manner,
"Now, you all get out and stand still, and the surprise party with come in;" with which remark he retired
behind a rock, over which heads had been bobbing at intervals for the last halfhour.
A short pause of intense suspense, and then Nat, Demi, and Tommy marched forth, each bearing a new kite,
which they presented to the three young ladies. Shrieks of delight arose, but were silenced by the boys, who
said, with faces brimful of merriment, "That isn't all the surprise;" and, running behind the rock, again
emerged bearing a fourth kite of superb size, on which was printed, in bright yellow letters, "For Mother
Bhaer."
"We thought you'd like one, too, because you were angry with us, and took the girls' part," cried all three,
shaking with laughter, for this part of the affair evidently was a surprise to Mrs. Jo.
She clapped her hands, and joined in the laugh, looking thoroughly tickled at the joke.
"Now, boys, that is regularly splendid! Who did think of it?" she asked, receiving the monster kite with as
much pleasure as the little girls did theirs.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER IX DAISY'S BALL 69
Page No 72
"Uncle Fritz proposed it when we planned to make the others; he said you'd like it, so we made a bouncer,"
answered Demi, beaming with satisfaction at the success of the plot.
"Uncle Fritz knows what I like. Yes, these are magnificent kites, and we were wishing we had some the other
day when you were flying yours, weren't we, girls?"
"That's why we made them for you," cried Tommy, standing on his head as the most appropriate way of
expressing his emotions.
"Let us fly them," said energetic Nan.
"I don't know how," began Daisy.
"We'll show you, we want to!" cried all the boys in a burst of devotion, as Demi took Daisy's, Tommy Nan's,
and Nat, with difficulty, persuaded Bess to let go her little blue one.
"Aunty, if you will wait a minute, we'll pitch yours for you," said Demi, feeling that Mrs. Bhaer's favor must
not be lost again by any neglect of theirs.
"Bless your buttons, dear, I know all about it; and here is a boy who will toss up for me," added Mrs. Jo, as
the professor peeped over the rock with a face full of fun.
He came out at once, tossed up the big kite, and Mrs. Jo ran off with it in fine style, while the children stood
and enjoyed the spectacle. One by one all the kites went up, and floated far overhead like gay birds, balancing
themselves on the fresh breeze that blew steadily over the hill. Such a merry time as they had! running and
shouting, sending up the kites or pulling them down, watching their antics in the air, and feeling them tug at
the string like live creatures trying to escape. Nan was quite wild with the fun, Daisy thought the new play
nearly as interesting as dolls, and little Bess was so fond of her "boo tite," that she would only let it go on
very short flights, preferring to hold it in her lap and look at the remarkable pictures painted on it by
Tommy's dashing brush. Mrs. Jo enjoyed hers immensely, and it acted as if it knew who owned it, for it came
tumbling down head first when least expected, caught on trees, nearly pitched into the river, and finally
darted away to such a height that it looked a mere speck among the clouds.
By and by every one got tired, and fastening the kitestrings to trees and fences, all sat down to rest, except
Mr. Bhaer, who went off to look at the cows, with Teddy on his shoulder.
"Did you ever have such a good time as this before?" asked Nat, as they lay about on the grass, nibbling
pennyroyal like a flock of sheep.
"Not since I last flew a kite, years ago, when I was a girl," answered Mrs. Jo.
"I'd like to have known you when you were a girl, you must have been so jolly," said Nat.
"I was a naughty little girl, I am sorry to say."
"I like naughty little girls," observed Tommy, looking at Nan, who made a frightful grimace at him in return
for the compliment.
"Why don't I remember you then, Aunty? Was I too young?" asked Demi.
"Rather, dear."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER IX DAISY'S BALL 70
Page No 73
"I suppose my memory hadn't come then. Grandpa says that different parts of the mind unfold as we grow up,
and the memory part of my mind hadn't unfolded when you were little, so I can't remember how you looked,"
explained Demi.
"Now, little Socrates, you had better keep that question for grandpa, it is beyond me," said Aunt Jo, putting
on the extinguisher.
"Well, I will, he knows about those things, and you don't," returned Demi, feeling that on the whole kites
were better adapted to the comprehension of the present company.
"Tell about the last time you flew a kite," said Nat, for Mrs. Jo had laughed as she spoke of it, and he thought
it might be interesting.
"Oh, it was only rather funny, for I was a great girl of fifteen, and was ashamed to be seen at such a play. So
Uncle Teddy and I privately made our kites, and stole away to fly them. We had a capital time, and were
resting as we are now, when suddenly we heard voices, and saw a party of young ladies and gentlemen
coming back from a picnic. Teddy did not mind, though he was rather a large boy to be playing with a kite,
but I was in a great flurry, for I knew I should be sadly laughed at, and never hear the last of it, because my
wild ways amused the neighbors as much as Nan's do us.
"'What shall I do?' I whispered to Teddy, as the voices drew nearer and nearer.
"'I'll show you,' he said, and whipping out his knife he cut the strings. Away flew the kites, and when the
people came up we were picking flowers as properly as you please. They never suspected us, and we had a
grand laugh over our narrow escape."
"Were the kites lost, Aunty?" asked Daisy.
"Quite lost, but I did not care, for I made up my mind that it would be best to wait till I was an old lady before
I played with kites again; and you see I have waited," said Mrs. Jo, beginning to pull in the big kite, for it was
getting late.
"Must we go now?"
"I must, or you won't have any supper; and that sort of surprise party would not suit you, I think, my
chickens."
"Hasn't our party been a nice one?" asked Tommy, complacently.
"Splendid!" answered every one.
"Do you know why? It is because your guests have behaved themselves, and tried to make everything go
well. You understand what I mean, don't you?"
"Yes'm," was all the boys said, but they stole a shamefaced look at one another, as they meekly shouldered
their kites and walked home, thinking of another party where the guests had not behaved themselves, and
things had gone badly on account of it.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER IX DAISY'S BALL 71
Page No 74
CHAPTER X HOME AGAIN
July had come, and haying begun; the little gardens were doing finely and the long summer days were full of
pleasant hours. The house stood open from morning till night, and the lads lived out of doors, except at
school time. The lessons were short, and there were many holidays, for the Bhaers believed in cultivating
healthy bodies by much exercise, and our short summers are best used in outofdoor work. Such a rosy,
sunburnt, hearty set as the boys became; such appetites as they had; such sturdy arms and legs, as outgrew
jackets and trousers; such laughing and racing all over the place; such antics in house and barn; such
adventures in the tramps over hill and dale; and such satisfaction in the hearts of the worthy Bhaers, as they
saw their flock prospering in mind and body, I cannot begin to describe. Only one thing was needed to make
them quite happy, and it came when they least expected it.
One balmy night when the little lads were in bed, the elder ones bathing down at the brook, and Mrs. Bhaer
undressing Teddy in her parlor, he suddenly cried out, "Oh, my Danny!" and pointed to the window, where
the moon shone brightly.
"No, lovey, he is not there, it was the pretty moon," said his mother.
"No, no, Danny at a window; Teddy saw him," persisted baby, much excited.
"It might have been," and Mrs. Bhaer hurried to the window, hoping it would prove true. But the face was
gone, and nowhere appeared any signs of a mortal boy; she called his name, ran to the front door with Teddy
in his little shirt, and made him call too, thinking the baby voice might have more effect than her own. No
one answered, nothing appeared , and they went back much disappointed. Teddy would not be satisfied with
the moon, and after he was in his crib kept popping up his head to ask if Danny was not "tummin' soon."
By and by he fell asleep, the lads trooped up to bed, the house grew still, and nothing but the chirp of the
crickets broke the soft silence of the summer night. Mrs. Bhaer sat sewing, for the big basket was always
piled with socks, full of portentous holes, and thinking of the lost boy. She had decided that baby had been
mistaken, and did not even disturb Mr. Bhaer by telling him of the child's fancy, for the poor man got little
time to himself till the boys were abed, and he was busy writing letters. It was past ten when she rose to shut
up the house. As she paused a minute to enjoy the lovely scene from the steps, something white caught her
eye on one of the haycocks scattered over the lawn. The children had been playing there all the afternoon,
and, fancying that Nan had left her hat as usual, Mrs. Bhaer went out to get it. But as she approached, she saw
that it was neither hat nor handkerchief, but a shirt sleeve with a brown hand sticking out of it. She hurried
round the haycock, and there lay Dan, fast asleep.
Ragged, dirty, thin, and wornout he looked; one foot was bare, the other tied up in the old gingham jacket
which he had taken from his own back to use as a clumsy bandage for some hurt. He seemed to have hidden
himself behind the haycock, but in his sleep had thrown out the arm that had betrayed him. He sighed and
muttered as if his dreams disturbed him, and once when he moved, he groaned as if in pain, but still slept on
quite spent with weariness.
"He must not lie here," said Mrs. Bhaer, and stooping over him she gently called his name. He opened his
eyes and looked at her, as if she was a part of his dream, for he smiled and said drowsily, "Mother Bhaer, I've
come home."
The look, the words, touched her very much, and she put her hand under his head to lift him up, saying in her
cordial way,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER X HOME AGAIN 72
Page No 75
"I thought you would, and I'm so glad to see you, Dan." He seemed to wake thoroughly then, and started up
looking about him as if he suddenly remembered where he was, and doubted even that kind welcome. His
face changed, and he said in his old rough way,
"I was going off in the morning. I only stopped to peek in, as I went by."
"But why not come in, Dan? Didn't you hear us call you? Teddy saw, and cried for you."
"Didn't suppose you'd let me in," he said, fumbling with a little bundle which he had taken up as if going
immediately.
"Try and see," was all Mrs. Bhaer answered, holding out her hand and pointing to the door, where the light
shone hospitably.
With a long breath, as if a load was off his mind, Dan took up a stout stick, and began to limp towards the
house, but stopped suddenly, to say inquiringly,
"Mr. Bhaer won't like it. I ran away from Page."
"He knows it, and was sorry, but it will make no difference. Are you lame?" asked Mrs. Jo, as he limped on
again.
"Getting over a wall a stone fell on my foot and smashed it. I don't mind," and he did his best to hide the pain
each step cost him.
Mrs. Bhaer helped him into her own room, and, once there, he dropped into a chair, and laid his head back,
white and faint with weariness and suffering.
"My poor Dan! drink this, and then eat a little; you are at home now, and Mother Bhaer will take good care of
you."
He only looked up at her with eyes full of gratitude, as he drank the wine she held to his lips, and then began
slowly to eat the food she brought him. Each mouthful seemed to put heart into him, and presently he began
to talk as if anxious to have her know all about him.
"Where have you been, Dan?" she asked, beginning to get out some bandages.
"I ran off more'n a month ago. Page was good enough, but too strict. I didn't like it, so I cut away down the
river with a man who was going in his boat. That's why they couldn't tell where I'd gone. When I left the man,
I worked for a couple of weeks with a farmer, but I thrashed his boy, and then the old man thrashed me, and I
ran off again and walked here."
"All the way?"
"Yes, the man didn't pay me, and I wouldn't ask for it. Took it out in beating the boy," and Dan laughed, yet
looked ashamed, as he glanced at his ragged clothes and dirty hands.
"How did you live? It was a long, long tramp for a boy like you."
"Oh, I got on well enough, till I hurt my foot. Folks gave me things to eat, and I slept in barns and tramped by
day. I got lost trying to make a short cut, or I'd have been here sooner."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER X HOME AGAIN 73
Page No 76
"But if you did not mean to come in and stay with us, what were you going to do?"
"I thought I'd like to see Teddy again, and you; and then I was going back to my old work in the city, only I
was so tired I went to sleep on the hay. I'd have been gone in the morning, if you hadn't found me."
"Are you sorry I did?" and Mrs. Jo looked at him with a half merry, half reproachful look, as she knelt down
to look at his wounded foot.
The color came up into Dan's face, and he kept his eyes fixed on his plate, as he said very low, "No, ma'am,
I'm glad, I wanted to stay, but I was afraid you "
He did not finish, for Mrs. Bhaer interrupted him by an exclamation of pity, as she saw his foot, for it was
seriously hurt.
"When did you do it?"
"Three days ago."
"And you have walked on it in this state?"
"I had a stick, and I washed it at every brook I came to, and one woman gave me a rag to put on it."
"Mr. Bhaer must see and dress it at once," and Mrs. Jo hastened into the next room, leaving the door ajar
behind her, so that Dan heard all that passed.
"Fritz, the boy has come back."
"Who? Dan?"
"Yes, Teddy saw him at the window, and he called to him, but he went away and hid behind the haycocks
on the lawn. I found him there just now fast asleep, and half dead with weariness and pain. He ran away from
Page a month ago, and has been making his way to us ever since. He pretends that he did not mean to let us
see him, but go on to the city, and his old work, after a look at us. It is evident, however, that the hope of
being taken in has led him here through every thing, and there he is waiting to know if you will forgive and
take him back."
"Did he say so?"
"His eyes did, and when I waked him, he said, like a lost child, 'Mother Bhaer, I've come home.' I hadn't the
heart to scold him, and just took him in like a poor little black sheep come back to the fold. I may keep him,
Fritz?"
"Of course you may! This proves to me that we have a hold on the boy's heart, and I would no more send him
away now than I would my own Rob."
Dan heard a soft little sound, as if Mrs. Jo thanked her husband without words, and, in the instant's silence
that followed, two great tears that had slowly gathered in the boy's eyes brimmed over and rolled down his
dusty cheeks. No one saw them, for he brushed them hastily away; but in that little pause I think Dan's old
distrust for these good people vanished for ever, the soft spot in his heart was touched, and he felt an
impetuous desire to prove himself worthy of the love and pity that was so patient and forgiving. He said
nothing, he only wished the wish with all his might, resolved to try in his blind boyish way, and sealed his
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER X HOME AGAIN 74
Page No 77
resolution with the tears which neither pain, fatigue, nor loneliness could wring from him.
"Come and see his foot. I am afraid it is badly hurt, for he has kept on three days through heat and dust, with
nothing but water and an old jacket to bind it up with. I tell you, Fritz, that boy is a brave lad, and will make a
fine man yet."
"I hope so, for your sake, enthusiastic woman, your faith deserves success. Now, I will go and see your little
Spartan. Where is he?"
"In my room; but, dear, you'll be very kind to him, no matter how gruff he seems. I am sure that is the way to
conquer him. He won't bear sternness nor much restraint, but a soft word and infinite patience will lead him
as it used to lead me."
"As if you ever like this little rascal!" cried Mr. Bhaer, laughing, yet half angry at the idea.
"I was in spirit, though I showed it in a different way. I seem to know by instinct how he feels, to understand
what will win and touch him, and to sympathize with his temptations and faults. I am glad I do, for it will
help me to help him; and if I can make a good man of this wild boy, it will be the best work of my life."
"God bless the work, and help the worker!"
Mr. Bhaer spoke now as earnestly as she had done, and both came in together to find Dan's head down upon
his arm, as if he was quite overcome by sleep. But he looked up quickly, and tried to rise as Mr. Bhaer said
pleasantly,
"So you like Plumfield better than Page's farm. Well, let us see if we can get on more comfortably this time
than we did before."
"Thanky, sir," said Dan, trying not to be gruff, and finding it easier than he expected.
"Now, the foot! Ach! this is not well. We must have Dr. Firth tomorrow. Warm water, Jo, and old linen."
Mr. Bhaer bathed and bound up the wounded foot, while Mrs. Jo prepared the only empty bed in the house. It
was in the little guestchamber leading from the parlor, and often used when the lads were poorly, for it
saved Mrs. Jo from running up and down, and the invalids could see what was going on. When it was ready,
Mr. Bhaer took the boy in his arms, and carried him in, helped him undress, laid him on the little white bed,
and left him with another handshake, and a fatherly "Goodnight, my son."
Dan dropped asleep at once, and slept heavily for several hours; then his foot began to throb and ache, and he
awoke to toss about uneasily, trying not to groan lest any one should hear him, for he was a brave lad, and did
bear pain like "a little Spartan," as Mr. Bhaer called him.
Mrs. Jo had a way of flitting about the house at night, to shut the windows if the wind grew chilly, to draw
mosquito curtains over Teddy, or look after Tommy, who occasionally walked in his sleep. The least noise
waked her, and as she often heard imaginary robbers, cats, and conflagrations, the doors stood open all about,
so her quick ear caught the sound of Dan's little moans, and she was up in a minute. He was just giving his
hot pillow a despairing thump when a light came glimmering through the hall, and Mrs. Jo crept in, looking
like a droll ghost, with her hair in a great knob on the top of her head, and a long gray dressinggown trailing
behind her.
"Are you in pain, Dan?"
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER X HOME AGAIN 75
Page No 78
"It's pretty bad; but I didn't mean to wake you."
"I'm a sort of owl, always flying about at night. Yes, your foot is like fire; the bandages must be wet again,"
and away flapped the maternal owl for more cooling stuff, and a great mug of ice water.
"Oh, that's so nice!" sighed Dan, the wet bandages went on again, and a long draught of water cooled his
thirsty throat.
"There, now, sleep your best, and don't be frightened if you see me again, for I'll slip down by and by, and
give you another sprinkle."
As she spoke, Mrs. Jo stooped to turn the pillow and smooth the bedclothes, when, to her great surprise,
Dan put his arm around her neck, drew her face down to his, and kissed her, with a broken "Thank you,
ma'am," which said more than the most eloquent speech could have done; for the hasty kiss, the muttered
words, meant, "I'm sorry, I will try." She understood it, accepted the unspoken confession, and did not spoil it
by any token of surprise. She only remembered that he had no mother, kissed the brown cheek half hidden on
the pillow, as if ashamed of the little touch of tenderness, and left him, saying, what he long remembered,
"You are my boy now, and if you choose you can make me proud and glad to say so."
Once again, just at dawn, she stole down to find him so fast asleep that he did not wake, and showed no sign
of consciousness as she wet his foot, except that the lines of pain smoothed themselves away, and left his face
quite peaceful.
The day was Sunday, and the house so still that he never waked till near noon, and, looking round him, saw
an eager little face peering in at the door. He held out his arms, and Teddy tore across the room to cast
himself bodily upon the bed, shouting, "My Danny's tum!" as he hugged and wriggled with delight. Mrs.
Bhaer appeared next, bringing breakfast, and never seeming to see how shamefaced Dan looked at the
memory of the little scene last night. Teddy insisted on giving him his "betfus," and fed him like a baby,
which, as he was not very hungry, Dan enjoyed very much.
Then came the doctor, and the poor Spartan had a bad time of it, for some of the little bones in his foot were
injured, and putting them to rights was such a painful job, that Dan's lips were white, and great drops stood
on his forehead, though he never cried out, and only held Mrs. Jo's hand so tight that it was red long
afterwards.
"You must keep this boy quiet, for a week at least, and not let him put his foot to the ground. By that time, I
shall know whether he may hop a little with a crutch, or stick to his bed for a while longer," said Dr. Firth,
putting up the shining instruments that Dan did not like to see.
"It will get well sometime, won't it?" he asked, looking alarmed at the word "crutches."
"I hope so;" and with that the doctor departed, leaving Dan much depressed; for the loss of a foot is a
dreadful calamity to an active boy.
"Don't be troubled, I am a famous nurse, and we will have you tramping about as well as ever in a month,"
said Mrs. Jo, taking a hopeful view of the case.
But the fear of being lame haunted Dan, and even Teddy's caresses did not cheer him; so Mrs. Jo proposed
that one or two of the boys should come in and pay him a little visit, and asked whom he would like to see.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER X HOME AGAIN 76
Page No 79
"Nat and Demi; I'd like my hat too, there's something in it I guess they'd like to see. I suppose you threw
away my bundle of plunder?" said Dan, looking rather anxious as he put the question.
"No, I kept it, for I thought they must be treasures of some kind, you took such care of them;" and Mrs. Jo
brought him his old straw hat stuck full of butterflies and beetles, and a handkerchief containing a collection
of odd things picked up on his way: birds' eggs, carefully done up in moss, curious shells and stones, bits of
fungus, and several little crabs, in a state of great indignation at their imprisonment.
"Could I have something to put these fellers in? Mr. Hyde and I found 'em, and they are firstrate ones, so I'd
like to keep and watch 'em; can I?" asked Dan, forgetting his foot, and laughing to see the crabs go sidling
and backing over the bed.
"Of course you can; Polly's old cage will be just the thing. Don't let them nip Teddy's toes while I get it;" and
away went Mrs. Jo, leaving Dan overjoyed to find that his treasures were not considered rubbish, and thrown
away.
Nat, Demi, and the cage arrived together, and the crabs were settled in their new house, to the great delight of
the boys, who, in the excitement of the performance, forgot any awkwardness they might otherwise have felt
in greeting the runaway. To these admiring listeners Dan related his adventures much more fully than he had
done to the Bhaers. Then he displayed his "plunder," and described each article so well, that Mrs. Jo, who had
retired to the next room to leave them free, was surprised and interested, as well as amused, at their boyish
chatter.
"How much the lad knows of these things! how absorbed he is in them! and what a mercy it is just now, for
he cares so little for books, it would be hard to amuse him while he is laid up; but the boys can supply him
with beetles and stones to any extent, and I am glad to find out this taste of his; it is a good one, and may
perhaps prove the making of him. If he should turn out a great naturalist, and Nat a musician, I should have
cause to be proud of this year's work;" and Mrs. Jo sat smiling over her book as she built castles in the air,
just as she used to do when a girl, only then they were for herself, and now they were for other people, which
is the reason perhaps that some of them came to pass in reality for charity is an excellent foundation to build
anything upon.
Nat was most interested in the adventures, but Demi enjoyed the beetles and butterflies immensely, drinking
in the history of their changeful little lives as if it were a new and lovely sort of fairy tale for, even in his plain
way, Dan told it well, and found great satisfaction in the thought that here at least the small philosopher could
learn of him. So interested were they in the account of catching a musk rat, whose skin was among the
treasures, that Mr. Bhaer had to come himself to tell Nat and Demi it was time for the walk. Dan looked so
wistfully after them as they ran off that Father Bhaer proposed carrying him to the sofa in the parlor for a
little change of air and scene.
When he was established, and the house quiet, Mrs. Jo, who sat near by showing Teddy pictures, said, in an
interested tone, as she nodded towards the treasures still in Dan's hands,
"Where did you learn so much about these things?"
"I always liked 'em, but didn't know much till Mr. Hyde told me."
"Oh, he was a man who lived round in the woods studying these things I don't know what you call him and
wrote about frogs, and fishes, and so on. He stayed at Page's, and used to want me to go and help him, and it
was great fun, 'cause he told me ever so much, and was uncommon jolly and wise. Hope I'll see him again
sometime."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER X HOME AGAIN 77
Page No 80
"I hope you will," said Mrs. Jo, for Dan's face had brightened up, and he was so interested in the matter that
he forgot his usual taciturnity.
"Why, he could make birds come to him, and rabbits and squirrels didn't mind him any more than if he was a
tree. Did you ever tickle a lizard with a straw?" asked Dan, eagerly.
"No, but I should like to try it."
"Well, I've done it, and it's so funny to see 'em turn over and stretch out, they like it so much. Mr. Hyde used
to do it; and he'd make snakes listen to him while he whistled, and he knew just when certain flowers would
blow, and bees wouldn't sting him, and he'd tell the wonderfullest things about fish and flies, and the Indians
and the rocks."
"I think you were so fond of going with Mr. Hyde, you rather neglected Mr. Page," said Mrs. Jo, slyly.
"Yes, I did; I hated to have to weed and hoe when I might be tramping round with Mr. Hyde. Page thought
such things silly, and called Mr. Hyde crazy because he'd lay hours watching a trout or a bird."
"Suppose you say lie instead of lay, it is better grammar," said Mrs. Jo, very gently; and then added, "Yes,
Page is a thorough farmer, and would not understand that a naturalist's work was just as interesting, and
perhaps just as important as his own. Now, Dan, if you really love these things, as I think you do, and I am
glad to see it, you shall have time to study them and books to help you; but I want you to do something
besides, and to do it faithfully, else you will be sorry by and by, and find that you have got to begin again."
"Yes, ma'am," said Dan, meekly, and looked a little scared by the serious tone of the last remarks, for he
hated books, yet had evidently made up his mind to study anything she proposed.
"Do you see that cabinet with twelve drawers in it?" was the next very unexpected question.
Dan did see two tall oldfashioned ones standing on either side of the piano; he knew them well, and had
often seen nice bits of string, nails, brown paper, and such useful matters come out of the various drawers. He
nodded and smiled. Mrs. Jo went on,
"Well, don't you think those drawers would be good places to put your eggs, and stones, and shells, and
lichens?"
"Oh, splendid, but you wouldn't like my things 'clutterin' round,' as Mr. Page used to say, would you?" cried
Dan, sitting up to survey the old piece of furniture with sparkling eyes.
"I like litter of that sort; and if I didn't, I should give you the drawers, because I have a regard for children's
little treasures, and I think they should be treated respectfully. Now, I am going to make a bargain with you,
Dan, and I hope you will keep it honorably. Here are twelve goodsized drawers, one for each month of the
year, and they shall be yours as fast as you earn them, by doing the little duties that belong to you. I believe in
rewards of a certain kind, especially for young folks; they help us along, and though we may begin by being
good for the sake of the reward, if it is rightly used, we shall soon learn to love goodness for itself."
"Do you have 'em?" asked Dan, looking as if this was new talk for him.
"Yes, indeed! I haven't learnt to get on without them yet. My rewards are not drawers, or presents, or
holidays, but they are things which I like as much as you do the others. The good behavior and success of my
boys is one of the rewards I love best, and I work for it as I want you to work for your cabinet. Do what you
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER X HOME AGAIN 78
Page No 81
dislike, and do it well, and you get two rewards, one, the prize you see and hold; the other, the satisfaction of
a duty cheerfully performed. Do you understand that?"
"Yes, ma'am."
"We all need these little helps; so you shall try to do your lessons and your work, play kindly with all the
boys, and use your holidays well; and if you bring me a good report, or if I see and know it without words for
I'm quick to spy out the good little efforts of my boys you shall have a compartment in the drawer for your
treasures. See, some are already divided into four parts, and I will have the others made in the same way, a
place for each week; and when the drawer is filled with curious and pretty things, I shall be as proud of it as
you are; prouder, I think for in the pebbles, mosses, and gay butterflies, I shall see good resolutions carried
out, conquered faults, and a promise well kept. Shall we do this, Dan?"
The boys answered with one of the looks which said much, for it showed that he felt and understood her wish
and words, although he did not know how to express his interest and gratitude for such care and kindness.
She understood the look, and seeing by the color that flushed up to his forehead that he was touched, as she
wished him to be, she said no more about that side of the new plan, but pulled out the upper drawer, dusted it,
and set it on two chairs before the sofa, saying briskly,
"Now, let us begin at once by putting those nice beetles in a safe place. These compartments will hold a good
deal, you see. I'd pin the butterflies and bugs round the sides; they will be quite safe there, and leave room for
the heavy things below. I'll give you some cotton wool, and clean paper and pins, and you can get ready for
the week's work."
"But I can't go out to find any new things," said Dan, looking piteously at his foot.
"That's true; never mind, we'll let these treasures do for this week, and I dare say the boys will bring you
loads of things if you ask them."
"They don't know the right sort; besides, if I lay, no, lie here all the time, I can't work and study, and earn my
drawers."
"There are plenty of lessons you can learn lying there, and several little jobs of work you can do for me."
"Can I?" and Dan looked both surprised and pleased.
"You can learn to be patient and cheerful in spite of pain and no play. You can amuse Teddy for me, wind
cotton, read to me when I sew, and do many things without hurting your foot, which will make the days pass
quickly, and not be wasted ones."
Here Demi ran in with a great butterfly in one hand, and a very ugly little toad in the other.
"See, Dan, I found them, and ran back to give them to you; aren't they beautiful ones?" panted Demi, all out
of breath.
Dan laughed at the toad, and said he had no place to put him, but the butterfly was a beauty, and if Mrs. Jo
would give him a big pin, he would stick it right up in the drawer.
"I don't like to see the poor thing struggle on a pin; if it must be killed, let us put it out of pain at once with a
drop of camphor," said Mrs. Jo, getting out the bottle.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER X HOME AGAIN 79
Page No 82
"I know how to do it Mr. Hyde always killed 'em that way but I didn't have any camphor, so I use a pin," and
Dan gently poured a drop on the insect's head, when the pale green wings fluttered an instant, and then grew
still.
This dainty little execution was hardly over when Teddy shouted from the bedroom, "Oh, the little trabs are
out, and the big one's eaten 'em all up." Demi and his aunt ran to the rescue, and found Teddy dancing
excitedly in a chair, while two little crabs were scuttling about the floor, having got through the wires of the
cage. A third was clinging to the top of the cage, evidently in terror of his life, for below appeared a sad yet
funny sight. The big crab had wedged himself into the little recess where Polly's cup used to stand, and there
he sat eating one of his relations in the coolest way. All the claws of the poor victim were pulled off, and he
was turned upside down, his upper shell held in one claw close under the mouth of the big crab like a dish,
while he leisurely ate out of it with the other claw, pausing now and then to turn his queer bulging eyes from
side to side, and to put out a slender tongue and lick them in a way that made the children scream with
laughter. Mrs. Jo carried the cage in for Dan to see the sight, while Demi caught and confined the wanderers
under an inverted washbowl.
"I'll have to let these fellers go, for I can't keep 'em in the house," said Dan, with evident regret.
"I'll take care of them for you, if you will tell me how, and they can live in my turtletank just as well as not,"
said Demi, who found them more interesting even that his beloved slow turtles. So Dan gave him directions
about the wants and habits of the crabs, and Demi bore them away to introduce them to their new home and
neighbors. "What a good boy he is!" said Dan, carefully settling the first butterfly, and remembering that
Demi had given up his walk to bring it to him.
"He ought to be, for a great deal has been done to make him so."
"He's had folks to tell him things, and to help him; I haven't," said Dan, with a sigh, thinking of his neglected
childhood, a thing he seldom did, and feeling as if he had not had fair play somehow.
"I know it, dear, and for that reason I don't expect as much from you as from Demi, though he is younger;
you shall have all the help that we can give you now, and I hope to teach you how to help yourself in the best
way. Have you forgotten what Father Bhaer told you when you were here before, about wanting to be good,
and asking God to help you?"
"No, ma'am," very low.
"Do you try that way still?"
"No, ma'am," lower still.
"Will you do it every night to please me?"
"Yes, ma'am," very soberly.
"I shall depend on it, and I think I shall know if you are faithful to your promise, for these things always show
to people who believe in them, though not a word is said. Now here is a pleasant story about a boy who hurt
his foot worse than you did yours; read it, and see how bravely he bore his troubles."
She put that charming little book, "The Crofton Boys," into his hands, and left him for an hour, passing in and
out from time to time that he might not feel lonely. Dan did not love to read, but soon got so interested that he
was surprised when the boys came home. Daisy brought him a nosegay of wild flowers, and Nan insisted on
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER X HOME AGAIN 80
Page No 83
helping bring him his supper, as he lay on the sofa with the door open into the diningroom, so that he could
see the lads at table, and they could nod socially to him over their bread and butter.
Mr. Bhaer carried him away to his bed early, and Teddy came in his nightgown to say goodnight, for he
went to his little nest with the birds.
"I want to say my prayers to Danny; may I?" he asked; and when his mother said, "Yes," the little fellow
knelt down by Dan's bed, and folding his chubby hands, said softly,
"Pease Dod bess everybody, and hep me to be dood."
Then he went away smiling with sleepy sweetness over his mother's shoulder.
But after the evening talk was done, the evening song sung, and the house grew still with beautiful Sunday
silence, Dan lay in his pleasant room wide awake, thinking new thoughts, feeling new hopes and desires
stirring in his boyish heart, for two good angels had entered in: love and gratitude began the work which time
and effort were to finish; and with an earnest wish to keep his first promise, Dan folded his hands together in
the Darkness, and softly whispered Teddy's little prayer,
"Please God bless every one, and help me to be good."
CHAPTER XI UNCLE TEDDY
For a week Dan only moved from bed to sofa; a long week and a hard one, for the hurt foot was very painful
at times, the quiet days were very wearisome to the active lad, longing to be out enjoying the summer
weather, and especially difficult was it to be patient. But Dan did his best, and every one helped him in their
various ways; so the time passed, and he was rewarded at last by hearing the doctor say, on Saturday
morning,
"This foot is doing better than I expected. Give the lad the crutch this afternoon, and let him stump about the
house a little."
"Hooray!" shouted Nat, and raced away to tell the other boys the good news.
Everybody was very glad, and after dinner the whole flock assembled to behold Dan crutch himself up and
down the hall a few times before he settled in the porch to hold a sort of levee. He was much pleased at the
interest and goodwill shown him, and brightened up more and more every minute; for the boys came to pay
their respects, the little girls fussed about him with stools and cushions, and Teddy watched over him as if he
was a frail creature unable to do anything for himself. They were still sitting and standing about the steps,
when a carriage stopped at the gate, a hat was waved from it, and with a shout of "Uncle Teddy! Uncle
Teddy!" Rob scampered down the avenue as fast as his short legs would carry him. All he boys but Dan ran
after him to see who should be first to open the gate, and in a moment the carriage drove up with boys
swarming all over it, while Uncle Teddy sat laughing in the midst, with his little daughter on his knee.
"Stop the triumphal car and let Jupiter descend," he said, and jumping out ran up the steps to meet Mrs.
Bhaer, who stood smiling and clapping her hands like a girl.
"How goes it, Teddy?"
"All right, Jo."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XI UNCLE TEDDY 81
Page No 84
Then they shook hands, and Mr. Laurie put Bess into her aunt's arms, saying, as the child hugged her tight,
"Goldilocks wanted to see you so much that I ran away with her, for I was quite pining for a sight of you
myself. We want to play with your boys for an hour or so, and to see how 'the old woman who lived in a
shoe, and had so many children she did not know what to do,' is getting on."
"I'm so glad! Play away, and don't get into mischief," answered Mrs. Jo, as the lads crowded round the pretty
child, admiring her long golden hair, dainty dress, and lofty ways, for the little "Princess," as they called her,
allowed no one to kiss her, but sat smiling down upon them, and graciously patting their heads with her little,
white hands. They all adored her, especially Rob, who considered her a sort of doll, and dared not touch her
lest she should break, but worshipped her at a respectful distance, made happy by an occasional mark of favor
from her little highness. As she immediately demanded to see Daisy's kitchen, she was borne off by Mrs. Jo,
with a train of small boys following. The others, all but Nat and Demi, ran away to the menagerie and
gardens to have all in order; for Mr. Laurie always took a general survey, and looked disappointed if things
were not flourishing.
Standing on the steps, he turned to Dan, saying like an old acquaintance, though he had only seen him once or
twice before,
"How is the foot?"
"Better, sir."
"Rather tired of the house, aren't you?"
"Guess I am!" and Dan's eyes roved away to the green hills and woods where he longed to be.
"Suppose we take a little turn before the others come back? That big, easy carriage will be quite safe and
comfortable, and a breath of fresh air will do you good. Get a cushion and a shawl, Demi, and let's carry Dan
off."
The boys thought it a capital joke, and Dan looked delighted, but asked, with an unexpected burst of virtue,
"Will Mrs. Bhaer like it?"
"Oh, yes; we settled all that a minute ago."
"You didn't say any thing about it, so I don't see how you could," said Demi, inquisitively.
"We have a way of sending messages to one another, without any words. It is a great improvement on the
telegraph."
"I know it's eyes; I saw you lift your eyebrows, and nod toward the carriage, and Mrs. Bhaer laughed and
nodded back again," cried Nat, who was quite at his ease with kind Mr. Laurie by this time.
"Right. Now them, come on," and in a minute Dan found himself settled in the carriage, his foot on a cushion
on the seat opposite, nicely covered with a shawl, which fell down from the upper regions in a most
mysterious manner, just when they wanted it. Demi climbed up to the box beside Peter, the black coachman.
Nat sat next Dan in the place of honor, while Uncle Teddy would sit opposite, to take care of the foot, he
said, but really that he might study the faces before him both so happy, yet so different, for Dan's was square,
and brown, and strong, while Nat's was long, and fair, and rather weak, but very amiable with its mild eyes
and good forehead.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XI UNCLE TEDDY 82
Page No 85
"By the way, I've got a book somewhere here that you may like to see," said the oldest boy of the party,
diving under the seat and producing a book which make Dan exclaim,
"Oh! by George, isn't that a stunner?" as he turned the leaves, and saw fine plates of butterflies, and birds, and
every sort of interesting insect, colored like life. He was so charmed that he forgot his thanks, but Mr. Laurie
did not mind, and was quite satisfied to see the boy's eager delight, and to hear this exclamations over certain
old friends as he came to them. Nat leaned on his shoulder to look, and Demi turned his back to the horses,
and let his feet dangle inside the carriage, so that he might join in the conversation.
When they got among the beetles, Mr. Laurie took a curious little object out of his vestpocket, and laying it
in the palm of his hand, said,
"There's a beetle that is thousands of years old;" and then, while the lads examined the queer stonebug, that
looked so old and gray, he told them how it came out of the wrappings of a mummy, after lying for ages in a
famous tomb. Finding them interested, he went on to tell about the Egyptians, and the strange and splendid
ruins they have left behind them the Nile, and how he sailed up the mighty river, with the handsome dark
men to work his boat; how he shot alligators, saw wonderful beasts and birds; and afterwards crossed the
desert on a camel, who pitched him about like a ship in a storm.
"Uncle Teddy tells stories 'most as well as Grandpa," said Demi, approvingly, when the tale was done, and
the boys' eyes asked for more.
"Thank you," said Mr. Laurie, quite soberly, for he considered Demi's praise worth having, for children are
good critics in such cases, and to suit them is an accomplishment that any one may be proud of.
"Here's another trifle or two that I tucked into my pocket as I was turning over my traps to see if I had any
thing that would amuse Dan," and Uncle Teddy produced a fine arrowhead and a string of wampum.
"Oh! tell about the Indians," cried Demi, who was fond of playing wigwam.
"Dan knows lots about them," added Nat.
"More than I do, I dare say. Tell us something," and Mr. Laurie looked as interested as the other two.
"Mr. Hyde told me; he's been among 'em, and can talk their talk, and likes 'em," began Dan, flattered by their
attention, but rather embarrassed by having a grownup listener.
"What is wampum for?" asked curious Demi, from his perch.
The others asked questions likewise, and, before he knew it, Dan was reeling off all Mr. Hyde had told him,
as they sailed down the river a few weeks before. Mr. Laurie listened well, but found the boy more interesting
than the Indians, for Mrs. Jo had told him about Dan, and he rather took a fancy to the wild lad, who ran away
as he himself had often longed to do, and who was slowly getting tamed by pain and patience.
"I've been thinking that it would be a good plan for you fellows to have a museum of your own; a place in
which to collect all the curious and interesting things that you find, and make, and have given you. Mrs. Jo is
too kind to complain, but it is rather hard for her to have the house littered up with all sorts of rattletraps,
halfapint of dorbugs in one of her best vases, for instance, a couple of dead bats nailed up in the back
entry, wasps nests tumbling down on people's heads, and stones lying round everywhere, enough to pave the
avenue. There are not many women who would stand that sort of thing, are there, now?"
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XI UNCLE TEDDY 83
Page No 86
As Mr. Laurie spoke with a merry look in his eyes, the boys laughed and nudged one another, for it was
evident that some one told tales out of school, else how could he know of the existence of these inconvenient
treasures.
"Where can we put them, then?" said Demi, crossing his legs and leaning down to argue the question.
"In the old carriagehouse."
"But it leaks, and there isn't any window, nor any place to put things, and it's all dust and cobwebs," began
Nat.
"Wait till Gibbs and I have touched it up a bit, and then see how you like it. He is to come over on Monday to
get it ready; then next Saturday I shall come out, and we will fix it up, and make the beginning, at least, of a
fine little museum. Every one can bring his things, and have a place for them; and Dan is to be the head man,
because he knows most about such matters, and it will be quiet, pleasant work for him now that he can't
knock about much."
"Won't that be jolly?" cried Nat, while Dan smiled all over his face and had not a word to say, but hugged his
book, and looked at Mr. Laurie as if he thought him one of the greatest public benefactors that ever blessed
the world.
"Shall I go round again, sir?" asked Peter, as they came to the gate, after two slow turns about the halfmile
triangle.
"No, we must be prudent, else we can't come again. I must go over the premises, take a look at the
carriagehouse, and have a little talk with Mrs. Jo before I go;" and, having deposited Dan on his sofa to rest
and enjoy his book, Uncle Teddy went off to have a frolic with the lads who were raging about the place in
search of him. Leaving the little girls to mess upstairs, Mrs. Bhaer sat down by Dan, and listened to his
eager account of the drive till the flock returned, dusty, warm, and much excited about the new museum,
which every one considered the most brilliant idea of the age.
"I always wanted to endow some sort of an institution, and I am going to begin with this," said Mr. Laurie,
sitting down on a stool at Mrs. Jo's feet.
"You have endowed one already. What do you call this?" and Mrs. Jo pointed to the happyfaced lads, who
had camped upon the floor about him.
"I call it a very promising Bhaergarden, and I'm proud to be a member of it. Did you know I was the head
boy in this school?" he asked, turning to Dan, and changing the subject skilfully, for he hated to be thanked
for the generous things he did.
"I thought Franz was!" answered Dan, wondering what the man meant.
"Oh, dear no! I'm the first boy Mrs. Jo ever had to take care of, and I was such a bad one that she isn't done
with me yet, though she has been working at me for years and years."
"How old she must be!" said Nat, innocently.
"She began early, you see. Poor thing! she was only fifteen when she took me, and I led her such a life, it's a
wonder she isn't wrinkled and gray, and quite worn out," and Mr. Laurie looked up at her laughing.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XI UNCLE TEDDY 84
Page No 87
"Don't Teddy; I won't have you abuse yourself so;" and Mrs. Jo stroked the curly black head at her knee as
affectionately as ever, for, in spite of every thing Teddy was her boy still.
"If it hadn't been for you, there never would have been a Plumfield. It was my success with you, sir, that gave
me courage to try my pet plan. So the boys may thank you for it, and name the new institution 'The Laurence
Museum,' in honor of its founder, won't we, boys?" she added, looking very like the lively Jo of old times.
"We will! we will!" shouted the boys, throwing up their hats, for though they had taken them off on entering
the house, according to rule, they had been in too much of a hurry to hang them up.
"I'm as hungry as a bear, can't I have a cookie?" asked Mr. Laurie, when the shout subsided and he had
expressed his thanks by a splendid bow.
"Trot out and ask Asia for the gingerbreadbox, Demi. It isn't in order to eat between meals, but, on this
joyful occasion, we won't mind, and have a cookie all round," said Mrs. Jo; and when the box came she dealt
them out with a liberal hand, every one munching away in a social circle.
Suddenly, in the midst of a bite, Mr. Laurie cried out, "Bless my heart, I forgot grandma's bundle!" and
running out to the carriage, returned with an interesting white parcel, which, being opened, disclosed a choice
collection of beasts, birds, and pretty things cut out of crisp sugary cake, and baked a lovely brown.
"There's one for each, and a letter to tell which is whose. Grandma and Hannah made them, and I tremble to
think what would have happened to me if I had forgotten to leave them."
Then, amid much laughing and fun, the cakes were distributed. A fish for Dan, a fiddle for Nat, a book for
Demi, a money for Tommy, a flower for Daisy, a hoop for Nan, who had driven twice round the triangle
without stopping, a star for Emil, who put on airs because he studied astronomy, and, best of all, an omnibus
for Franz, whose great delight was to drive the family bus. Stuffy got a fat pig, and the little folks had birds,
and cats, and rabbits, with black currant eyes.
"Now I must go. Where is my Goldilocks? Mamma will come flying out to get her if I'm not back early," said
Uncle Teddy, when the last crumb had vanished, which it speedily did, you may be sure.
The young ladies had gone into the garden, and while they waited till Franz looked them up, Jo and Laurie
stood at the door talking together.
"How does little Giddygaddy come on?" he asked, for Nan's pranks amused him very much, and he was
never tired of teasing Jo about her.
"Nicely; she is getting quite mannerly, and begins to see the error of her wild ways."
"Don't the boys encourage her in them?"
"Yes; but I keep talking, and lately she has improved much. You saw how prettily she shook hands with you,
and how gentle she was with Bess. Daisy's example has its effect upon her, and I'm quite sure that a few
months will work wonders."
Here Mrs. Jo's remarks were cut short by the appearance of Nan tearing round the corner at a breakneck
pace, driving a mettlesome team of four boys, and followed by Daisy trundling Bess in a wheelbarrow. Hat
off, hair flying, whip cracking, and barrow bumping, up they came in a cloud of dust, looking as wild a set of
little hoydens as one would wish to see.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XI UNCLE TEDDY 85
Page No 88
"So, these are the model children, are they? It's lucky I didn't bring Mrs. Curtis out to see your school for the
cultivation of morals and manners; she would never have recovered from the shock of this spectacle," said
Mr. Laurie, laughing at Mrs. Jo's premature rejoicing over Nan's improvement.
"Laugh away; I'll succeed yet. As you used to say at College, quoting some professor, 'Though the
experiment has failed, the principle remains the same,' " said Mrs. Bhaer, joining in the merriment.
"I'm afraid Nan's example is taking effect upon Daisy, instead of the other way. Look at my little princess!
she has utterly forgotten her dignity, and is screaming like the rest. Young ladies, what does this mean?" and
Mr. Laurie rescued his small daughter from impending destruction, for the four horses were champing their
bits and curvetting madly all about her, as she sat brandishing a great whip in both hands.
"We're having a race, and I beat," shouted Nan.
"I could have run faster, only I was afraid of spilling Bess," screamed Daisy.
"Hi! go long!" cried the princess, giving such a flourish with her whip that the horses ran away, and were
seen no more.
"My precious child! come away from this illmannered crew before you are quite spoilt. Goodby, Jo! Next
time I come, I shall expect to find the boys making patchwork."
"It wouldn't hurt them a bit. I don't give in, mind you; for my experiments always fail a few times before they
succeed. Love to Amy and my blessed Marmee," called Mrs. Jo, as the carriage drove away; and the last Mr.
Laurie saw of her, she was consoling Daisy for her failure by a ride in the wheelbarrow, and looking as if she
liked it.
Great was the excitement all the week about the repairs in the carriagehouse, which went briskly on in spite
of the incessant questions, advice, and meddling of the boys. Old Gibbs was nearly driven wild with it all, but
managed to do his work nevertheless; and by Friday night the place was all in order roof mended, shelves up,
walls whitewashed, a great window cut at the back, which let in a flood of sunshine, and gave them a fine
view of the brook, the meadows, and the distant hills; and over the great door, painted in red letters, was "The
Laurence Museum."
All Saturday morning the boys were planning how it should be furnished with their spoils, and when Mr.
Laurie arrived, bringing an aquarium which Mrs. Amy said she was tired of, their rapture was great.
The afternoon was spent in arranging things, and when the running and lugging and hammering was over, the
ladies were invited to behold the institution.
It certainly was a pleasant place, airy, clean, and bright. A hopvine shook its green bells round the open
window, the pretty aquarium stood in the middle of the room, with some delicate water plants rising above
the water, and goldfish showing their brightness as they floated to and fro below. On either side of the
window were rows of shelves ready to receive the curiosities yet to be found. Dan's tall cabinet stood before
the great door which was fastened up, while the small door was to be used. On the cabinet stood a queer
Indian idol, very ugly, but very interesting; old Mr. Laurence sent it, as well as a fine Chinese junk in full
sail, which had a conspicuous place on the long table in the middle of the room. Above, swinging in a loop,
and looking as if she was alive, hung Polly, who died at an advanced age, had been carefully stuffed, and was
no presented by Mrs. Jo. The walls were decorated with all sorts of things. A snake's skin, a big wasp's nest, a
birchbark canoe, a string of birds' eggs, wreaths of gray moss from the South, and a bunch of cottonpods.
The dead bats had a place, also a large turtleshell, and an ostrichegg proudly presented by Demi, who
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XI UNCLE TEDDY 86
Page No 89
volunteered to explain these rare curiosities to guests whenever they liked. There were so many stones that it
was impossible to accept them all, so only a few of the best were arranged among the shells on the shelves,
the rest were piled up in corners, to be examined by Dan at his leisure.
Every one was eager to give something, even Silas, who sent home for a stuffed wildcat killed in his youth.
It was rather motheaten and shabby, but on a high bracket and best side foremost the effect was fine, for the
yellow glass eyes glared, and the mouth snarled so naturally, that Teddy shook in his little shoes at sight of it,
when he came bringing his most cherished treasure, one cocoon, to lay upon the shrine of science.
"Isn't it beautiful? I'd no idea we had so many curious things. I gave that; don't it look well? We might make a
lot by charging something for letting folks see it."
Jack added that last suggestion to the general chatter that went on as the family viewed the room.
"This is a free museum and if there is any speculating on it I'll paint out the name over the door," said Mr.
Laurie, turning so quickly that Jack wished he had held his tongue.
"Hear! hear!" cried Mr. Bhaer.
"Speech! speech!" added Mrs. Jo.
"Can't, I'm too bashful. You give them a lecture yourself you are used to it," Mr. Laurie answered, retreating
towards the window, meaning to escape. But she held him fast, and said, laughing as she looked at the dozen
pairs of dirty hands about her,
"If I did lecture, it would on the chemical and cleansing properties of soap. Come now, as the founder of the
institution, you really ought to give us a few moral remarks, and we will applaud tremendously."
Seeing that there was no way of escaping, Mr. Laurie looked up at Polly hanging overhead, seemed to find
inspiration in the brilliant old bird, and sitting down upon the table, said, in his pleasant way,
"There is one thing I'd like to suggest, boys, and that is, I want you to get some good as well as much
pleasure out of this. Just putting curious or pretty things here won't do it; so suppose you read up about them,
so that when anybody asks questions you can answer them, and understand the matter. I used to like these
things myself, and should enjoy hearing about them now, for I've forgotten all I once knew. It wasn't much,
was it, Jo? Here's Dan now, full of stories about birds, and bugs, and so on; let him take care of the museum,
and once a week the rest of you take turns to read a composition, or tell about some animal, mineral, or
vegetable. We should all like that, and I think it would put considerable useful knowledge into our heads.
What do you say, Professor?"
"I like it much, and will give the lads all the help I can. But they will need books to read up these new
subjects, and we have not many, I fear," began Mr. Bhaer, looking much pleased, planning many fine lectures
on geology, which he liked. "We should have a library for the special purpose."
"Is that a useful sort of book, Dan?" asked Mr. Laurie, pointing to the volume that lay open by the cabinet.
"Oh, yes! it tells all I want to know about insects. I had it here to see how to fix the butterflies right. I covered
it, so it is not hurt;" and Dan caught it up, fearing the lender might think him careless.
"Give it here a minute;" and, pulling out his pencil, Mr. Laurie wrote Dan's name in it, saying, as he set the
book up on one of the corner shelves, where nothing stood but a stuffed bird without a tail, "There, that is the
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XI UNCLE TEDDY 87
Page No 90
beginning of the museum library. I'll hunt up some more books, and Demi shall keep them in order. Where
are those jolly little books we used to read, Jo? 'Insect Architecture' or some such name, all about ants having
battles, and bees having queens, and crickets eating holes in our clothes and stealing milk, and larks of that
sort."
"In the garret at home. I'll have them sent out, and we will plunge into Natural History with a will," said Mrs.
Jo, ready for any thing.
"Won't it be hard to write about such things?" asked Nat, who hated compositions.
"At first, perhaps; but you will soon like it. If you think that hard, how would you like to have this subject
given to you, as it was to a girl of thirteen: A conversation between Themistocles, Aristides, and Pericles on
the proposed appropriation of funds of the confederacy of Delos for the ornamentation of Athens?" said Mrs.
Jo.
The boys groaned at the mere sound of the long names, and the gentlemen laughed at the absurdity of the
lesson.
"Did she write it?" asked Demi, in an awestricken tone.
"Yes, but you can imagine what a piece of work she make of it, though she was rather a bright child."
"I'd like to have seen it," said Mr. Bhaer.
"Perhaps I can find it for you; I went to school with her," and Mrs. Jo looked so wicked that every one knew
who the little girl was.
Hearing of this fearful subject for a composition quite reconciled the boys to the thought of writing about
familiar things. Wednesday afternoon was appointed for the lectures, as they preferred to call them, for some
chose to talk instead of write. Mr. Bhaer promised a portfolio in which the written productions should be
kept, and Mrs. Bhaer said she would attend the course with great pleasure.
Then the dirtyhanded society went off the wash, followed by the Professor, trying to calm the anxiety of
Rob, who had been told by Tommy that all water was full of invisible pollywogs.
"I like your plan very much, only don't be too generous, Teddy," said Mrs. Bhaer, when they were left alone.
"You know most of the boys have got to paddle their own canoes when they leave us, and too much sitting in
the lap of luxury will unfit them for it."
"I'll be moderate, but do let me amuse myself. I get desperately tired of business sometimes, and nothing
freshens me up like a good frolic with your boys. I like that Dan very much, Jo. He isn't demonstrative; but he
has the eye of a hawk, and when you have tamed him a little he will do you credit."
"I'm so glad you think so. Thank you very much for your kindness to him, especially for this museum affair;
it will keep him happy while he is lame, give me a chance to soften and smooth this poor, rough lad, and
make him love us. What did inspire you with such a beautiful, helpful idea, Teddy?" asked Mrs. Bhaer,
glancing back at the pleasant room, as she turned to leave it.
Laurie took both her hands in his, and answered, with a look that made her eyes fill with happy tears,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XI UNCLE TEDDY 88
Page No 91
"Dear Jo! I have known what it is to be a motherless boy, and I never can forget how much you and yours
have done for me all these years."
CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES
There was a great clashing of tin pails, much running to and fro, and frequent demands for something to eat,
one August afternoon, for the boys were going huckleberrying, and made as much stir about it as if they were
setting out to find the North West Passage.
"Now, my lads, get off as quietly as you can, for Rob is safely out of the way, and won't see you," said Mrs.
Bhaer, as she tied Daisy's broadbrimmed hat, and settled the great blue pinafore in which she had enveloped
Nan.
But the plan did not succeed, for Rob had heard the bustle, decided to go, and prepared himself, without a
thought of disappointment. The troop was just getting under way when the little man came marching
downstairs with his best hat on, a bright tin pail in his hand, and a face beaming with satisfaction.
"Oh, dear! now we shall have a scene," sighed Mrs. Bhaer, who found her eldest son very hard to manage at
times.
"I'm all ready," said Rob, and took his place in the ranks with such perfect unconsciousness of his mistake,
that it really was very hard to undeceive him.
"It's too far for you, my love; stay and take care of me, for I shall be all alone," began his mother.
"You've got Teddy. I'm a big boy, so I can go; you said I might when I was bigger, and I am now," persisted
Rob, with a cloud beginning to dim the brightness of his happy face.
"We are going up to the great pasture, and it's ever so far; we don't want you tagging on," cried Jack, who did
not admire the little boys.
"I won't tag, I'll run and keep up. O Mamma! let me go! I want to fill my new pail, and I'll bring 'em all to
you. Please, please, I will be good!" prayed Robby, looking up at his mother, so grieved and disappointed that
her heart began to fail her.
"But, my deary, you'll get so tired and hot you won't have a good time. Wait till I go, and then we will stay all
day, and pick as many berries as you want."
"You never do go, you are so busy, and I'm tired of waiting. I'd rather go and get the berries for you all
myself. I love to pick 'em, and I want to fill my new pail dreffly," sobbed Rob.
The pathetic sight of great tears tinkling into the dear new pail, and threatening to fill it with salt water
instead of huckleberries, touched all the ladies present. His mother patted the weeper on his back; Daisy
offered to stay home with him; and Nan said, in her decided way,
"Let him come; I'll take care of him."
"If Franz was going I wouldn't mind, for he is very careful; but he is haying with the father, and I'm not sure
about the rest of you," began Mrs. Bhaer.
"It's so far," put in Jack.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES 89
Page No 92
"I'd carry him if I was going wish I was," said Dan, with a sigh.
"Thank you, dear, but you must take care of your foot. I wish I could go. Stop a minute, I think I can manage
it after all;" and Mrs. Bhaer ran out to the steps, waving her apron wildly.
Silas was just driving away in the haycart, but turned back, and agreed at once, when Mrs. Jo proposed that
he should take the whole party to the pasture, and go for them at five o'clock.
"It will delay your work a little, but never mind; we will pay you in huckleberry pies," said Mrs. Jo, knowing
Silas's weak point.
His rough, brown face brightened up, and he said, with a cheery "Haw! haw!" "Wal now, Mis' Bhaer, if you
go to bribin' of me, I shall give in right away."
"Now, boys, I have arranged it so that you can all go," said Mrs. Bhaer, running back again, much relieved,
for she loved to make them happy, and always felt miserable when she had disturbed the serenity of her little
sons; for she believed that the small hopes and plans and pleasures of children should be tenderly respected
by grownup people, and never rudely thwarted or ridiculed.
"Can I go?" said Dan, delighted.
"I thought especially of you. Be careful, and never mind the berries, but sit about and enjoy the lovely things
which you know how to find all about you," answered Mrs. Bhaer, who remembered his kind offer to her
boy.
"Me too! me too!" sung Rob, dancing with joy, and clapping his precious pail and cover like castanets.
"Yes, and Daisy and Nan must take good care of you. Be at the bars at five o'clock, and Silas will come for
you all."
Robby cast himself upon his mother in a burst of gratitude, promising to bring her every berry he picked, and
not eat one. Then they were all packed into the haycart, and went rattling away, the brightest face among the
dozen being that of Rob, as he sat between his two temporary little mothers, beaming upon the whole world,
and waving his best hat; for his indulgent mamma had not the heart to bereave him of it, since this was a
galaday to him.
Such a happy afternoon as they had, in spite of the mishaps which usually occur on such expeditions! Of
course Tommy came to grief, tumbled upon a hornet's nest and got stung; but being used to woe, he bore the
smart manfully, till Dan suggested the application of damp earth, which much assuaged the pain. Daisy saw a
snake, and flying from it lost half her berries; but Demi helped her to fill up again, and discussed reptiles
most learnedly the while. Ned fell out of a tree, and split his jacket down the back, but suffered no other
fracture. Emil and Jack established rival claims to a certain thick patch, and while they were squabbling about
it, Stuffy quickly and quietly stripped the bushes and fled to the protection of Dan, who was enjoying himself
immensely. The crutch was no longer necessary, and he was delighted to see how strong his foot felt as he
roamed about the great pasture, full of interesting rocks and stumps, with familiar little creatures in the grass,
and wellknown insects dancing in the air.
But of all the adventures that happened on this afternoon that which befell Nan and Rob was the most
exciting, and it long remained one of the favorite histories of the household. Having explored the country
pretty generally, torn three rents in her frock, and scratched her face in a barberrybush, Nan began to pick
the berries that shone like big, black beads on the low, green bushes. Her nimble fingers flew, but still her
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES 90
Page No 93
basket did not fill up as rapidly as she desired, so she kept wandering here and there to search for better
places, instead of picking contentedly and steadily as Daisy did. Rob followed Nan, for her energy suited him
better than his cousin's patience, and he too was anxious to have the biggest and best berries for Marmar.
"I keep putting 'em in, but it don't fill up, and I'm so tired," said Rob, pausing a moment to rest his short legs,
and beginning to think huckleberrying was not all his fancy painted it; for the sun blazed, Nan skipped hither
and thither like a grasshopper, and the berries fell out of his pail almost as fast as he put them in, because, in
his struggles with the bushes, it was often upsidedown.
"Last time we came they were ever so much thicker over that wall great bouncers; and there is a cave there
where the boys made a fire. Let's go and fill our things quick, and then hide in the cave and let the others find
us," proposed Nan, thirsting for adventures.
Rob consented, and away they went, scrambling over the wall and running down the sloping fields on the
other side, till they were hidden among the rocks and underbrush. The berries were thick, and at last the pails
were actually full. It was shady and cool down there, and a little spring gave the thirsty children a refreshing
drink out of its mossy cup.
"Now we will go and rest in the cave, and eat our lunch," said Nan, well satisfied with her success so far.
"Do you know the way?" asked Rob.
"'Course I do; I've been once, and I always remember. Didn't I go and get my box all right?"
That convinced Rob, and he followed blindly as Nan led him over stock and stone, and brought him, after
much meandering, to a small recess in the rock, where the blackened stones showed that fires had been made.
"Now, isn't it nice?" asked Nan, as she took out a bit of breadandbutter, rather damaged by being mixed up
with nails, fishhooks, stones and other foreign substances, in the young lady's pocket.
"Yes; do you think they will find us soon?" asked Rob, who found the shadowy glen rather dull, and began to
long for more society.
"No, I don't; because if I hear them, I shall hide, and have fun making them find me."
"P'raps they won't come."
"Don't care; I can get home myself."
"Is it a great way?" asked Rob, looking at his little stubby boots, scratched and wet with his long wandering.
"It's six miles, I guess." Nan's ideas of distance were vague, and her faith in her own powers great.
"I think we better go now," suggested Rob, presently.
"I shan't till I have picked over my berries;" and Nan began what seemed to Rob an endless task.
"Oh, dear! you said you'd take good care of me," he sighed, as the sun seemed to drop behind the hill all of a
sudden.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES 91
Page No 94
"Well I am taking good care of you as hard as I can. Don't be cross, child; I'll go in a minute," said Nan, who
considered fiveyearold Robby a mere infant compared to herself.
So little Rob sat looking anxiously about him, and waiting patiently, for, spite of some misgivings, he felt
great confidence in Nan.
"I guess it's going to be night pretty soon," he observed, as if to himself, as a mosquito bit him, and the frogs
in a neighboring marsh began to pipe up for the evening concert.
"My goodness me! so it is. Come right away this minute, or they will be gone," cried Nan, looking up from
her work, and suddenly perceiving that the sun was down.
"I heard a horn about an hour ago; may be they were blowing for us," said Rob, trudging after his guide as
she scrambled up the steep hill.
"Where was it?" asked Nan, stopping short.
"Over that way;" he pointed with a dirty little finger in an entirely wrong direction.
"Let's go that way and meet them;" and Nan wheeled about, and began to trot through the bushes, feeling a
trifle anxious, for there were so many cowpaths all about she could not remember which way they came.
On they went over stock and stone again, pausing now and then to listen for the horn, which did not blow any
more, for it was only the moo of a cow on her way home.
"I don't remember seeing that pile of stones do you?" asked Nan, as she sat on a wall to rest a moment and
take an observation.
"I don't remember any thing, but I want to go home," and Rob's voice had a little tremble in it that made Nan
put her arms round him and lift him gently down, saying, in her most capable way,
"I'm going just as fast as I can, dear. Don't cry, and when we come to the road, I'll carry you."
"Where is the road?" and Robby wiped his eyes to look for it.
"Over by that big tree. Don't you know that's the one Ned tumbled out of?"
"So it is. May be they waited for us; I'd like to ride home wouldn't you?" and Robby brightened up as he
plodded along toward the end of the great pasture.
"No, I'd rather walk," answered Nan, feeling quite sure that she would be obliged to do so, and preparing her
mind for it.
Another long trudge through the fastdeepening twilight and another disappointment, for when they reached
the tree, they found to their dismay that it was not the one Ned climbed, and no road anywhere appeared.
"Are we lost?" quavered Rob, clasping his pail in despair.
"Not much. I don't just see which way to go, and I guess we'd better call."
So they both shouted till they were hoarse, yet nothing answered but the frogs in full chorus.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES 92
Page No 95
"There is another tall tree over there, perhaps that's the one," said Nan, whose heart sunk within her, though
she still spoke bravely.
"I don't think I can go any more; my boots are so heavy I can't pull 'em;" and Robby sat down on a stone quite
worn out.
"Then we must stay here all night. I don't care much, if snakes don't come."
"I'm frightened of snakes. I can't stay all night. Oh, dear! I don't like to be lost," and Rob puckered up his face
to cry, when suddenly a thought occurred to him, and he said, in a tone of perfect confidence,
"Marmar will come and find me she always does; I ain't afraid now."
"She won't know where we are."
"She didn't know I was shut up in the icehouse, but she found me. I know she'll come," returned Robby, so
trustfully, that Nan felt relieved, and sat down by him, saying, with a remorseful sigh,
"I wish we hadn't run away."
"You made me; but I don't mind much Marmar will love me just the same," answered Rob, clinging to his
sheetanchor when all other hope was gone.
"I'm so hungry. Let's eat our berries," proposed Nan, after a pause, during which Rob began to nod.
"So am I, but I can't eat mine, 'cause I told Marmar I'd keep them all for her."
"You'll have to eat them if no one comes for us," said Nan, who felt like contradicting every thing just then.
"If we stay here a great many days, we shall eat up all the berries in the field, and then we shall starve," she
added grimly.
"I shall eat sassafras. I know a big tree of it, and Dan told me how squirrels dig up the roots and eat them, and
I love to dig," returned Rob, undaunted by the prospect of starvation.
"Yes; and we can catch frogs, and cook them. My father ate some once, and he said they were nice," put in
Nan, beginning to find a spice of romance even in being lost in a huckleberry pasture.
"How could we cook frogs? we haven't got any fire."
"I don't know; next time I'll have matches in my pocket," said Nan, rather depressed by this obstacle to the
experiment in frogcookery.
"Couldn't we light a fire with a firefly?" asked Rob, hopefully, as he watched them flitting to and fro like
winged sparks.
"Let's try;" and several minutes were pleasantly spent in catching the flies, and trying to make them kindle a
green twig or two. "It's a lie to call them fire flies when there isn't a fire in them," Nan said, throwing one
unhappy insect away with scorn, though it shone its best, and obligingly walked up and down the twigs to
please the innocent little experimenters.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES 93
Page No 96
"Marmar's a good while coming," said Rob, after another pause, during which they watched the stars
overhead, smelt the sweet fern crushed under foot, and listened to the crickets' serenade.
"I don't see why God made any night; day is so much pleasanter," said Nan, thoughtfully.
"It's to sleep in," answered Rob, with a yawn.
"Then do go to sleep," said Nan, pettishly.
"I want my own bed. Oh, I wish I could see Teddy!" cried Rob, painfully reminded of home by the soft chirp
of birds safe in their little nests.
"I don't believe your mother will ever find us," said Nan, who was becoming desperate, for she hated patient
waiting of any sort. "It's so dark she won't see us."
"It was all black in the icehouse, and I was so scared I didn't call her, but she saw me; and she will see me
now, no matter how dark it is," returned confiding Rob, standing up to peer into the gloom for the help which
never failed him.
"I see her! I see her!" he cried, and ran as fast as his tired legs would take him toward a dark figure slowly
approaching. Suddenly he stopped, then turned about, and came stumbling back, screaming in a great panic,
"No, it's a bear, a big black one!" and hid his face in Nan's skirts.
For a moment Nan quailed; ever her courage gave out at the thought of a real bear, and she was about to turn
and flee in great disorder, when a mild "Moo!" changed her fear to merriment, as she said, laughing,
"It's a cow, Robby! the nice, black cow we saw this afternoon."
The cow seemed to feel that it was not just the thing to meet two little people in her pasture after dark, and
the amiable beast paused to inquire into the case. She let them stroke her, and stood regarding them with her
soft eyes so mildly, that Nan, who feared no animal but a bear, was fired with a desire to milk her.
"Silas taught me how; and berries and milk would be so nice," she said, emptying the contents of her pail into
her hat, and boldly beginning her new task, while Rob stood by and repeated, at her command, the poem from
Mother Goose:
"Cushy cow, bonny, let down your milk,
Let down your milk to me,
And I will give you a gown of silk,
A gown of silk and a silver tee."
But the immortal rhyme had little effect, for the benevolent cow had already been milked, and had only half a
gill to give the thirsty children.
"Shoo! get away! you are an old cross patch," cried Nan, ungratefully, as she gave up the attempt in despair;
and poor Molly walked on with a gentle gurgle of surprise and reproof.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES 94
Page No 97
"Each can have a sip, and then we must take a walk. We shall go to sleep if we don't; and lost people mustn't
sleep. Don't you know how Hannah Lee in the pretty story slept under the snow and died?"
"But there isn't any snow now, and it's nice and warm," said Rob, who was not blessed with as lively a fancy
as Nan.
"No matter, we will poke about a little, and call some more; and then, if nobody comes, we will hide under
the bushes, like Hop'omythumb and his brothers."
It was a very short walk, however, for Rob was so sleepy he could not get on, and tumbled down so often that
Nan entirely lost patience, being half distracted by the responsibility she had taken upon herself.
"If you tumble down again, I'll shake you," she said, lifting the poor little man up very kindly as she spoke,
for Nan's bark was much worse than her bite.
"Please don't. It's my boots they keep slipping so;" and Rob manfully checked the sob just ready to break out,
adding, with a plaintive patience that touched Nan's heart, "If the skeeters didn't bite me so, I could go to
sleep till Marmar comes."
"Put your head on my lap, and I'll cover you up with my apron; I'm not afraid of the night," said Nan, sitting
down and trying to persuade herself that she did not mind the shadow nor the mysterious rustlings all about
her.
"Wake me up when she comes," said rob, and was fast asleep in five minutes with his head in Nan's lap under
the pinafore.
The little girl sat for some fifteen minutes, staring about her with anxious eyes, and feeling as if each second
was an hour. Then a pale light began to glimmer over the hilltop and she said to herself
"I guess the night is over and morning is coming. I'd like to see the sun rise, so I'll watch, and when it comes
up we can find our way right home."
But before the moon's round face peeped above the hill to destroy her hope, Nan had fallen asleep, leaning
back in a little bower of tall ferns, and was deep in a midsummer night's dream of fireflies and blue aprons,
mountains of huckleberries, and Robby wiping away the tears of a black cow, who sobbed, "I want to go
home! I want to go home!"
While the children were sleeping, peacefully lulled by the drowsy hum of many neighborly mosquitoes, the
family at home were in a great state of agitation. The haycart came at five, and all but Jack, Emil, Nan, and
Rob were at the bars ready for it. Franz drove instead of Silas, and when the boys told him that the others
were going home through the wood, he said, looking illpleased, "They ought to have left Rob to ride, he will
be tired out by the long walk."
"It's shorter that way, and they will carry him," said Stuffy, who was in a hurry for his supper.
"You are sure Nan and Rob went with them?"
"Of course they did; I saw them getting over the wall, and sung out that it was most five, and Jack called back
that they were going the other way," explained Tommy.
"Very well, pile in then," and away rattled the haycart with the tired children and the full pails.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES 95
Page No 98
Mrs. Jo looked sober when she heard of the division of the party, and sent Franz back with Toby to find and
bring the little ones home. Supper was over, and the family sitting about in the cool hall as usual, when Franz
came trotting back, hot, dusty, and anxious.
"Have they come?" he called out when halfway up the avenue.
"No!" and Mrs. Jo flew out of her chair looking so alarmed that every one jumped up and gathered round
Franz.
"I can't find them anywhere," he began; but the words were hardly spoken when a loud "Hullo!" startled them
all, and the next minute Jack and Emil came round the house.
"Where are Nan and Rob?" cried Mrs. Jo, clutching Emil in a way that caused him to think his aunt had
suddenly lost her wits.
"I don't know. They came home with the others, didn't they?" he answered, quickly.
"No; George and Tommy said they went with you."
"Well, they didn't. Haven't seen them. We took a swim in the pond, and came by the wood," said Jack,
looking alarmed, as well he might.
"Call Mr. Bhaer, get the lanterns, and tell Silas I want him."
That was all Mrs. Jo said, but they knew what she meant, and flew to obey her orders. In ten minutes, Mr.
Bhaer and Silas were off to the wood, and Franz tearing down the road on old Andy to search the great
pasture. Mrs. Jo caught up some food from the table, a little bottle of brandy from the medicinecloset, took a
lantern, and bidding Jack and Emil come with her, and the rest not stir, she trotted away on Toby, never
stopping for hat or shawl. She heard some one running after her, but said not a word till, as she paused to call
and listen, the light of her lantern shone on Dan's face.
"You here! I told Jack to come," she said, halfinclined to send him back, much as she needed help.
"I wouldn't let him; he and Emil hadn't had any supper, and I wanted to come more than they did," he said,
taking the lantern from her and smiling up in her face with the steady look in his eyes that made her feel as if,
boy though he was, she had some one to depend on.
Off she jumped, and ordered him on to Toby, in spite of his pleading to walk; then they went on again along
the dusty, solitary road, stopping every now and then to call and hearken breathlessly for little voices to reply.
When they came to the great pasture, other lights were already flitting to and fro like willo'thewisps, and
Mr. Bhaer's voice was heard shouting, "Nan! Rob! Rob! Nan!" in every part of the field. Silas whistled and
roared, Dan plunged here and there on Toby, who seemed to understand the case, and went over the roughest
places with unusual docility. Often Mrs. Jo hushed them all, saying, with a sob in her throat, "The noise may
frighten them, let me call; Robby will know my voice;" and then she would cry out the beloved little name in
every tone of tenderness, till the very echoes whispered it softly, and the winds seemed to waft it willingly;
but still no answer came.
The sky was overcast now, and only brief glimpses of the moon were seen, heatlightening darted out of the
dark clouds now and then, and a faint faroff rumble as of thunder told that a summerstorm was brewing.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES 96
Page No 99
"O my Robby! my Robby!" mourned poor Mrs. Jo, wandering up and down like a pale ghost, while Dan kept
beside her like a faithful firefly. "What shall I say to Nan's father if she comes to harm? Why did I ever trust
my darling so far away? Fritz, do you hear any thing?" and when a mournful, "No" came back, she wrung her
hands so despairingly that Dan sprung down from Toby's back, tied the bridle to the bars, and said, in his
decided way,
"They may have gone down the spring I'm going to look."
He was over the wall and away so fast that she could hardly follow him; but when she reached the spot, he
lowered the lantern and showed her with joy the marks of little feet in the soft ground about the spring. She
fell down on her knees to examine the tracks, and then sprung up, saying eagerly,
"Yes; that is the mark of my Robby's little boots! Come this way, they must have gone on."
Such a weary search! But now some inexplicable instinct seemed to lead the anxious mother, for presently
Dan uttered a cry, and caught up a little shining object lying in the path. It was the cover of the new tin pail,
dropped in the first alarm of being lost. Mrs. Jo hugged and kissed it as if it were a living thing; and when
Dan was about to utter a glad shout to bring the others to the spot, she stopped him, saying, as she hurried on,
"No, let me find them; I let Rob go, and I want to give him back to his father all myself."
A little farther on Nan's hat appeared, and after passing the place more than once, they came at last upon the
babes in the wood, both sound asleep. Dan never forgot the little picture on which the light of his lantern
shone that night. He thought Mrs. Jo would cry out, but she only whispered, "Hush!" as she softly lifted away
the apron, and saw the little ruddy face below. The berrystained lips were halfopen as the breath came and
went, the yellow hair lay damp on the hot forehead, and both the chubby hands held fast the little pail still
full.
The sight of the childish harvest, treasured through all the troubles of that night for her, seemed to touch Mrs.
Jo to the heart, for suddenly she gathered up her boy, and began to cry over him, so tenderly, yet so heartily,
that he woke up, and at first seemed bewildered. Then he remembered, and hugged her close, saying with a
laugh of triumph,
"I knew you'd come! O Marmar! I did want you so!" For a moment they kissed and clung to one another,
quite forgetting all the world; for no matter how lost and soiled and wornout wandering sons may be,
mothers can forgive and forget every thing as they fold them in their fostering arms. Happy the son whose
faith in his mother remains unchanged, and who, through all his wanderings, has kept some filial token to
repay her brave and tender love.
Dan meantime picked Nan out of her bush, and, with a gentleness none but Teddy ever saw in him before, he
soothed her first alarm at the sudden waking, and wiped away her tears; for Nan also began to cry for joy, it
was so good to see a kind face and feel a strong arm round her after what seemed to her ages of loneliness
and fear.
"My poor little girl, don't cry! You are all safe now, and no one shall say a word of blame tonight," said
Mrs. Jo, taking Nan into her capacious embrace, and cuddling both children as a hen might gather her lost
chickens under her motherly wings.
"It was my fault; but I am sorry. I tried to take care of him, and I covered him up and let him sleep, and didn't
touch his berries, though I was so hungry; and I never will do it again truly, never, never," sobbed Nan, quite
lost in a sea of penitence and thankfulness.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES 97
Page No 100
"Call them now, and let us get home," said Mrs. Jo; and Dan, getting upon the wall, sent a joyful word
"Found!" ringing over the field.
How the wandering lights came dancing from all sides, and gathered round the little group among the sweet
fern bushes! Such a hugging, and kissing, and talking, and crying, as went on must have amazed the
glowworms, and evidently delighted the mosquitoes, for they hummed frantically, while the little moths came
in flocks to the party, and the frogs croaked as if they could not express their satisfaction loudly enough.
Then they set out for home, a queer party, for Franz rode on to tell the news; Dan and Toby led the way; then
came Nan in the strong arms of Silas, who considered her "the smartest little baggage he ever saw," and
teased her all the way home about her pranks. Mrs. Bhaer would let no one carry Rob but himself, and the
little fellow, refreshed by sleep, sat up, and chattered gayly, feeling himself a hero, while his mother went
beside him holding on to any pat of his precious little body that came handy, and never tired of hearing him
say, "I knew Marmar would come," or seeing him lean down to kiss her, and put a plump berry into her
mouth, "'Cause he picked 'em all for her."
The moon shone out just as they reached the avenue, and all the boys came shouting to meet them, so the lost
lambs were borne in triumph and safety, and landed in the diningroom, where the unromantic little things
demanded supper instead of preferring kisses and caresses. They were set down to bread and milk, while the
entire household stood round to gaze upon them. Nan soon recovered her spirits, and recounted her perils
with a relish now that they were all over. Rob seemed absorbed in his food, but put down his spoon all of a
sudden, and set up a doleful roar.
"My precious, why do you cry?" asked his mother, who still hung over him.
"I'm crying 'cause I was lost," bawled Rob, trying to squeeze out a tear, and failing entirely.
"But you are found now. Nan says you didn't cry out in the field, and I was glad you were such a brave boy."
"I was so busy being frightened I didn't have any time then. But I want to cry now, 'cause I don't like to be
lost," explained Rob, struggling with sleep, emotion, and a mouthful of bread and milk.
The boys set up such a laugh at this funny way of making up for lost time, that Rob stopped to look at them,
and the merriment was so infectious, that after a surprised stare he burst out into a merry, "Ha, ha!" and beat
his spoon upon the table as if he enjoyed the joke immensely.
"It is ten o'clock; into bed, every man of you," said Mr. Bhaer, looking at his watch.
"And, thank Heaven! there will be no empty ones tonight," added Mrs. Bhaer, watching, with full eyes,
Robby going up in his father's arms, and Nan escorted by Daisy and Demi, who considered her the most
interesting heroine of their collection.
"Poor Aunt Jo is so tired she ought to be carried up herself," said gentle Franz, putting his arm round her as
she paused at the stairfoot, looking quite exhausted by her fright and long walk.
"Let's make an armchair," proposed Tommy.
"No, thank you, my lads; but somebody may lend me a shoulder to lean on," answered Mrs. Jo.
"Me! me!" and halfadozen jostled one another, all eager to be chosen, for there was something in the pale
motherly face that touched the warm hearts under the round jackets.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES 98
Page No 101
Seeing that they considered it an honor, Mrs. Jo gave it to the one who had earned it, and nobody grumbled
when she put her arm on Dan's broad shoulder, saying, with a look that made him color up with pride and
pleasure,
"He found the children; so I think he must help me up."
Dan felt richly rewarded for his evening's work, not only that he was chosen from all the rest to go proudly up
bearing the lamp, but because Mrs. Jo said heartily, "Goodnight, my boy! God bless you!" as he left her at
her door.
"I wish I was your boy," said Dan, who felt as if danger and trouble had somehow brought him nearer than
ever to her.
"You shall be my oldest son," and she sealed her promise with a kiss that made Dan hers entirely.
Little Rob was all right next day, but Nan had a headache, and lay on Mother Bhaer's sofa with coldcream
upon her scratched face. Her remorse was quite gone, and she evidently thought being lost rather a fine
amusement. Mrs. Jo was not pleased with this state of things, and had no desire to have her children led from
the paths of virtue, or her pupils lying round loose in huckleberry fields. So she talked soberly to Nan, and
tried to impress upon her mind the difference between liberty and license, telling several tales to enforce her
lecture. She had not decided how to punish Nan, but one of these stories suggested a way, and as Mrs. Jo
liked odd penalties, she tried it.
"All children run away," pleaded Nan, as if it was as natural and necessary a thing as measles or hooping
cough.
"Not all, and some who do run away don't get found again," answered Mrs. Jo.
"Didn't you do it yourself?" asked Nan, whose keen little eyes saw some traces of a kindred spirit in the
serious lady who was sewing so morally before her.
Mrs. Jo laughed, and owned that she did.
"Tell about it," demanded Nan, feeling that she was getting the upper hand in the discussion.
Mrs. Jo saw that, and sobered down at once, saying, with a remorseful shake of the head,
"I did it a good many times, and led my poor mother rather a hard life with my pranks, till she cured me."
"How?" and Nan sat up with a face full of interest.
"I had a new pair of shoes once, and wanted to show them; so, though I was told not to leave the garden, I ran
away and was wandering about all day. It was in the city, and why I wasn't killed I don't know. Such a time as
I had. I frolicked in the park with dogs, sailed boats in the Back Bay with strange boys, dined with a little
Irish beggargirl on salt fish and potatoes, and was found at last fast asleep on a doorstep with my arms
round a great dog. It was late in the evening, and I was a dirty as a little pig, and the new shoes were worn out
I had travelled so far."
"How nice!" cried Nan, looking all ready to go and do it herself.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES 99
Page No 102
"It was not nice next day;" and Mrs. Jo tried to keep her eyes from betraying how much she enjoyed the
memory of her early capers.
"Did your mother whip you?" asked Nan, curiously.
"She never whipped me but once, and then she begged my pardon, or I don't think I ever should have
forgiven her, it hurt my feelings so much."
"Why did she beg your pardon? my father don't."
"Because, when she had done it, I turned round and said, 'Well, you are mad yourself, and ought to be
whipped as much as me.' She looked at me a minute, then her anger all died out, and she said, as if ashamed,
'You are right, Jo, I am angry; and why should I punish you for being in a passion when I set you such a bad
example? Forgive me, dear, and let us try to help one another in a better way.' I never forgot it, and it did me
more good than a dozen rods."
Nan sat thoughtfully turning the little coldcream jar for a minute, and Mrs. Jo said nothing, but let that idea
get well into the busy little mind that was so quick to see and feel what went on about her.
"I like that," said Nan, presently, and her face looked less elfish, with its sharp eyes, inquisitive nose, and
mischievous mouth. "What did your mother do to you when you ran away that time?"
"She tied me to the bedpost with a long string, so that I could not go out of the room, and there I stayed all
day with the little wornout shoes hanging up before me to remind me of my fault."
"I should think that would cure anybody," cried Nan, who loved her liberty above all things.
"It did cure me, and I think it will you, so I am going to try it," said Mrs. Jo, suddenly taking a ball of strong
twine out of a drawer in her worktable.
Nan looked as if she was decidedly getting the worst of the argument now, and sat feeling much crestfallen
while Mrs. Jo tied one end round her waist and the other to the arm of the sofa, saying, as she finished,
"I don't like to tie you up like a naughty little dog, but if you don't remember any better than a dog, I must
treat you like one."
"I'd just as lief be tied up as not I like to play dog;" and Nan put on a don'tcare face, and began to growl and
grovel on the floor.
Mrs. Jo took no notice, but leaving a book or two and a handkerchief to hem, she went away, and left Miss
Nan to her own devices. This was not agreeable, and after sitting a moment she tried to untie the cord. But it
was fastened in the belt of her apron behind, so she began on the knot at the other end. It soon came loose,
and, gathering it up, Nan was about to get out of the window, when she heard Mrs. Jo say to somebody as she
passed through the hall,
"No, I don't think she will run away now; she is an honorable little girl, and knows that I do it to help her."
In a minute, Nan whisked back, tied herself up, and began to sew violently. Rob came in a moment after, and
was so charmed with the new punishment, that he got a jumprope and tethered himself to the other arm of
the sofa in the most social manner.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES 100
Page No 103
"I got lost too, so I ought to be tied up as much as Nan," he explained to his mother when she saw the new
captive.
"I'm not sure that you don't deserve a little punishment, for you knew it was wrong to go far away from the
rest."
"Nan took me," began Rob, willing to enjoy the novel penalty, but not willing to take the blame.
"You needn't have gone. You have got a conscience, though you are a little boy, and you must learn to mind
it."
"Well, my conscience didn't prick me a bit when she said 'Let's get over the wall,' " answered Rob, quoting
one of Demi's expressions.
"Did you stop to see if it did?"
"No."
"Then you cannot tell."
"I guess it's such a little conscience that it don't prick hard enough for me to feel it," added Rob, after thinking
the matter over for a minute.
"We must sharpen it up. It's bad to have a dull conscience; so you may stay here till dinnertime, and talk
about it with Nan. I trust you both not to untie yourselves till I say the word."
"No, we won't," said both, feeling a certain sense of virtue in helping to punish themselves.
For an hour they were very good, then they grew tired of one room, and longed to get out. Never had the hall
seemed so inviting; even the little bedroom acquired a sudden interest, and they would gladly have gone in
and played tent with the curtains of the best bed. The open windows drove them wild because they could not
reach them; and the outer world seemed so beautiful, they wondered how they ever found the heart to say it
was dull. Nan pined for a race round the lawn, and Rob remembered with dismay that he had not fed his dog
that morning, and wondered what poor Pollux would do. They watched the clock, and Nan did some nice
calculations in minutes and seconds, while Rob learned to tell all the hours between eight and one so well that
he never forgot them. It was maddening to smell the dinner, to know that there was to be succotash and
huckleberry pudding, and to feel that they would not be on the spot to secure good helps of both. When Mary
Ann began to set the table, they nearly cut themselves in two trying to see what meat there was to be; and
Nan offered to help her make the beds, if she would only see that she had "lots of sauce on her pudding."
When the boys came bursting out of school, they found the children tugging at their halters like a pair of
restive little colts, and were much edified, as well as amused, by the sequel to the exciting adventures of the
night.
"Untie me now, Marmar; my conscience will prick like a pin next time, I know it will," said Rob, as the bell
rang, and Teddy came to look at him with sorrowful surprise.
"We shall see," answered his mother, setting him free. He took a good run down the hall, back through the
diningroom, and brought up beside Nan, quite beaming with virtuous satisfaction.
"I'll bring her dinner to her, may I?" he asked, pitying his fellowcaptive.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES 101
Page No 104
"That's my kind little son! Yes, pull out the table, and get a chair;" and Mrs. Jo hurried away to quell the
ardor of the others, who were always in a raging state of hunger at noon.
Nan ate alone, and spent a long afternoon attached to the sofa. Mrs. Bhaer lengthened her bonds so that she
could look out of the window; and there she stood watching the boys play, and all the little summer creatures
enjoying their liberty. Daisy had a picnic for the dolls on the lawn, so that Nan might see the fun if she could
not join in it. Tommy turned his best somersaults to console her; Demi sat on the steps reading aloud to
himself, which amused Nan a good deal; and Dan brought a little treetoad to show her as the most delicate
attention in his power.
But nothing atoned for the loss of freedom; and a few hours of confinement taught Nan how precious it was.
A good many thoughts went through the little head that lay on the windowsill during the last quiet hour
when all the children went to the brook to see Emil's new ship launched. She was to have christened it, and
had depended on smashing a tiny bottle of currantwine over the prow as it was named Josephine in honor of
Mrs. Bhaer. Now she had lost her chance, and Daisy wouldn't do it half so well. Tears rose to her eyes as she
remembered that it was all her own fault; and she said aloud, addressing a fat bee who was rolling about in
the yellow heart of a rose just under the window,
"If you have run away, you'd better go right home, and tell your mother you are sorry, and never do so any
more."
"I am glad to hear you give him such good advice, and I think he has taken it," said Mrs. Jo, smiling, as the
bee spread his dusty wings and flew away.
Nan brushed off a bright drop or two that shone on the windowsill, and nestled against her friend as she
took her on her knee, adding kindly for she had seen the little drops, and knew what they meant
"Do you think my mother's cure for running away a good one?"
"Yes, ma'am," answered Nan, quite subdued by her quiet day.
"I hope I shall not have to try it again."
"I guess not;" and Nan looked up with such an earnest little face that Mrs. Jo felt satisfied, and said no more,
for she liked to have her penalties do their own work, and did not spoil the effect by too much moralizing.
Here Rob appeared, bearing with infinite care what Asia called a "sarcer pie," meaning one baked in a saucer.
"It's made out of some of my berries, and I'm going to give you half at suppertime," he announced with a
flourish.
"What makes you, when I'm so naughty?" asked Nan, meekly.
"Because we got lost together. You ain't going to be naughty again, are you?"
"Never," said Nan, with great decision.
"Oh, goody! now let's go and get Mary Ann to cut this for us all ready to eat; it's 'most tea time;" and Rob
beckoned with the delicious little pie.
Nan started to follow, then stopped, and said,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES 102
Page No 105
"I forgot, I can't go."
"Try and see," said Mrs. Bhaer, who had quietly untied the cord sash while she had been talking.
Nan saw that she was free, and with one tempestuous kiss to Mrs. Jo, she was off like a hummingbird,
followed by Robby, dribbling huckleberry juice as he ran.
CHAPTER XIII GOLDILOCKS
After the last excitement peace descended upon Plumfield and reigned unbroken for several weeks, for the
elder boys felt that the loss of Nan and Rob lay at their door, and all became so paternal in their care that they
were rather wearying; while the little ones listened to Nan's recital of her perils so many times, that they
regarded being lost as the greatest ill humanity was heir to, and hardly dared to put their little noses outside
the great gate lest night should suddenly descend upon them, and ghostly black cows come looming through
the dusk.
"It is too good to last," said Mrs. Jo; for years of boyculture had taught her that such lulls were usually
followed by outbreaks of some sort, and when less wise women would have thought that the boys had
become confirmed saints, she prepared herself for a sudden eruption of the domestic volcano.
One cause of this welcome calm was a visit from little Bess, whose parents lent her for a week while they
were away with Grandpa Laurence, who was poorly. The boys regarded Goldilocks as a mixture of child,
angel, and fairy, for she was a lovely little creature, and the golden hair which she inherited from her blonde
mamma enveloped her like a shining veil, behind which she smiled upon her worshippers when gracious, and
hid herself when offended. Her father would not have it cut and it hung below her waist, so soft and fine and
bright, that Demi insisted that it was silk spun from a cocoon. Every one praised the little Princess, but it did
not seem to do her harm, only to teach her that her presence brought sunshine, her smiles made answering
smiles on other faces, and her baby griefs filled every heart with tenderest sympathy.
Unconsciously, she did her young subjects more good than many a real sovereign, for her rule was very
gentle and her power was felt rather than seen. Her natural refinement made her dainty in all things, and had a
good effect upon the careless lads about her. She would let no one touch her roughly or with unclean hands,
and more soap was used during her visits than at any other time, because the boys considered it the highest
honor to be allowed to carry her highness, and the deepest disgrace to be repulsed with the disdainful
command, "Do away, dirty boy!"
Lour voices displeased her and quarrelling frightened her; so gentler tones came into the boyish voices as
they addressed her, and squabbles were promptly suppressed in her presence by lookerson if the principles
could not restrain themselves. She liked to be waited on, and the biggest boys did her little errands without a
murmur, while the small lads were her devoted slaves in all things. They begged to be allowed to draw her
carriage, bear her berrybasket, or pass her plate at table. No service was too humble, and Tommy and Ned
came to blows before they could decide which should have the honor of blacking her little boots.
Nan was especially benefited by a week in the society of a wellbred lady, though such a very small one; for
Bess would look at her with a mixture of wonder and alarm in her great blue eyes when the hoyden screamed
and romped; and she shrunk from her as if she thought her a sort of wild animal. Warmhearted Nan felt this
very much. She said at first, "Pooh! I don't care!" But she did care, and was so hurt when Bess said, "I love
my tuzzin best, tause she is twiet," that she shook poor Daisy till her teeth chattered in her head, and then fled
to the barn to cry dismally. In that general refuge for perturbed spirits she found comfort and good counsel
from some source or other. Perhaps the swallows from their mudbuilt nests overhead twittered her a little
lecture on the beauty of gentleness. However that might have been, she came out quite subdued, and carefully
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIII GOLDILOCKS 103
Page No 106
searched the orchard for a certain kind of early apple that Bess liked because it was sweet and small and rosy.
Armed with this peaceoffering, she approached the little Princess, and humbly presented it. To her great joy
it was graciously accepted, and when Daisy gave Nan a forgiving kiss, Bess did likewise, as if she felt that
she had been too severe, and desired to apologize. After this they played pleasantly together, and Nan
enjoyed the royal favor for days. To be sure she felt a little like a wild bird in a pretty cage at first, and
occasionally had to slip out to stretch her wings in a long flight, or to sing at the top of her voice, where
neither would disturb the plump turtledove Daisy, nor the dainty golden canary Bess. But it did her good;
for, seeing how every one loved the little Princess for her small graces and virtues, she began to imitate her,
because Nan wanted much love, and tried hard to win it.
Not a boy in the house but felt the pretty child's influence, and was improved by it without exactly knowing
how or why, for babies can work miracles in the hearts that love them. Poor Billy found infinite satisfaction
in staring at her, and though she did not like it she permitted without a frown, after she had been made to
understand that he was not quite like the others, and on that account must be more kindly treated. Dick and
Dolly overwhelmed her with willow whistles, the only thing they knew how to make, and she accepted but
never used them. Rob served her like a little lover, and Teddy followed her like a pet dog. Jack she did not
like, because he was afflicted with warts and had a harsh voice. Stuffy displeased her because he did not eat
tidily, and George tried hard not to gobble, that he might not disgust the dainty little lady opposite. Ned was
banished from court in utter disgrace when he was discovered tormenting some unhappy fieldmice.
Goldilocks could never forget the sad spectacle, and retired behind her veil when he approached, waving him
away with an imperious little hand, and crying, in a tone of mingled grief and anger,
"No, I tarn't love him; he tut the poor mouses' little tails off, and they queeked!"
Daisy promptly abdicated when Bess came, and took the humble post of chief cook, while Nan was first maid
of honor; Emil was chancellor of the exchequer, and spent the public monies lavishly in getting up spectacles
that cost whole ninepences. Franz was prime minister, and directed her affairs of state, planned royal
progresses through the kingdom, and kept foreign powers in order. Demi was her philosopher, and fared
much better than such gentlemen usually do among crowned heads. Dan was her standing army, and
defended her territories gallantly; Tommy was court fool, and Nat a tuneful Rizzio to this innocent little
Mary.
Uncle Fritz and Aunt Jo enjoyed this peaceful episode, and looked on at the pretty play in which the young
folk unconsciously imitated their elders, without adding the tragedy that is so apt to spoil the dramas acted on
the larger stage.
"They teach us quite as much as we teach them," said Mr. Bhaer.
"Bless the dears! they never guess how many hints they give us as to the best way of managing them,"
answered Mrs. Jo.
"I think you were right about the good effect of having girls among the boys. Nan has stirred up Daisy, and
Bess is teaching the little bears how to behave better than we can. If this reformation goes on as it has begun,
I shall soon feel like Dr. Blimber with his model young gentlemen," said Professor, laughing, as he saw
Tommy not only remove his own hat, but knock off Ned's also, as they entered the hall where the Princess
was taking a ride on the rockinghorse, attended by Rob and Teddy astride of chairs, and playing gallant
knights to the best of their ability.
"You will never be a Blimber, Fritz, you couldn't do it if you tried; and our boys will never submit to the
forcing process of that famous hotbed. No fear that they will be too elegant: American boys like liberty too
well. But good manners they cannot fail to have, if we give them the kindly spirit that shines through the
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIII GOLDILOCKS 104
Page No 107
simplest demeanor, making it courteous and cordial, like yours, my dear old boy."
"Tut! tut! we will not compliment; for if I begin you will run away, and I have a wish to enjoy this happy half
hour to the end;" yet Mr. Bhaer looked pleased with the compliment, for it was true, and Mrs. Jo felt that she
had received the best her husband could give her, by saying that he found his truest rest and happiness in her
society.
"To return to the children: I have just had another proof of Goldilocks' good influence," said Mrs. Jo, drawing
her chair nearer the sofa, where the Professor lay resting after a long day's work in his various gardens. "Nan
hates sewing, but for love of Bess has been toiling half the afternoon over a remarkable bag in which to
present a dozen of our loveapples to her idol when she goes. I praised her for it, and she said, in her quick
way, 'I like to sew for other people; it is stupid sewing for myself.' I took the hint, and shall give her some
little shirts and aprons for Mrs. Carney's children. She is so generous, she will sew her fingers sore for them,
and I shall not have to make a task of it."
"But needlework is not a fashionable accomplishment, my dear."
"Sorry for it. My girls shall learn all I can teach them about it, even if they give up the Latin, Algebra, and
halfadozen ologies it is considered necessary for girls to muddle their poor brains over nowadays. Amy
means to make Bess an accomplished woman, but the dear's mite of a forefinger has little pricks on it already,
and her mother has several specimens of needlework which she values more than the clay bird without a bill,
that filled Laurie with such pride when Bess made it."
"I also have proof of the Princess's power," said Mrs. Bhaer, after he had watched Mrs. Jo sew on a button
with an air of scorn for the whole system of fashionable education. "Jack is so unwilling to be classed with
Stuffy and Ned, as distasteful to Bess, that he came to me a little while ago, and asked me to touch his warts
with caustic. I have often proposed it, and he never would consent; but now he bore the smart manfully, and
consoles his present discomfort by hopes of future favor, when he can show her fastidious ladyship a smooth
hand."
Mrs. Bhaer laughed at the story, and just then Stuffy came in to ask if he might give Goldilocks some of the
bonbons his mother had sent him.
"She is not allowed to eat sweeties; but if you like to give her the pretty box with the pink sugarrose in it,
she would like it very much," said Mrs. Jo, unwilling to spoil this unusual piece of selfdenial, for the "fat
boy" seldom offered to share his sugarplums.
"Won't she eat it? I shouldn't like to make her sick," said Stuffy, eyeing the delicate sweetmeat lovingly, yet
putting it into the box.
"Oh, no, she won't touch it, if I tell her it is to look at, not to eat. She will keep it for weeks, and never think
of tasting it. Can you do as much?"
"I should hope so! I'm ever so much older than she is," cried Stuffy, indignantly.
"Well, suppose we try. Here, put your bonbons in this bag, and see how long you can keep them. Let me
count two hearts, four red fishes, three barleysugar horses, nine almonds, and a dozen chocolate drops. Do
you agree to that?" asked sly Mrs. Jo, popping the sweeties into her little spoolbag.
"Yes," said Stuffy, with a sigh; and pocketing the forbidden fruit, he went away to give Bess the present, that
won a smile from her, and permission to escort her round the garden.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIII GOLDILOCKS 105
Page No 108
"Poor Stuffy's heart has really got the better of his stomach at last, and his efforts will be much encouraged by
the rewards Bess gives him," said Mrs. Jo.
"Happy is the man who can put temptation in his pocket and learn selfdenial from so sweet a little teacher!"
added Mr. Bhaer, as the children passed the window, Stuffy's fat face full of placid satisfaction, and
Goldilocks surveying her sugarrose with polite interest, though she would have preferred a real flower with
a "pitty smell."
When her father came to take her home, a universal wail arose, and the parting gifts showered upon her
increased her luggage to such an extent that Mr. Laurie proposed having out the big wagon to take it into
town. Every one had given her something; and it was found difficult to pack white mice, cake, a parcel of
shells, apples, a rabbit kicking violently in a bag, a large cabbage for his refreshment, a bottle of minnows,
and a mammoth bouquet. The farewell scene was moving, for the Princess sat upon the halltable,
surrounded by her subjects. She kissed her cousins, and held out her hand to the other boys, who shook it
gently with various soft speeches, for they were taught not to be ashamed of showing their emotions.
"Come again soon, little dear," whispered Dan, fastening his best greenandgold beetle in her hat.
"Don't forget me, Princess, whatever you do," said the engaging Tommy, taking a last stroke of the pretty
hair.
"I am coming to your house next week, and then I shall see you, Bess," added Nat, as if he found consolation
in the thought.
"Do shake hands now," cried Jack, offering a smooth paw.
"Here are two nice new ones to remember us by," said Dick and Dolly, presenting fresh whistles, quite
unconscious that seven old ones had been privately deposited in the kitchenstove.
"My little precious! I shall work you a bookmark right away, and you must keep it always," said Nan, with a
warm embrace.
But of all the farewells, poor Billy's was the most pathetic, for the thought that she was really going became
so unbearable that he cast himself down before her, hugging her little blue boots and blubbering despairingly,
"Don't go away! oh, don't!" Goldilocks was so touched by this burst of feeling, that she leaned over and
lifting the poor lad's head, said, in her soft, little voice,
"Don't cry, poor Billy! I will tiss you and tum adain soon."
This promise consoled Billy, and he fell back beaming with pride at the unusual honor conferred upon him.
"Me too! me too!" clamored Dick and Dolly, feeling that their devotion deserved some return. The others
looked as if they would like to join in the cry; and something in the kind, merry faces about her moved the
Princess to stretch out her arms and say, with reckless condescension,
"I will tiss evvybody!"
Like a swarm of bees about a very sweet flower, the affectionate lads surrounded their pretty playmate, and
kissed her till she looked like a little rose, not roughly, but so enthusiastically that nothing but the crown of
her hat was visible for a moment. Then her father rescued her, and she drove away still smiling and waving
her hands, while the boys sat on the fence screaming like a flock of guineafowls, "Come back! come back!"
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIII GOLDILOCKS 106
Page No 109
till she was out of sight.
They all missed her, and each dimly felt that he was better for having known a creature so lovely, delicate,
and sweet; for little Bess appealed to the chivalrous instinct in them as something to love, admire, and protect
with a tender sort of reverence. Many a man remembers some pretty child who has made a place in his heart
and kept her memory alive by the simple magic of her innocence; these little men were just learning to feel
this power, and to love it for its gentle influence, not ashamed to let the small hand lead them, nor to own
their loyalty to womankind, even in the bud.
CHAPTER XIV DAMON AND PYTHIAS
Mrs. Bhaer was right; peace was only a temporary lull, a storm was brewing, and two days after Bess left, a
moral earthquake shook Plumfield to its centre.
Tommy's hens were at the bottom of the trouble, for if they had not persisted in laying so many eggs, he
could not have sold them and made such sums. Money is the root of all evil, and yet it is such a useful root
that we cannot get on without it any more than we can without potatoes. Tommy certainly could not, for he
spent his income so recklessly, that Mr. Bhaer was obliged to insist on a savingsbank, and presented him
with a private one an imposing tin edifice, with the name over the door, and a tall chimney, down which the
pennies were to go, there to rattle temptingly till leave was given to open a sort of trapdoor in the floor.
The house increased in weight so rapidly, that Tommy soon became satisfied with his investment, and
planned to buy unheardof treasures with his capital. He kept account of the sums deposited, and was
promised that he might break the bank as soon as he had five dollars, on condition that he spent the money
wisely. Only one dollar was needed, and the day Mrs. Jo paid him for four dozen eggs, he was so delighted,
that he raced off to the barn to display the bright quarters to Nat, who was also laying by money for the
longdesired violin.
"I wish I had 'em to put with my three dollars, then I'd soon get enough to buy my fiddle," he said, looking
wistfully at the money.
"P'raps I'll lend you some. I haven't decided yet what I'll do with mine," said Tommy, tossing up his quarters
and catching them as they fell.
"Hi! boys! come down to the brook and see what a jolly great snake Dan's got!" called a voice from behind
the barn.
"Come on," said Tommy; and, laying his money inside the old winnowing machine, away he ran, followed by
Nat.
The snake was very interesting, and then a long chase after a lame crow, and its capture, so absorbed
Tommy's mind and time, that he never thought of his money till he was safely in bed that night.
"Never mind, no one but Nat knows where it is," said the easygoing lad, and fell asleep untroubled by any
anxiety about his property.
Next morning, just as the boys assembled for school, Tommy rushed into the room breathlessly, demanding,
"I say, who has got my dollar?"
"What are you talking about?" asked Franz.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIV DAMON AND PYTHIAS 107
Page No 110
Tommy explained, and Nat corroborated his statement.
Every one else declared they knew nothing about it, and began to look suspiciously at Nat, who got more and
more alarmed and confused with each denial.
"Somebody must have taken it," said Franz, as Tommy shook his fist at the whole party, and wrathfully
declared that
"By thunder turtles! if I get hold of the thief, I'll give him what he won't forget in a hurry."
"Keep cool, Tom; we shall find him out; thieves always come to grief," said Dan, as one who knew
something of the matter.
"May be some tramp slept in the barn and took it," suggested Ned.
"No, Silas don't allow that; besides, a tramp wouldn't go looking in that old machine for money," said Emil,
with scorn.
"Wasn't it Silas himself?" said Jack.
"Well, I like that! Old Si is as honest as daylight. You wouldn't catch him touching a penny of ours," said
Tommy, handsomely defending his chief admirer from suspicion.
"Whoever it was had better tell, and not wait to be found out," said Demi, looking as if an awful misfortune
had befallen the family.
"I know you think it's me," broke out Nat, red and excited.
"You are the only one who knew where it was," said Franz.
"I can't help it I didn't take it. I tell you I didn't I didn't!" cried Nat, in a desperate sort of way.
"Gently, gently, my son! What is all this noise about?" and Mr. Bhaer walked in among them.
Tommy repeated the story of his loss, and, as he listened, Mr. Bhaer's face grew graver and graver; for, with
all their faults and follies, the lads till now had been honest.
"Take your seats," he said; and, when all were in their places, he added slowly, as his eye went from face to
face with a grieved look, that was harder to bear than a storm of words,
"Now, boys, I shall ask each one of you a single question, and I want an honest answer. I am not going to try
to frighten, bribe, or surprise the truth out of you, for every one of you have got a conscience, and know what
it is for. Now is the time to undo the wrong done to Tommy, and set yourselves right before us all. I can
forgive the yielding to sudden temptation much easier than I can deceit. Don't add a lie to the theft, but
confess frankly, and we will all try to help you make us forget and forgive."
He paused a moment, and one might have heard a pin drop, the room was so still; then slowly and
impressively he put the question to each one, receiving the same answer in varying tones from all. Every face
was flushed and excited, so that Mr. Bhaer could not take color as a witness, and some of the little boys were
so frightened that they stammered over the two short words as if guilty, though it was evident that they could
not be. When he came to Nat, his voice softened, for the poor lad looked so wretched, Mr. Bhaer felt for him.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIV DAMON AND PYTHIAS 108
Page No 111
He believed him to be the culprit, and hoped to save the boy from another lie, by winning him to tell the truth
without fear.
"Now, my son, give me an honest answer. Did you take the money?"
"No, sir!" and Nat looked up at him imploringly.
As the words fell from his trembling lips, somebody hissed.
"Stop that!" cried Mr. Bhaer, with a sharp rap on his desk, as he looked sternly toward the corner whence the
sound came.
Ned, Jack, and Emil sat there, and the first two looked ashamed of themselves, but Emil called out,
"It wasn't me, uncle! I'd be ashamed to hit a fellow when he is down."
"Good for you!" cried Tommy, who was in a sad state of affliction at the trouble his unlucky dollar had made.
"Silence!" commanded Mr. Bhaer; and when it came, he said soberly,
"I am very sorry, Nat, but evidences are against you, and your old fault makes us more ready to doubt you
than we should be if we could trust you as we do some of the boys, who never fib. But mind, my child, I do
not charge you with this theft; I shall not punish you for it till I am perfectly sure, nor ask any thing more
about it. I shall leave it for you to settle with your own conscience. If you are guilty, come to me at any hour
of the day or night and confess it, and I will forgive and help you to amend. If you are innocent, the truth will
appear sooner or later, and the instant it does, I will be the first to beg your pardon for doubting you, and will
so gladly do my best to clear your character before us all."
"I didn't! I didn't!" sobbed Nat, with his head down upon his arms, for he could not bear the look of distrust
and dislike which he read in the many eyes fixed on him.
"I hope not." Mr. Bhaer paused a minute, as if to give the culprit, whoever he might be, one more chance.
Nobody spoke, however, and only sniffs of sympathy from some of the little fellows broke the silence. Mr.
Bhaer shook his head, and added, regretfully,
"There is nothing more to be done, then, and I have but one thing to say: I shall not speak of this again, and I
wish you all to follow my example. I cannot expect you to feel as kindly toward any one whom you suspect
as before this happened, but I do expect and desire that you will not torment the suspected person in any way,
he will have a hard enough time without that. Now go to your lessons."
"Father Bhaer let Nat off too easy," muttered Ned to Emil, as they got out their books.
"Hold your tongue," growled Emil, who felt that this event was a blot upon the family honor.
Many of the boys agreed with Ned, but Mr. Bhaer was right, nevertheless; and Nat would have been wiser to
confess on the spot and have the trouble over, for even the hardest whipping he ever received from his father
was far easier to bear than the cold looks, the avoidance, and general suspicion that met him on all sides. If
ever a boy was sent to Coventry and kept there, it was poor Nat; and he suffered a week of slow torture,
though not a hand was raised against him, and hardly a word said.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIV DAMON AND PYTHIAS 109
Page No 112
That was the worst of it; if they would only have talked it out, or even have thrashed him all round, he could
have stood it better than the silent distrust that made very face so terrible to meet. Even Mrs. Bhaer's showed
traces of it, though her manner was nearly as kind as ever; but the sorrowful anxious look in Father Bhaer's
eyes cut Nat to the heart, for he loved his teacher dearly, and knew that he had disappointed all his hopes by
this double sin.
Only one person in the house entirely believed in him, and stood up for him stoutly against all the rest. This
was Daisy. She could not explain why she trusted him against all appearances, she only felt that she could not
doubt him, and her warm sympathy made her strong to take his part. She would not hear a word against him
from any one, and actually slapped her beloved Demi when he tried to convince her that it must have been
Nat, because no one else knew where the money was.
"Maybe the hens ate it; they are greedy old things," she said; and when Demi laughed, she lost her temper,
slapped the amazed boy, and then burst out crying and ran away, still declaring, "He didn't! he didn't! he
didn't!"
Neither aunt nor uncle tried to shake the child's faith in her friend, but only hoped her innocent instinct might
prove sure, and loved her all the better for it. Nat often said, after it was over, that he couldn't have stood it, if
it had not been for Daisy. When the others shunned him, she clung to him closer than ever, and turned her
back on the rest. She did not sit on the stairs now when he solaced himself with the old fiddle, but went in
and sat beside him, listening with a face so full of confidence and affection, that Nat forgot disgrace for a
time, and was happy. She asked him to help her with her lessons, she cooked him marvelous messes in her
kitchen, which he ate manfully, no matter what they were, for gratitude gave a sweet flavor to the most
distasteful. She proposed impossible games of cricket and ball, when she found that he shrank from joining
the other boys. She put little nosegays from her garden on his desk, and tried in every way to show that she
was not a fairweather friend, but faithful through evil as well as good repute. Nan soon followed her
example, in kindness at least; curbed her sharp tongue, and kept her scornful little nose from any
demonstration of doubt or dislike, which was good of Madame Giddygaddy, for she firmly believed that Nat
took the money.
Most of the boys let him severely alone, but Dan, though he said he despised him for being a coward,
watched over him with a grim sort of protection, and promptly cuffed any lad who dared to molest his mate
or make him afraid. His idea of friendship was as high as Daisy's, and, in his own rough way, he lived up to it
as loyally.
Sitting by the brook one afternoon, absorbed in the study of the domestic habits of waterspiders, he
overheard a bit of conversation on the other side of the wall. Ned, who was intensely inquisitive, had been on
tenterhooks to know certainly who was the culprit; for of late one or two of the boys had begun to think that
they were wrong, Nat was so steadfast in his denials, and so meek in his endurance of their neglect. This
doubt had teased Ned past bearing, and he had several times privately beset Nat with questions, regardless of
Mr. Bhaer's express command. Finding Nat reading alone on the shady side of the wall, Ned could not resist
stopping for a nibble at the forbidden subject. He had worried Nat for some ten minutes before Dan arrived,
and the first words the spiderstudent heard were these, in Nat's patient, pleading voice,
"Don't, Ned! oh, don't! I can't tell you because I don't know, and it's mean of you to keep nagging at me on
the sly, when Father Bhaer told you not to plague me. You wouldn't dare to if Dan was round."
"I ain't afraid of Dan; he's nothing but an old bully. Don't believe but what he took Tom's money, and you
know it, and won't tell. Come, now!"
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIV DAMON AND PYTHIAS 110
Page No 113
"He didn't, but, if he did, I would stand up for him, he has always been so good to me," said Nat, so earnestly
that Dan forgot his spiders, and rose quickly to thank him, but Ned's next words arrested him.
"I know Dan did it, and gave the money to you. Shouldn't wonder if he got his living picking pockets before
he came here, for nobody knows any thing about him but you," said Ned, not believing his own words, but
hoping to get the truth out of Nat by making him angry.
He succeeded in a part of his ungenerous wish, for Nat cried out, fiercely,
"If you say that again I'll go and tell Mr. Bhaer all about it. I don't want to tell tales, but, by George! I will, if
you don't let Dan alone."
"Then you'll be a sneak, as well as a liar and a thief," began Ned, with a jeer, for Nat had borne insult to
himself so meekly, the other did not believe he would dare to face the master just to stand up for Dan.
What he might have added I cannot tell, for the words were hardly out of his mouth when a long arm from
behind took him by the collar, and, jerking him over the wall in a most promiscuous way, landed him with a
splash in the middle of the brook.
"Say that again and I'll duck you till you can't see!" cried Dan, looking like a modern Colossus of Rhodes as
he stood, with a foot on either side of the narrow stream, glaring down at the discomfited youth in the water.
"I was only in fun," said Ned.
"You are a sneak yourself to badger Nat round the corner. Let me catch you at it again, and I'll souse you in
the river next time. Get up, and clear out!" thundered Dan, in a rage.
Ned fled, dripping, and his impromptu sitzbath evidently did him good, for he was very respectful to both
the boys after that, and seemed to have left his curiosity in the brook. As he vanished Dan jumped over the
wall, and found Nat lying, as if quite worn out and bowed down with his troubles.
"He won't pester you again, I guess. If he does, just tell me, and I'll see to him," said Dan, trying to cool
down.
"I don't mind what he says about me so much, I've got used to it," answered Nat sadly; "but I hate to have him
pitch into you."
"How do you know he isn't right?" asked Dan, turning his face away.
"What, about the money?" cried Nat, looking up with a startled air.
"Yes."
"But I don't believe it! You don't care for money; all you want is your old bugs and things," and Nat laughed,
incredulously.
"I want a butterfly net as much as you want a fiddle; why shouldn't I steal the money for it as much as you?"
said Dan, still turning away, and busily punching holes in the turf with his stick.
"I don't think you would. You like to fight and knock folks round sometimes, but you don't lie, and I don't
believe you'd steal," and Nat shook his head decidedly.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIV DAMON AND PYTHIAS 111
Page No 114
"I've done both. I used to fib like fury; it's too much trouble now; and I stole things to eat out of gardens when
I ran away from Page, so you see I am a bad lot," said Dan, speaking in the rough, reckless way which he had
been learning to drop lately.
"O Dan! don't say it's you! I'd rather have it any of the other boys," cried Nat, in such a distressed tone that
Dan looked pleased, and showed that he did, by turning round with a queer expression in his face, though he
only answered,
"I won't say any thing about it. But don't you fret, and we'll pull through somehow, see if we don't."
Something in his face and manner gave Nat a new idea; and he said, pressing his hands together, in the
eagerness of his appeal,
"I think you know who did it. If you do, beg him to tell, Dan. It's so hard to have 'em all hate me for nothing.
I don't think I can bear it much longer. If I had any place to go to, I'd run away, though I love Plumfield
dearly; but I'm not brave and big like you, so I must stay and wait till some one shows them that I haven't
lied."
As he spoke, Nat looked so broken and despairing, that Dan could not bear it, and, muttered huskily,
"You won't wait long," and he walked rapidly away, and was seen no more for hours.
"What is the matter with Dan?" asked the boys of one another several times during the Sunday that followed
a week which seemed as if it would never end. Dan was often moody, but that day he was so sober and silent
that no one could get any thing out of him. When they walked he strayed away from the rest, and came home
late. He took no part in the evening conversation, but sat in the shadow, so busy with his own thoughts that he
scarcely seemed to hear what was going on. When Mrs. Jo showed him an unusually good report in the
Conscience Book, he looked at it without a smile, and said, wistfully,
"You think I am getting on, don't you?"
"Excellently, Dan! and I am so pleased, because I always thought you only needed a little help to make you a
boy to be proud of."
He looked up at her with a strange expression in his black eyes an expression of mingled pride and love and
sorrow which she could not understand then but remembered afterward.
"I'm afraid you'll be disappointed, but I do try," he said, shutting the book with no sign of pleasure in the page
that he usually liked so much to read over and talk about.
"Are you sick, dear?" asked Mrs. Jo, with her hand on his shoulder.
"My foot aches a little; I guess I'll go to bed. Goodnight, mother," he added, and held the hand against his
cheek a minute, then went away looking as if he had said goodbye to something dear.
"Poor Dan! he takes Nat's disgrace to heart sadly. He is a strange boy; I wonder if I ever shall understand him
thoroughly?" said Mrs. Jo to herself, as she thought over Dan's late improvement with real satisfaction, yet
felt that there was more in the lad than she had at first suspected.
One of things which cut Nat most deeply was an act of Tommy's, for after his loss Tommy had said to him,
kindly, but firmly,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIV DAMON AND PYTHIAS 112
Page No 115
"I don't wish to hurt you, Nat, but you see I can't afford to lose my money, so I guess we won't be partners
any longer;" and with that Tommy rubbed out the sign, "T. Bangs Co."
Nat had been very proud of the "Co.," and had hunted eggs industriously, kept his accounts all straight, and
had added a good sum to his income from the sale of his share of stock in trade.
"O Tom! must you?" he said, feeling that his good name was gone for ever in the business world if this was
done.
"I must," returned Tommy, firmly. "Emil says that when one man 'bezzles (believe that's the word it means to
take money and cut away with it) the property of a firm, the other one sues him, or pitches into him
somehow, and won't have any thing more to do with him. Now you have 'bezzled my property; I shan't sue
you, and I shan't pitch into you, but I must dissolve the partnership, because I can't trust you, and I don't wish
to fail."
"I can't make you believe me, and you won't take my money, though I'd be thankful to give all my dollars if
you'd only say you don't think I took your money. Do let me hunt for you, I won't ask any wages, but do it for
nothing. I know all the places, and I like it," pleaded Nat.
But Tommy shook his head, and his jolly round face looked suspicious and hard as he said, shortly, "Can't do
it; wish you didn't know the places. Mind you don't go hunting on the sly, and speculate in my eggs."
Poor Nat was so hurt that he could not get over it. He felt that he had lost not only his partner and patron, but
that he was bankrupt in honor, and an outlaw from the business community. No one trusted his word, written
or spoken, in spite of his efforts to redeem the past falsehood; the sign was down, the firm broken up, and he
a ruined man. The barn, which was the boys' Wall Street, knew him no more. Cockletop and her sisters
cackled for him in vain, and really seemed to take his misfortune to heart, for eggs were fewer, and some of
the biddies retired in disgust to new nests, which Tommy could not find.
"They trust me," said Nat, when he heard of it; and though the boys shouted at the idea, Nat found comfort in
it, for when one is down in the world, the confidence of even a speckled hen is most consoling.
Tommy took no new partner, however, for distrust had entered in, and poisoned the peace of his once
confiding soul. Ned offered to join him, but he declined, saying, with a sense of justice that did him honor,
"It might turn out that Nat didn't take my money, and then we could be partners again. I don't think it will
happen, but I will give him a chance, and keep the place open a little longer."
Billy was the only person whom Bangs felt he could trust in his shop, and Billy was trained to hunt eggs, and
hand them over unbroken, being quite satisfied with an apple or a sugarplum for wages. The morning after
Dan's gloomy Sunday, Billy said to his employer, as he displayed the results of a long hunt,
"Only two."
"It gets worse and worse; I never saw such provoking old hens," growled Tommy, thinking of the days when
he often had six to rejoice over. "Well, put 'em in my hat and give me a new bit of chalk; I must mark 'em up,
any way."
Billy mounted a peckmeasure, and looked into the top of the machine, where Tommy kept his writing
materials.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIV DAMON AND PYTHIAS 113
Page No 116
"There's lots of money in here," said Billy.
"No, there isn't. Catch me leaving my cash round again," returned Tommy.
"I see 'em one, four, eight, two dollars," persisted Billy, who had not yet mastered the figures correctly.
"What a jack you are!" and Tommy hopped up to get the chalk for himself, but nearly tumbled down again,
for there actually were four bright quarters in a row, with a bit of paper on them directed to "Tom Bangs,"
that there might be no mistake.
"Thunder turtles!" cried Tommy, and seizing them he dashed into the house, bawling wildly, "It's all right!
Got my money! Where's Nat?"
He was soon found, and his surprise and pleasure were so genuine that few doubted his word when he now
denied all knowledge of the money.
"How could I put it back when I didn't take it? Do believe me now, and be good to me again," he said, so
imploringly, that Emil slapped him on the back, and declared he would for one.
"So will I, and I'm jolly glad it's not you. But who the dickens is it?" said Tommy, after shaking hands
heartily with Nat.
"Never mind, as long as it's found," said Dan with his eyes fixed on Nat's happy face.
"Well, I like that! I'm not going to have my things hooked, and then brought back like the juggling man's
tricks," cried Tommy, looking at his money as if he suspected witchcraft.
"We'll find him out somehow, though he was sly enough to print this so his writing wouldn't be known," said
Franz, examining the paper.
"Demi prints tiptop," put in Rob, who had not a very clear idea what the fuss was all about.
"You can't make me believe it's him, not if you talk till you are blue," said Tommy, and the others hooted at
the mere idea; for the little deacon, as they called him, was above suspicion.
Nat felt the difference in the way they spoke of Demi and himself, and would have given all he had or ever
hoped to have to be so trusted; for he had learned how easy it is to lose the confidence of others, how very,
very hard to win it back, and truth became to him a precious thing since he had suffered from neglecting it.
Mr. Bhaer was very glad one step had been taken in the right direction, and waited hopefully for yet further
revelations. They came sooner than he expected, and in a way that surprised and grieved him very much. As
they sat at supper that night, a square parcel was handed to Mrs. Bhaer from Mrs. Bates, a neighbor. A note
accompanied the parcel, and, while Mr. Bhaer read it, Demi pulled off the wrapper, exclaiming, as he saw its
contents,
"Why, it's the book Uncle Teddy gave Dan!"
"The devil!" broke from Dan, for he had not yet quite cured himself of swearing, though he tried very hard.
Mr. Bhaer looked up quickly at the sound. Dan tried to meet his eyes, but could not; his own fell, and he sat
biting his lips, getting redder and redder till he was the picture of shame.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIV DAMON AND PYTHIAS 114
Page No 117
"What is it?" asked Mrs. Bhaer, anxiously.
"I should have preferred to talk about this in private, but Demi has spoilt that plan, so I may as well have it
out now," said Mr. Bhaer, looking a little stern, as he always did when any meanness or deceit came up for
judgment.
"The note is from Mrs. Bates, and she says that her boy Jimmy told her he bought this book of Dan last
Saturday. She saw that it was worth much more than a dollar, and thinking there was some mistake, has sent
it to me. Did you sell it, Dan?"
"Yes, sir," was the slow answer.
"Why?"
"Wanted money."
"For what?"
"To pay somebody."
"To whom did you owe it?"
"Tommy."
"Never borrowed a cent of me in his life," cried Tommy, looked scared, for he guessed what was coming
now, and felt that on the whole he would have preferred witchcraft, for he admired Dan immensely.
"Perhaps he took it," cried Ned, who owed Dan a grudge for the ducking, and, being a mortal boy, liked to
pay it off.
"O Dan!" cried Nat, clasping his hands, regardless of the bread and butter in them.
"It is a hard thing to do, but I must have this settled, for I cannot have you watching each other like
detectives, and the whole school disturbed in this way. did you put that dollar in the barn this morning?"
asked Mr. Bhaer.
Dan looked him straight in the face, and answered steadily, "Yes, I did."
A murmur went round the table, Tommy dropped his mug with a crash; Daisy cried out, "I knew it wasn't
Nat;" Nan began to cry, and Mrs. Jo left the room, looking so disappointed, sorry, and ashamed that Dan
could not bear it. He hid his face in his hands a moment, then threw up his head, squared his shoulders as if
settling some load upon them, and said, with the dogged look, and halfresolute, halfreckless tone he had
used when he first came
"I did it; now you may do what you like to me, but I won't say another word about it."
"Not even that you are sorry?" asked Mr. Bhaer, troubled by the change in him.
"I ain't sorry."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIV DAMON AND PYTHIAS 115
Page No 118
"I'll forgive him without asking," said Tommy, feeling that it was harder somehow to see brave Dan
disgraced than timid Nat.
"Don't want to be forgiven," returned Dan, gruffly.
"Perhaps you will when you have thought about it quietly by yourself, I won't tell you now how surprised and
disappointed I am, but by and by I will come up and talk to you in your room."
"Won't make any difference," said Dan, trying to speak defiantly, but failing as he looked at Mr. Bhaer's
sorrowful face; and, taking his words for a dismissal, Dan left the room as if he found it impossible to stay.
It would have done him good if he had stayed; for the boys talked the matter over with such sincere regret,
and pity, and wonder, it might have touched and won him to ask pardon. No one was glad to find that it was
he, not even Nat; for, spite of all his faults, and they were many, every one liked Dan now, because under his
rough exterior lay some of the manly virtues which we most admire and love. Mrs. Jo had been the chief
prop, as well as cultivator, of Dan; and she took it sadly to heart that her last and most interesting boy had
turned out so ill. The theft was bad, but the lying about it, and allowing another to suffer so much from an
unjust suspicion was worse; and most discouraging of all was the attempt to restore the money in an
underhand way, for it showed not only a want of courage, but a power of deceit that boded ill for the future.
Still more trying was his steady refusal to talk of the matter, to ask pardon, or express any remorse. Days
passed; and he went about his lessons and his work, silent, grim, and unrepentant. As if taking warning by
their treatment of Nat, he asked no sympathy of any one, rejected the advances of the boys, and spent his
leisure hours roaming about the fields and woods, trying to find playmates in the birds and beasts, and
succeeding better than most boys would have done, because he knew and loved them so well.
"If this goes on much longer, I'm afraid he will run away again, for he is too young to stand a life like this,"
said Mr. Bhaer, quite dejected at the failure of all his efforts.
"A little while ago I should have been quite sure that nothing would tempt him away, but now I am ready of
any thing, he is so changed," answered poor Mrs. Jo, who mourned over her boy and could not be comforted,
because he shunned her more than any one else, and only looked at her with the halffierce, halfimploring
eyes of a wild animal caught in a trap, when she tried to talk to him alone.
Nat followed him about like a shadow, and Dan did not repulse him as rudely as he did others, but said, in his
blunt way, "You are all right; don't worry about me. I can stand it better than you did."
"But I don't like to have you all alone," Nat would say, sorrowfully.
"I like it;" and Dan would tramp away, stifling a sigh sometimes, for he was lonely.
Passing through the birch grove one day, he came up on several of the boys, who were amusing themselves
by climbing up the trees and swinging down again, as they slender elastic stems bent till their tops touched
the ground. Dan paused a minute to watch the fun, without offering to join in it, and as he stood there Jack
took his turn. He had unfortunately chosen too large a tree; for when he swung off, it only bent a little way,
and left him hanging at a dangerous height.
"Go back; you can't do it!" called Ned from below.
Jack tried, but the twigs slipped from his hands, and he could not get his legs round the trunk. He kicked, and
squirmed, and clutched in vain, then gave it up, and hung breathless, saying helplessly,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIV DAMON AND PYTHIAS 116
Page No 119
"Catch me! help me! I must drop!"
"You'll be killed if you do," cried Ned, frightened out of his wits.
"Hold on!" shouted Dan; and up the tree he went, crashing his way along till he nearly reached Jack, whose
face looked up at him, full of fear and hope.
"You'll both come down," said Ned, dancing with excitement on the slope underneath, while Nat held out his
arms, in the wild hope of breaking the fall.
"That's what I want; stand from under," answered Dan, coolly; and, as he spoke, his added weight bent the
tree many feet nearer the earth.
Jack dropped safely; but the birch, lightened of half its load, flew up again so suddenly, that Dan, in the act of
swinging round to drop feet foremost, lost his hold and fell heavily.
"I'm not hurt, all right in a minute," he said, sitting up, a little pale and dizzy, as the boys gathered round him,
full of admiration and alarm.
"You're a trump, Dan, and I'm ever so much obliged to you," cried Jack, gratefully.
"It wasn't any thing," muttered Dan, rising slowly.
"I say it was, and I'll shake hands with you, though you are ," Ned checked the unlucky word on his tongue,
and held out his hand, feeling that it was a handsome thing on his part.
"But I won't shake hands with a sneak;" and Dan turned his back with a look of scorn, that caused Ned to
remember the brook, and retire with undignified haste.
"Come home, old chap; I'll give you a lift;" and Nat walked away with him leaving the others to talk over the
feat together, to wonder when Dan would "come round," and to wish one and all that Tommy's "confounded
money had been in Jericho before it made such a fuss."
When Mr. Bhaer came into school next morning, he looked so happy, that the boys wondered what had
happened to him, and really thought he had lost his mind when they saw him go straight to Dan, and, taking
him by both hands, say all in one breath, as he shook them heartily,
"I know all about it, and I beg your pardon. It was like you to do it, and I love you for it, though it's never
right to tell lies, even for a friend."
"What is it?" cried Nat, for Dan said not a word, only lifted up his head, as if a weight of some sort had fallen
off his back.
"Dan did not take Tommy's money;" and Mr. Bhaer quite shouted it, he was so glad.
"Who did?" cried the boys in a chorus.
Mr. Bhaer pointed to one empty seat, and every eye followed his finger, yet no one spoke for a minute, they
were so surprised.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIV DAMON AND PYTHIAS 117
Page No 120
"Jack went home early this morning, but he left this behind him;" and in the silence Mr. Bhaer read the note
which he had found tied to his doorhandle when he rose.
"I took Tommy's dollar. I was peeking in through a crack and saw him put it there. I was afraid to tell before,
though I wanted to. I didn't care so much about Nat, but Dan is a trump, and I can't stand it any longer. I
never spent the money; it's under the carpet in my room, right behind the washstand. I'm awful sorry. I am
going home, and don't think I shall ever come back, so Dan may have my things.
"JACK"
It was not an elegant confession, being badly written, much blotted, and very short; but it was a precious
paper to Dan; and, when Mr. Bhaer paused, the boy went to him, saying, in a rather broken voice, but with
clear eyes, and the frank, respectful manner they had tried to teach him,
"I'll say I'm sorry now, and ask you to forgive me, sir."
"It was a kind lie, Dan, and I can't help forgiving it; but you see it did no good," said Mr. Bhaer, with a hand
on either shoulder, and a face full of relief and affection.
"It kept the boys from plaguing Nat. That's what I did it for. It made him right down miserable. I didn't care
so much," explained Dan, as if glad to speak out after his hard silence.
"How could you do it? You are always so kind to me," faltered Nat, feeling a strong desire to hug his friend
and cry. Two girlish performances, which would have scandalized Dan to the last degree.
"It's all right now, old fellow, so don't be a fool," he said, swallowing the lump in his throat, and laughing out
as he had not done for weeks. "Does Mrs. Bhaer know?" he asked, eagerly.
"Yes; and she is so happy I don't know what she will do to you," began Mr. Bhaer, but got no farther, for here
the boys came crowding about Dan in a tumult of pleasure and curiosity; but before he had answered more
than a dozen questions, a voice cried out,
"Three cheers for Dan!" and there was Mrs. Jo in the doorway waving her dishtowel, and looking as if she
wanted to dance a jig for joy, as she used to do when a girl.
"Now then," cried Mr. Bhaer, and led off a rousing hurrah, which startled Asia in the kitchen, and made old
Mr. Roberts shake his head as he drove by, saying,
"Schools are not what they were when I was young!"
Dan stood it pretty well for a minute, but the sight of Mrs. Jo's delight upset him, and he suddenly bolted
across the hall into the parlor, whither she instantly followed, and neither were seen for half an hour.
Mr. Bhaer found it very difficult to calm his excited flock; and, seeing that lessons were an impossibility for a
time, he caught their attention by telling them the fine old story of the friends whose fidelity to one another
has made their names immortal. The lads listened and remembered, for just then their hearts were touched by
the loyalty of a humbler pair of friends. The lie was wrong, but the love that prompted it and the courage that
bore in silence the disgrace which belonged to another, made Dan a hero in their eyes. Honesty and honor had
a new meaning now; a good name was more precious than gold; for once lost money could not buy it back;
and faith in one another made life smooth and happy as nothing else could do.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIV DAMON AND PYTHIAS 118
Page No 121
Tommy proudly restored the name of the firm; Nat was devoted to Dan; and all the boys tried to atone to both
for former suspicion and neglect. Mrs. Jo rejoiced over her flock, and Mr. Bhaer was never tired of telling the
story of his young Damon and Pythias.
CHAPTER XV IN THE WILLOW
The old tree saw and heard a good many little scenes and confidences that summer, because it became the
favorite retreat of all the children, and the willow seemed to enjoy it, for a pleasant welcome always met
them, and the quiet hours spent in its arms did them all good. It had a great deal of company one Saturday
afternoon, and some little bird reported what went on there.
First came Nan and Daisy with their small tubs and bits of soap, for now and then they were seized with a
tidy fit, and washed up all their dolls' clothes in the brook. Asia would not have them "slopping round" in her
kitchen, and the bathroom was forbidden since Nan forgot to turn off the water till it overflowed and came
gently dripping down through the ceiling. Daisy went systematically to work, washing first the white and
then the colored things, rinsing them nicely, and hanging them to dry on a cord fastened from one
barberrybush to another, and pinning them up with a set of tiny clothespins Ned had turned for her. But
Nan put all her little things to soak in the same tub, and then forgot them while she collected thistledown to
stuff a pillow for Semiramis, Queen of Babylon, as one doll was named. This took some time, and when Mrs.
Giddygaddy came to take out her clothes, deep green stains appeared on every thing, for she had forgotten
the green silk lining of a certain cape, and its color had soaked nicely into the pink and blue gowns, the little
chemises, and even the best ruffled petticoat.
"Oh me! what a mess!" sighed Nan.
"Lay them on the grass to bleach," said Daisy, with an air of experience.
"So I will, and we can sit up in the nest and watch that they don't blow away."
The Queen of Babylon's wardrobe was spread forth upon the bank, and, turning up their tubs to dry, the little
washerwomen climbed into the nest, and fell to talking, as ladies are apt to do in the pauses of domestic labor.
"I'm going to have a featherbed to go with my new pillow," said Mrs. Giddygaddy, as she transferred the
thistledown from her pocket to her handkerchief, losing about half in the process.
"I wouldn't; Aunt Jo says featherbeds aren't healthy. I never let my children sleep on any thing but a
mattress," returned Mrs. Shakespeare Smith, decidedly.
"I don't care; my children are so strong they often sleep on the floor, and don't mind it," (which was quite
true). "I can't afford nine mattresses, and I like to make beds myself."
"Won't Tommy charge for the feathers?"
"May be he will, but I shan't pay him, and he won't care," returned Mrs. G., taking a base advantage of the
wellknown good nature of T. Bangs.
"I think the pink will fade out of that dress sooner than the green mark will," observed Mrs. S., looking down
from her perch, and changing the subject, for she and her gossip differed on many points, and Mrs. Smith was
a discreet lady.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XV IN THE WILLOW 119
Page No 122
"Never mind; I'm tired of dolls, and I guess I shall put them all away and attend to my farm; I like it rather
better than playing house," said Mrs. G., unconsciously expressing the desire of many older ladies, who
cannot dispose of their families so easily however.
"But you mustn't leave them; they will die without their mother," cried the tender Mrs. Smith.
"Let 'em die then; I'm tired of fussing over babies, and I'm going to play with the boys; they need me to see to
'em," returned the strongminded lady.
Daisy knew nothing about women's rights; she quietly took all she wanted, and no one denied her claim,
because she did not undertake what she could not carry out, but unconsciously used the allpowerful right of
her own influence to win from others any privilege for which she had proved her fitness. Nan attempted all
sorts of things, undaunted by direful failures, and clamored fiercely to be allowed to do every thing that the
boys did. They laughed at her, hustled her out of the way, and protested against her meddling with their
affairs. But she would not be quenched and she would be heard, for her will was strong, and she had the spirit
of a rampant reformer. Mrs. Bhaer sympathized with her, but tired to curb her frantic desire for entire liberty,
showing her that she must wait a little, learn selfcontrol, and be ready to use her freedom before she asked
for it. Nan had meek moments when she agreed to this, and the influences at work upon her were gradually
taking effect. She no longer declared that she would be enginedriver or a blacksmith, but turned her mind to
farming, and found in it a vent for the energy bottled up in her active little body. It did not quite satisfy her,
however; for her sage and sweet marjoram were dumb things, and could not thank her for her care. She
wanted something human to love, work for, and protect, and was never happier than when the little boys
brought their cut fingers, bumped heads, or bruised joints for her to "mendup." Seeing this, Mrs. Jo
proposed that she should learn how to do it nicely, and Nursey had an apt pupil in bandaging, plastering, and
fomenting. The boys began to call her "Dr. Giddygaddy," and she liked it so well that Mrs. Jo one day said
to the Professor
"Fritz, I see what we can do for that child. She wants something to live for even now, and will be one of the
sharp, strong, discontented women if she does not have it. Don't let us snub her restless little nature, but do
our best to give her the work she likes, and by and by persuade her father to let her study medicine. She will
make a capital doctor, for she has courage, strong nerves, a tender heart, and an intense love and pity for the
weak and suffering."
Mr. Bhaer smiled at first, but agreed to try, and gave Nan an herbgarden, teaching her the various healing
properties of the plants she tended, and letting her try their virtues on the children in the little illnesses they
had from time to time. She learned fast, remembered well, and showed a sense and interest most encouraging
to her Professor, who did not shut his door in her face because she was a little woman.
She was thinking of this, as she sat in the willow that day, and when Daisy said in her gentle way
"I love to keep house, and mean to have a nice one for Demi when we grow up and live together."
Nan replied with decision
"Well, I haven't got any brother, and I don't want any house to fuss over. I shall have an office, with lots of
bottles and drawers and pestle things in it, and I shall drive round in a horse and chaise and cure sick people.
That will be such fun."
"Ugh! how can you bear the badsmelling stuff and the nasty little powders and castoroil and senna and
hive syrup?" cried Daisy, with a shudder.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XV IN THE WILLOW 120
Page No 123
"I shan't have to take any, so I don't care. Besides, they make people well, and I like to cure folks. Didn't my
sagetea make Mother Bhaer's headache go away, and my hops stop Ned's toothache in five hours? So now!"
"Shall you put leeches on people, and cut off legs and pull out teeth?" asked Daisy, quaking at the thought.
"Yes, I shall do every thing; I don't care if the people are all smashed up, I shall mend them. My grandpa was
a doctor, and I saw him sew a great cut in a man's cheek, and I held the sponge, and wasn't frightened a bit,
and Grandpa said I was a brave girl."
"How could you? I'm sorry for sick people, and I like to nurse them, but it makes my legs shake so I have to
run away. I'm not a brave girl," sighed Daisy.
"Well, you can be my nurse, and cuddle my patients when I have given them the physic and cut off their
legs," said Nan, whose practice was evidently to be of the heroic kind.
"Ship ahoy! Where are you, Nan?" called a voice from below.
"Here we are."
"Ay, ay!" said the voice, and Emil appeared holding one hand in the other, with his face puckered up as if in
pain.
"Oh, what's the matter?" cried Daisy, anxiously.
"A confounded splinter in my thumb. Can't get it out. Take a pick at it, will you, Nanny?"
"It's in very deep, and I haven't any needle," said Nan, examining a tarry thumb with interest.
"Take a pin," said Emil, in a hurry.
"No, it's too big and hasn't got a sharp point."
Here Daisy, who had dived into her pocket, presented a neat little housewife with four needles in it.
"You are the Posy who always has what we want," said Emil; and Nan resolved to have a needlebook in her
own pocket henceforth, for just such cases as this were always occurring in her practice.
Daisy covered her eyes, but Nan probed and picked with a steady hand, while Emil gave directions not down
in any medical work or record.
"Starboard now! Steady, boys, steady! Try another tack. Heave ho! there she is!"
"Suck it," ordered the Doctor, surveying the splinter with an experienced eye.
"Too dirty," responded the patient, shaking his bleeding hand.
"Wait; I'll tie it up if you have got a handkerchief."
"Haven't; take one of those rags down there."
"Gracious! no, indeed; they are doll's clothes," cried Daisy, indignantly.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XV IN THE WILLOW 121
Page No 124
"Take one of mine; I'd like to have you," said Nan; and swinging himself down, Emil caught up the first "rag"
he saw. It happened to be the frilled skirt; but Nan tore it up without a murmur; and when the royal petticoat
was turned into a neat little bandage, she dismissed her patient with the command
"Keep it wet, and let it alone; then it will heal right up, and not be sore."
"What do you charge?" asked the Commodore, laughing.
"Nothing; I keep a 'spensary; that is a place where poor people are doctored free gratis for nothing," explained
Nan, with an air.
"Thank you, Doctor Giddygaddy. I'll always call you in when I come to grief;" and Emil departed, but
looked back to say for one good turn deserves another "Your duds are blowing away, Doctor."
Forgiving the disrespectful word, "duds," the ladies hastily descended, and, gathering up their wash, retired to
the house to fire up the little stove, and go to ironing.
A passing breath of air shook the old willow, as if it laughed softly at the childish chatter which went on in
the nest, and it had hardly composed itself when another pair of birds alighted for a confidential twitter.
"Now, I'll tell you the secret," began Tommy, who was "swellin' wisibly" with the importance of his news.
"Tell away," answered Nat, wishing he had brought his fiddle, it was so shady and quiet here.
"Well, we fellows were talking over the late interesting case of circumstantial evidence," said Tommy,
quoting at random from a speech Franz had made at the club, "and I proposed giving Dan something to make
up for our suspecting him, to show our respect, and so on, you know something handsome and useful, that he
could keep always and be proud of. What do you think we chose?"
"A butterflynet; he wants one ever so much," said Nat, looking a little disappointed, for he meant to get it
himself.
"No, sir; it's to be a microscope, a real swell one, that we see whatdoyoucall'ems in water with, and
stars, and anteggs, and all sorts of games, you know. Won't it be a jolly good present?" said Tommy, rather
confusing microscopes and telescopes in his remarks.
"Tiptop! I'm so glad! Won't it cost a heap, though?" cried Nat, feeling that his friend was beginning to be
appreciated.
"Of course it will; but we are all going to give something. I headed the paper with my five dollars; for if it is
done at all, it must be done handsome."
"What! all of it? I never did see such a generous chap as you are;" and Nat beamed upon him with sincere
admiration.
"Well, you see, I've been so bothered with my property, that I'm tired of it, and don't mean to save up any
more, but give it away as I go along, and then nobody will envy me, or want to steal it, and I shan't be
suspecting folks and worrying about my old cash," replied Tommy, on whom the cares and anxieties of a
millionaire weighed heavily.
"Will Mr. Bhaer let you do it?"
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XV IN THE WILLOW 122
Page No 125
"He thought it was a firstrate plan, and said that some of the best men he knew preferred to do good with
their money instead of laying it up to be squabbled over when they died."
"Your father is rich; does he do that way?"
"I'm not sure; he gives me all I want; I know that much. I'm going to talk to him about it when I go home.
Anyhow, I shall set him a good example;" and Tommy was so serious, that Nat did not dare to laugh, but
said, respectfully
"You will be able to do ever so much with your money, won't you?"
"So Mr. Bhaer said, and he promised to advise me about useful ways of spending it. I'm going to begin with
Dan; and next time I get a dollar or so, I shall do something for Dick, he's such a good little chap, and only
has a cent a week for pocketmoney. He can't earn much, you know; so I'm going to kind of see to him;" and
goodhearted Tommy quite longed to begin.
"I think that's a beautiful plan, and I'm not going to try to buy a fiddle any more; I'm going to get Dan his net
all myself, and if there is any money left, I'll do something to please poor Billy. He's fond of me, and though
he isn't poor, he'd like some little thing from me, because I can make out what he wants better than the rest of
you." And Nat fell to wondering how much happiness could be got out of his precious three dollars.
"So I would. Now come and ask Mr. Bhaer if you can't go in town with me on Monday afternoon, so you can
get the net, while I get the microscope. Franz and Emil are going too, and we'll have a jolly time larking
round among the shops."
The lads walked away arminarm, discussing the new plans with droll importance, yet beginning already to
feel the sweet satisfaction which comes to those who try, no matter how humbly, to be earthly providences to
the poor and helpless, and gild their mite with the gold of charity before it is laid up where thieves cannot
break through and steal.
"Come up and rest while we sort the leaves; it's so cool and pleasant here," said Demi, as he and Dan came
sauntering home from a long walk in the woods.
"All right!" answered Dan, who was a boy of few words, and up they went.
"What makes birch leaves shake so much more than the others?" asked inquiring Demi, who was always sure
of an answer from Dan.
"They are hung differently. Don't you see the stem where it joins the leaf is sort of pinched one way, and
where it joins the twig, it is pinched another. This makes it waggle with the least bit of wind, but the elm
leaves hang straight, and keep stiller."
"How curious! will this do so?" and Demi held up a sprig of acacia, which he had broken from a little tree on
the lawn, because it was so pretty.
"No; that belongs to the sort that shuts up when you touch it. Draw your finger down the middle of the stem,
and see if the leaves don't curl up," said Dan, who was examining a bit of mica.
Demi tried it, and presently the little leaves did fold together, till the spray showed a single instead of a
double line of leaves.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XV IN THE WILLOW 123
Page No 126
"I like that; tell me about the others. What do these do?" asked Demi, taking up a new branch.
"Feed silkworms; they live on mulberry leaves, till they begin to spin themselves up. I was in a silkfactory
once, and there were rooms full of shelves all covered with leaves, and worms eating them so fast that it
made a rustle. Sometimes they eat so much they die. Tell that to Stuffy," and Dan laughed, as he took up
another bit of rock with a lichen on it.
"I know one thing about this mullein leaf: the fairies use them for blankets," said Demi, who had not quite
given up his faith in the existence of the little folk in green.
"If I had a microscope, I'd show you something prettier than fairies," said Dan, wondering if he should ever
own that coveted treasure. "I knew an old woman who used mullein leaves for a nightcap because she had
faceache. She sewed them together, and wore it all the time."
"How funny! was she your grandmother?"
"Never had any. She was a queer old woman, and lived alone in a little tumbledown house with nineteen
cats. Folks called her a witch, but she wasn't, though she looked like an old ragbag. She was real kind to me
when I lived in that place, and used to let me get warm at her fire when the folks at the poorhouse were hard
on me."
"Did you live in a poorhouse?"
"A little while. Never mind that I didn't mean to speak of it;" and Dan stopped short in his unusual fit of
communicativeness.
"Tell about the cats, please," said Demi, feeling that he had asked an unpleasant question, and sorry for it.
"Nothing to tell; only she had a lot of 'em, and kept 'em in a barrel nights; and I used to go and tip over the
barrel sometimes, and let 'em out all over the house, and then she'd scold, and chase 'em and put 'em in again,
spitting and yowling like fury."
"Was she good to them?" asked Demi, with a hearty child's laugh, pleasant to hear.
"Guess she was. Poor old soul! she took in all the lost and sick cats in the town; and when anybody wanted
one they went to Marm Webber, and she let 'em pick any kind and color they wanted, and only asked
ninepence, she was glad to have her pussies get a good home."
"I should like to see Marm Webber. Could I, if I went to that place?"
"She's dead. All my folks are," said Dan, briefly.
"I'm sorry;" and Demi sat silent a minute, wondering what subject would be safe to try next. He felt delicate
about speaking of the departed lady, but was very curious about the cats, and could not resist asking softly
"Did she cure the sick ones?"
"Sometimes. One had a broken leg, and she tied it up to a stick, and it got well; and another had fits, and she
doctored it with yarbs till it was cured. But some of 'em died, and she buried 'em; and when they couldn't get
well, she killed 'em easy."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XV IN THE WILLOW 124
Page No 127
"How?" asked Demi, feeling that there was a peculiar charm about this old woman, and some sort of joke
about the cats, because Dan was smiling to himself.
"A kind lady, who was fond of cats, told her how, and gave her some stuff, and sent all her own pussies to be
killed that way. Marm used to put a sponge wet with ether, in the bottom of an old boot, then poke puss in
head downwards. The ether put her to sleep in a jiffy, and she was drowned in warm water before she woke
up."
"I hope the cats didn't feel it. I shall tell Daisy about that. You have known a great many interesting things,
haven't you?" asked Demi, and fell to meditating on the vast experience of a boy who had run away more
than once, and taken care of himself in a big city.
"Wish I hadn't sometimes."
"Why? Don't remembering them feel good?"
"No."
"It's very singular how hard it is to manage your mind," said Demi, clasping his hands round his knees, and
looking up at the sky as if for information upon his favorite topic.
"Devilish hard no, I don't mean that;" and Dan bit his lips, for the forbidden word slipped out in spite of him,
and he wanted to be more careful with Demi than with any of the other boys.
"I'll play I didn't hear it," said Demi; "and you won't do it again, I'm sure."
"Not if I can help it. That's one of the things I don't want to remember. I keep pegging away, but it don't seem
to do much good;" and Dan looked discouraged.
"Yes, it does. You don't say half so many bad words as you used to; and Aunt Jo is pleased, because she said
it was a hard habit to break up."
"Did she?" and Dan cheered up a bit.
"You must put swearing away in your faultdrawer, and lock it up; that's the way I do with my badness."
"What do you mean?" asked Dan, looking as if he found Demi almost as amusing as a new sort of cockchafer
or beetle.
"Well, it's one of my private plays, and I'll tell you, but I think you'll laugh at it," began Demi, glad to hold
forth on this congenial subject. "I play that my mind is a round room, and my soul is a little sort of creature
with wings that lives in it. The walls are full of shelves and drawers, and in them I keep my thoughts, and my
goodness and badness, and all sorts of things. The goods I keep where I can see them, and the bads I lock up
tight, but they get out, and I have to keep putting them in and squeezing them down, they are so strong. The
thoughts I play with when I am alone or in bed, and I make up and do what I like with them. Every Sunday I
put my room in order, and talk with the little spirit that lives there, and tell him what to do. He is very bad
sometimes, and won't mind me, and I have to scold him, and take him to Grandpa. He always makes him
behave, and be sorry for his faults, because Grandpa likes this play, and gives me nice things to put in the
drawers, and tells me how to shut up the naughties. Hadn't you better try that way? It's a very good one;" and
Demi looked so earnest and full of faith, that Dan did not laugh at his quaint fancy, but said, soberly,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XV IN THE WILLOW 125
Page No 128
"I don't think there is a lock strong enough to keep my badness shut up. Any way my room is in such a clutter
I don't know how to clear it up."
"You keep your drawers in the cabinet all spandy nice; why can't you do the others?"
"I ain't used to it. Will you show me how?" and Dan looked as if inclined to try Demi's childish way of
keeping a soul in order.
"I'd love to, but I don't know how, except to talk as Grandpa does. I can't do it good like him, but I'll try."
"Don't tell any one; only now and then we'll come here and talk things over, and I'll pay you for it by telling
all I know about my sort of things. Will that do?" and Dan held out his big, rough hand.
Demi gave his smooth, little hand readily, and the league was made; for in the happy, peaceful world where
the younger boy lived, lions and lambs played together, and little children innocently taught their elders.
"Hush!" said Dan, pointing toward the house, as Demi was about to indulge in another discourse on the best
way of getting badness down, and keeping it down; and peeping from their perch, they saw Mrs. Jo strolling
slowly along, reading as she went, while Teddy trotted behind her, dragging a little cart upside down.
"Wait till they see us," whispered Demi, and both sat still as the pair came nearer, Mrs. Jo so absorbed in her
book that she would have walked into the brook if Teddy had not stopped her by saying
"Marmar, I wanter fis."
Mrs. Jo put down the charming book which she had been trying to read for a week, and looked about her for a
fishingpole, being used to making toys out of nothing. Before she had broken one from the hedge, a slender
willow bough fell at her feet; and, looking up, she saw the boys laughing in the nest.
"Up! up!" cried Teddy, stretching his arms and flapping his skirts as if about to fly.
"I'll come down and you come up. I must go to Daisy now;" and Demi departed to rehearse the tale of the
nineteen cats, with the exciting bootandbarrel episodes.
Teddy was speedily whisked up; and then Dan said, laughing, "Come, too; there's plenty of room. I'll lend
you a hand."
Mrs. Jo glanced over her shoulder, but no one was in sight; and rather liking the joke of the thing, she
laughed back, saying, "Well, if you won't mention it, I think I will;" and with two nimble steps was in the
willow.
"I haven't climbed a tree since I was married. I used to be very fond of it when I was a girl," she said, looking
wellpleased with her shady perch.
"Now, you read if you want to, and I'll take care of Teddy," proposed Dan, beginning to make a fishingrod
for impatient Baby.
"I don't think I care about it now. What were you and Demi at up here?" asked Mrs. Jo, thinking, from the
sober look on Dan's face, that he had something on his mind.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XV IN THE WILLOW 126
Page No 129
"Oh! we were talking. I'd been telling him about leaves and things, and he was telling me some of his queer
plays. Now, then, Major, fish away;" and Dan finished off his work by putting a big blue fly on the bent pin
which hung at the end of the cord he had tied to the willowrod.
Teddy leaned down from the tree, and was soon wrapt up in watching for the fish which he felt sure would
come. Dan held him by his little petticoats, lest he should take a "header" into the brook, and Mrs. Jo soon
won him to talk by doing so herself.
"I am so glad you told Demi about 'leaves and things;' it is just what he needs; and I wish you would teach
him, and take him to walk with you."
"I'd like to, he is so bright; but "
"But what?"
"I didn't think you'd trust me."
"Why not?"
"Well, Demi is so kind of precious, and so good, and I'm such a bad lot, I thought you'd keep him away from
me."
"But you are not a 'bad lot,' as you say; and I do trust you, Dan, entirely, because you honestly try to improve,
and do better and better every week."
"Really?" and Dan looked up at her with the cloud of despondency lifting from his face.
"Yes; don't you feel it?"
"I hoped so, but I didn't know."
"I have been waiting and watching quietly, for I thought I'd give you a good trial first; and if you stood it, I
would give you the best reward I had. You have stood it well; and now I'm going to trust not only Demi, but
my own boy, to you, because you can teach them some things better than any of us."
"Can I?" and Dan looked amazed at the idea.
"Demi has lived among older people so much that he needs just what you have knowledge of common things,
strength, and courage. He thinks you are the bravest boy he ever saw, and admires your strong way of doing
things. Then you know a great deal about natural objects, and can tell him more wonderful tales of birds, and
bees, and leaves, and animals, than his storybooks give him; and, being true, these stories will teach and do
him good. Don't you see now how much you can help him, and why I like to have him with you?"
"But I swear sometimes, and might tell him something wrong. I wouldn't mean to, but it might slip out, just
as 'devil' did a few minutes ago," said Dan, anxious to do his duty, and let her know his shortcomings.
"I know you try not to say or do any thing to harm the little fellow, and here is where I think Demi will help
you, because he is so innocent and wise in his small way, and has what I am trying to give you, dear, good
principles. It is never too early to try and plant them in a child, and never too late to cultivate them in the
most neglected person. You are only boys yet; you can teach one another. Demi will unconsciously
strengthen your moral sense, you will strengthen his common sense, and I shall feel as if I had helped you
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XV IN THE WILLOW 127
Page No 130
both."
Words could not express how pleased and touched Dan was by this confidence and praise. No one had ever
trusted him before, no one had cared to find out and foster the good in him, and no one had suspected how
much there was hidden away in the breast of the neglected boy, going fast to ruin, yet quick to feel and value
sympathy and help. No honor that he might earn hereafter would ever be half so precious as the right to teach
his few virtues and small store of learning to the child whom he most respected; and no more powerful
restraint could have been imposed upon him than the innocent companion confided to his care. He found
courage now to tell Mrs. Jo of the plan already made with Demi, and she was glad that the first step had been
so naturally taken. Every thing seemed to be working well for Dan, and she rejoiced over him, because it had
seemed a hard task, yet, working on with a firm belief in the possibility of reformation in far older and worse
subjects than he, there had come this quick and hopeful change to encourage her. He felt that he had friends
now and a place in the world, something to live and work for, and, though he said little, all that was best and
bravest in a character made old by a hard experience responded to the love and faith bestowed on him, and
Dan's salvation was assured.
Their quiet talk was interrupted by a shout of delight from Teddy, who, to the surprise of every one, did
actually catch a trout where no trout had been seen for years. He was so enchanted with his splendid success
that he insisted on showing his prize to the family before Asia cooked it for supper; so the three descended
and went happily away together, all satisfied with the work of that half hour.
Ned was the next visitor to the tree, but he only made a short stay, sitting there at his ease while Dick and
Dolly caught a pailful of grasshoppers and crickets for him. He wanted to play a joke on Tommy, and
intended to tuck up a few dozen of the lively creatures in his bed, so that when Bangs got in he would
speedily tumble out again, and pass a portion of the night in chasing "hoppergrasses" round the room. The
hunt was soon over, and having paid the hunters with a few peppermints apiece Ned retired to make Tommy's
bed.
For an hour the old willow sighed and sung to itself, talked with the brook, and watched the lengthening
shadows as the sun went down. The first rosy color was touching its graceful branches when a boy came
stealing up the avenue, across the lawn, and, spying Billy by the brookside, went to him, saying, in a
mysterious tone,
"Go and tell Mr. Bhaer I want to see him down here, please. Don't let any one hear."
Billy nodded and ran off, while the boy swung himself up into the tree, and sat there looking anxious, yet
evidently feeling the charm of the place and hour. In five minutes, Mr. Bhaer appeared, and, stepping up on
the fence, leaned into the nest, saying, kindly,
"I am glad to see you, Jack; but why not come in and meet us all at once?"
"I wanted to see you first, please, sir. Uncle made me come back. I know I don't deserve any thing, but I hope
the fellows won't be hard upon me."
Poor Jack did not get on very well, but it was evident that he was sorry and ashamed, and wanted to be
received as easily as possible; for his Uncle had thrashed him well and scolded him soundly for following the
example he himself set. Jack had begged not to be sent back, but the school was cheap, and Mr. Ford insisted,
so the boy returned as quietly as possible, and took refuge behind Mr. Bhaer.
"I hope not, but I can't answer for them, though I will see that they are not unjust. I think, as Dan and Nat
have suffered so much, being innocent, you should suffer something, being guilty. Don't you?" asked Mr.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XV IN THE WILLOW 128
Page No 131
Bhaer, pitying Jack, yet feeling he deserved punishment for a fault which had so little excuse.
"I suppose so, but I sent Tommy's money back, and I said I was sorry, isn't that enough?" said Jack, rather
sullenly; for the boy who could do so mean a thing was not brave enough to bear the consequences well.
"No; I think you should ask pardon of all three boys, openly and honestly. You cannot expect them to respect
and trust you for a time, but you can live down this disgrace if you try, and I will help you. Stealing and lying
are detestable sins, and I hope this will be a lesson to you. I am glad you are ashamed, it is a good sign; bear
it patiently, and do your best to earn a better reputation."
"I'll have an auction, and sell off all my goods dirt cheap," said Jack, showing his repentance in the most
characteristic way.
"I think it would be better to give them away, and begin on a new foundation. Take 'Honesty is the best
policy' for your motto, and live up to it in act, and word, and thought, and though you don't make a cent of
money this summer, you will be a rich boy in the autumn," said Mr. Bhaer, earnestly.
It was hard, but Jack consented, for he really felt that cheating didn't pay, and wanted to win back the
friendship of the boys. His heart clung to his possessions, and he groaned inwardly at the thought of actually
giving away certain precious things. Asking pardon publicly was easy compared to this; but then he began to
discover that certain other things, invisible, but most valuable, were better property than knives, fishhooks,
or even money itself. So he decided to buy up a little integrity, even at a high price, and secure the respect of
his playmates, though it was not a salable article.
"Well, I'll do it," he said, with a sudden air of resolution, which pleased Mr. Bhaer.
"Good! and I'll stand by you. Now come and begin at once."
And Father Bhaer led the bankrupt boy back into the little world, which received him coldly at first, but
slowly warmed to him, when he showed that he had profited by the lesson, and was sincerely anxious to go
into a better business with a new stockintrade.
CHAPTER XVI TAMING THE COLT
"What in the world is that boy doing?" said Mrs. Jo to herself, as she watched Dan running round the
halfmile triangle as if for a wager. He was all alone, and seemed possessed by some strange desire to run
himself into a fever, or break his neck; for, after several rounds, he tried leaping walls, and turning
somersaults up the avenue, and finally dropped down on the grass before the door as if exhausted.
"Are you training for a race, Dan?" asked Mrs. Jo, from the window where she sat.
He looked up quickly, and stopped panting to answer, with a laugh,
"No; I'm only working off my steam."
"Can't you find a cooler way of doing it? You will be ill if you tear about so in such warm weather," said Mrs.
Jo, laughing also, as she threw him out a great palmleaf fan.
"Can't help it. I must run somewhere," answered Dan, with such an odd expression in his restless eyes, that
Mrs. Jo was troubled, and asked, quickly,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVI TAMING THE COLT 129
Page No 132
"Is Plumfield getting too narrow for you?"
"I wouldn't mind if it was a little bigger. I like it though; only the fact is the devil gets into me sometimes, and
then I do want to bolt."
The words seemed to come against his will, for he looked sorry the minute they were spoken, and seemed to
think he deserved a reproof for his ingratitude. But Mrs. Jo understood the feeling, and though sorry to see it,
she could not blame the boy for confessing it. She looked at him anxiously, seeing how tall and strong he had
grown, how full of energy his face was, with its eager eyes and resolute mouth; and remembering the utter
freedom he had known for years before, she felt how even the gentle restraint of this home would weigh upon
him at times when the old lawless spirit stirred in him. "Yes," she said to herself, "my wild hawk needs a
larger cage; and yet, if I let him go, I am afraid he will be lost. I must try and find some lure strong enough to
keep him safe."
"I know all about it," she added, aloud. "It is not 'the devil,' as you call it, but the very natural desire of all
young people for liberty. I used to feel just so, and once, I really did think for a minute that I would bolt."
"Why didn't you?" said Dan, coming to lean on the low windowledge, with an evident desire to continue the
subject.
"I knew it was foolish, and love for my mother kept me at home."
"I haven't got any mother," began Dan.
"I thought you had now," said Mrs. Jo, gently stroking the rough hair off his hot forehead.
"You are no end good to me, and I can't ever thank you enough, but it just isn't the same, is it?" and Dan
looked up at her with a wistful, hungry look that went to her heart.
"No, dear, it is not the same, and never can be. I think an own mother would have been a great deal to you.
But as that cannot be, you must try to let me fill her place. I fear I have not done all I ought, or you would not
want to leave me," she added, sorrowfully.
"Yes, you have!" cried Dan, eagerly. "I don't want to go, and I won't go, if I can help it; but every now and
then I feel as if I must burst out somehow. I want to run straight ahead somewhere, to smash something, or
pitch into somebody. Don't know why, but I do, and that's all about it."
Dan laughed as he spoke, but he meant what he said, for he knit his black brows, and brought down his fist on
the ledge with such force, that Mrs. Jo's thimble flew off into the grass. He brought it back, and as she took it
she held the big, brown hand a minute, saying, with a look that showed the words cost her something
"Well, Dan, run if you must, but don't run very far; and come back to me soon, for I want you very much."
He was rather taken aback by this unexpected permission to play truant, and somehow it seemed to lessen his
desire to go. He did not understand why, but Mrs. Jo did, and, knowing the natural perversity of the human
mind, counted on it to help her now. She felt instinctively that the more the boy was restrained the more he
would fret against it; but leave him free, and the mere sense of liberty would content him, joined to the
knowledge that his presence was dear to those whom he loved best. It was a little experiment, but it
succeeded, for Dan stood silent a moment, unconsciously picking the fan to pieces and turning the matter
over in his mind. He felt that she appealed to his heart and his honor, and owned that he understood it by
saying presently, with a mixture of regret and resolution in his face,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVI TAMING THE COLT 130
Page No 133
"I won't go yet awhile, and I'll give you fair warning before I bolt. That's fair, isn't it?"
"Yes, we will let it stand so. Now, I want to see if I can't find some way for you to work off your steam better
than running about the place like a mad dog, spoiling my fans, or fighting with the boys. What can we
invent?" and while Dan tried to repair the mischief he had done, Mrs. Jo racked her brain for some new
device to keep her truant safe until he had learned to love his lessons better.
"How would you like to be my expressman?" she said, as a sudden thought popped into her head.
"Go into town, and do the errands?" asked Dan, looking interested at once.
"Yes; Franz is tired of it, Silas cannot be spared just now, and Mr. Bhaer has no time. Old Andy is a safe
horse, you are a good driver, and know your way about the city as well as a postman. Suppose you try it, and
see if it won't do most as well to drive away two or three times a week as to run away once a month."
"I'd like it ever so much, only I must go alone and do it all myself. I don't want any of the other fellows
bothering round," said Dan, taking to the new idea so kindly that he began to put on business airs already.
"If Mr. Bhaer does not object you shall have it all your own way. I suppose Emil will growl, but he cannot be
trusted with horses, and you can. By the way, tomorrow is marketday, and I must make out my list. You
had better see that the wagon is in order, and tell Silas to have the fruit and vegetables ready for mother. You
will have to be up early and get back in time for school, can you do that?"
"I'm always an early bird, so I don't mind," and Dan slung on his jacket with despatch.
"The early bird got the worm this time, I'm sure," said Mrs. Jo, merrily.
"And a jolly good worm it is," answered Dan, as he went laughing away to put a new lash to the whip, wash
the wagon, and order Silas about with all the importance of a young expressman.
"Before he is tired of this I will find something else and have it ready when the next restless fit comes on,"
said Mrs. Jo to herself, as she wrote her list with a deep sense of gratitude that all her boys were not Dans.
Mr. Bhaer did not entirely approve of the new plan, but agreed to give it a trial, which put Dan on his mettle,
and caused him to give up certain wild plans of his own, in which the new lash and the long hill were to have
borne a part. He was up and away very early the next morning, heroically resisting the temptation to race with
the milkmen going into town. Once there, he did his errands carefully, to Mr. Bhaer's surprise and Mrs. Jo's
great satisfaction. The Commodore did growl at Dan's promotion, but was pacified by a superior padlock to
his new boathouse, and the thought that seamen were meant for higher honors than driving marketwagons
and doing family errands. So Dan filled his new office well and contentedly for weeks, and said no more
about bolting. But one day Mr. Bhaer found him pummelling Jack, who was roaring for mercy under his
knee.
"Why, Dan, I thought you had given up fighting," he said, as he went to the rescue.
"We ain't fighting, we are only wrestling," answered Dan, leaving off reluctantly.
"It looks very much like it, and feels like it, hey, Jack?" said Mr. Bhaer, as the defeated gentleman got upon
his legs with difficulty.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVI TAMING THE COLT 131
Page No 134
"Catch me wrestling with him again. He's most knocked my head off," snarled Jack, holding on to that
portion of his frame as if it really was loose upon his shoulders.
"The fact is, we began in fun, but when I got him down I couldn't help pounding him. Sorry I hurt you, old
fellow," explained Dan, looking rather ashamed of himself.
"I understand. The longing to pitch into somebody was so strong you couldn't resist. You are a sort of
Berserker, Dan, and something to tussle with is as necessary to you as music is to Nat," said Mr. Bhaer, who
knew all about the conversation between the boy and Mrs. Jo.
"Can't help it. So if you don't want to be pounded you'd better keep out of the way," answered Dan, with a
warning look in his black eyes that made Jack sheer off in haste.
"If you want something to wrestle with, I will give you a tougher specimen than Jack," said Mr. Bhaer; and,
leading the way to the woodyard, he pointed out certain roots of trees that had been grubbed up in the
spring, and had been lying there waiting to be split.
"There, when you feel inclined to maltreat the boys, just come and work off your energies here, and I'll thank
you for it."
"So I will;" and, seizing the axe that lay near Dan hauled out a tough root, and went at it so vigorously, that
the chips flew far and wide, and Mr. Bhaer fled for his life.
To his great amusement, Dan took him at his word, and was often seen wrestling with the ungainly knots, hat
and jacket off, red face, and wrathful eyes; for he got into royal rages over some of his adversaries, and swore
at them under his breath till he had conquered them, when he exulted, and marched off to the shed with an
armful of gnarled oakwood in triumph. He blistered his hands, tired his back, and dulled the axe, but it did
him good, and he got more comfort out of the ugly roots than any one dreamed, for with each blow he
worked off some of the pentup power that would otherwise have been expended in some less harmless way.
"When this is gone I really don't know what I shall do," said Mrs. Jo to herself, for no inspiration came, and
she was at the end of her resources.
But Dan found a new occupation for himself, and enjoyed it some time before any one discovered the cause
of his contentment. A fine young horse of Mr. Laurie's was kept at Plumfield that summer, running loose in a
large pasture across the brook. The boys were all interested in the handsome, spirited creature, and for a time
were fond of watching him gallop and frisk with his plumey tail flying, and his handsome head in the air. But
they soon got tired of it, and left Prince Charlie to himself. All but Dan, he never tired of looking at the horse,
and seldom failed to visit him each day with a lump of sugar, a bit of bread, or an apple to make him
welcome. Charlie was grateful, accepted his friendship, and the two loved one another as if they felt some tie
between them, inexplicable but strong. In whatever part of the wide field he might be, Charlie always came at
full speed when Dan whistled at the bars, and the boy was never happier than when the beautiful, fleet
creature put its head on his shoulder, looking up at him with fine eyes full of intelligent affection.
"We understand one another without any palaver, don't we, old fellow?" Dan would say, proud of the horse's
confidence, and, so jealous of his regard, that he told no one how well the friendship prospered, and never
asked anybody but Teddy to accompany him on these daily visits.
Mr. Laurie came now and then to see how Charlie got on, and spoke of having him broken to harness in the
autumn.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVI TAMING THE COLT 132
Page No 135
"He won't need much taming, he is such a gentle, finetempered brute. I shall come out and try him with a
saddle myself some day," he said, on one of these visits.
"He lets me put a halter on him, but I don't believe he will bear a saddle even if you put it on," answered Dan,
who never failed to be present when Charlie and his master met.
"I shall coax him to bear it, and not mind a few tumbles at first. He has never been harshly treated, so, though
he will be surprised at the new performance, I think he won't be frightened, and his antics will do no harm."
"I wonder what he would do," said Dan to himself, as Mr. Laurie went away with the Professor, and Charlie
returned to the bars, from which he had retired when the gentlemen came up.
A daring fancy to try the experiment took possession of the boy as he sat on the topmost rail with the glossy
back temptingly near him. Never thinking of danger, he obeyed the impulse, and while Charlie
unsuspectingly nibbled at the apple he held, Dan quickly and quietly took his seat. He did not keep it long,
however, for with an astonished snort, Charlie reared straight up, and deposited Dan on the ground. The fall
did not hurt him, for the turf was soft, and he jumped up, saying, with a laugh,
"I did it anyway! Come here, you rascal, and I'll try it again."
But Charlie declined to approach, and Dan left him resolving to succeed in the end; for a struggle like this
suited him exactly. Next time he took a halter, and having got it on, he played with the horse for a while,
leading him to and fro, and putting him through various antics till he was a little tired; then Dan sat on the
wall and gave him bread, but watched his chance, and getting a good grip of the halter, slipped on to his back.
Charlie tried the old trick, but Dan held on, having had practice with Toby, who occasionally had an obstinate
fit, and tried to shake off his rider. Charlie was both amazed and indignant; and after prancing for a minute,
set off at a gallop, and away went Dan heels over head. If he had not belonged to the class of boys who go
through all sorts of dangers unscathed, he would have broken his neck; as it was, he got a heavy fall, and lay
still collecting his wits, while Charlie tore round the field tossing his head with every sign of satisfaction at
the discomfiture of his rider. Presently it seemed to occur to him that something was wrong with Dan, and,
being of a magnanimous nature, he went to see what the matter was. Dan let him sniff about and perplex
himself for a few minutes; then he looked up at him, saying, as decidedly as if the horse could understand,
"You think you have beaten, but you are mistaken, old boy; and I'll ride you yet see if I don't."
He tried no more that day, but soon after attempted a new method of introducing Charlie to a burden. He
strapped a folded blanket on his back, and then let him race, and rear, and roll, and fume as much as he liked.
After a few fits of rebellion Charlie submitted, and in a few days permitted Dan to mount him, often stopped
short to look round, as if he said, half patiently, half reproachfully, "I don't understand it, but I suppose you
mean no harm, so I permit the liberty."
Dan patted and praised him, and took a short turn every day, getting frequent falls, but persisting in spite of
them, and longing to try a saddle and bridle, but not daring to confess what he had done. He had his wish,
however, for there had been a witness of his pranks who said a good word for him.
"Do you know what that chap has ben doin' lately?" asked Silas of his master, one evening, as he received his
orders for the next day.
"Which boy?" said Mr. Bhaer, with an air of resignation, expecting some sad revelation.
"Dan, he's ben a breaking the colt, sir, and I wish I may die if he ain't done it," answered Silas, chuckling.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVI TAMING THE COLT 133
Page No 136
"How do you know?"
"Wal, I kinder keep an eye on the little fellers, and most gen'lly know what they're up to; so when Dan kep
going off to the paster, and coming home black and blue, I mistrusted that suthing was goin' on. I didn't say
nothin', but I crep up into the barn chamber, and from there I see him goin' through all manner of games with
Charlie. Blest if he warn't throwed time and agin, and knocked round like a bag o' meal. But the pluck of that
boy did beat all, and he 'peared to like it, and kep on as ef bound to beat."
"But, Silas, you should have stopped it the boy might have been killed," said Mr. Bhaer, wondering what
freak his irrepressibles would take into their heads next.
"S'pose I oughter; but there warn't no real danger, for Charlie ain't no tricks, and is as pretty a tempered horse
as ever I see. Fact was, I couldn't bear to spile sport, for ef there's any thing I do admire it's grit, and Dan is
chock full on 't. But now I know he's hankerin' after a saddle, and yet won't take even the old one on the sly;
so I just thought I'd up and tell, and may be you'd let him try what he can do. Mr. Laurie won't mind, and
Charlie's all the better for 't."
"We shall see;" and off went Mr. Bhaer to inquire into the matter.
Dan owned up at once, and proudly proved that Silas was right by showing off his power over Charlie; for by
dint of much coaxing, many carrots, and infinite perseverance, he really had succeeded in riding the colt with
a halter and blanket. Mr. Laurie was much amused, and well pleased with Dan's courage and skill, and let
him have a hand in all future performances; for he set about Charlie's education at once, saying that he was
not going to be outdone by a slip of a boy. Thanks to Dan, Charlie took kindly to the saddle and bridle when
he had once reconciled himself to the indignity of the bit; and after Mr. Laurie had trained him a little, Dan
was permitted to ride him, to the great envy and admiration of the other boys.
"Isn't he handsome? and don't he mind me like a lamb?" said Dan one day as he dismounted and stood with
his arm round Charlie's neck.
"Yes, and isn't he a much more useful and agreeable animal than the wild colt who spent his days racing
about the field, jumping fences, and running away now and then?" asked Mrs. Bhaer from the steps where
she always appeared when Dan performed with Charlie.
"Of course he is. See he won't run away now, even if I don't hold him, and he comes to me the minute I
whistle; I have tamed him well, haven't I?" and Dan looked both proud and pleased, as well he might, for, in
spite of their struggles together, Charlie loved him better than his master.
"I am taming a colt too, and I think I shall succeed as well as you if I am as patient and persevering," said
Mrs. Jo, smiling so significantly at him, that Dan understood and answered, laughing, yet in earnest,
"We won't jump over the fence and run away, but stay and let them make a handsome, useful span of us, hey,
Charlie?"
CHAPTER XVII COMPOSITION DAY
"Hurry up, boys, it's three o'clock, and Uncle Fritz likes us to be punctual, you know," said Franz one
Wednesday afternoon as a bell rang, and a stream of literarylooking young gentlemen with books and paper
in their hands were seen going toward the museum.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVII COMPOSITION DAY 134
Page No 137
Tommy was in the schoolroom, bending over his desk, much bedaubed with ink, flushed with the ardor of
inspiration, and in a great hurry as usual, for easygoing Bangs never was ready till the very last minute. As
Franz passed the door looking up laggards, Tommy gave one last blot and flourish, and departed out the
window, waving his paper to dry as he went. Nan followed, looking very important, with a large roll in her
hand, and Demi escorted Daisy, both evidently brimful of some delightful secret.
The museum was all in order, and the sunshine among the hopvines made pretty shadows on the floor as it
peeped through the great window. On one side sat Mr. and Mrs. Bhaer, on the other was a little table on
which the compositions were laid as soon as read, and in a large semicircle sat the children on campstools
which occasionally shut up and let the sitter down, thus preventing any stiffness in the assembly. As it took
too much time to have all read, they took turns, and on this Wednesday the younger pupils were the chief
performers, while the elder ones listened with condescension and criticised freely.
"Ladies first; so Nan may begin," said Mr. Bhaer, when the settling of stools and rustling of papers had
subsided.
Nan took her place beside the little table, and, with a preliminary giggle, read the following interesting essay
on
"THE SPONGE
"The sponge, my friends, is a most useful and interesting plant. It grows on rocks under the water, and is a
kind of seaweed, I believe. People go and pick it and dry it and wash it, because little fish and insects live in
the holes of the sponge; I found shells in my new one, and sand. Some are very fine and soft; babies are
washed with them. The sponge has many uses. I will relate some of them, and I hope my friends will
remember what I say. One use is to wash the face; I don't like it myself, but I do it because I wish to be clean.
Some people don't, and they are dirty." Here the eye of the reader rested sternly upon Dick and Dolly, who
quailed under it, and instantly resolved to scrub themselves virtuously on all occasions. "Another use is to
wake people up; I allude to boys partic ularly." Another pause after the long word to enjoy the
smothered laugh that went round the room. "Some boys do not get up when called, and Mary Ann squeezes
the water out of a wet sponge on their faces, and it makes them so mad they wake up." Here the laugh broke
out, and Emil said, as if he had been hit,
"Seems to me you are wandering from the subject."
"No, I ain't; we are to write about vegetables or animals, and I'm doing both: for boys are animals, aren't
they?" cried Nan; and, undaunted by the indignant "No!" shouted at her, she calmly proceeded,
"One more interesting thing is done with sponges, and this is when doctors put ether on it, and hold it to
people's noses when they have teeth out. I shall do this when I am bigger, and give ether to the sick, so they
will go to sleep and not feel me cut off their legs and arms."
"I know somebody who killed cats with it," called out Demi, but was promptly crushed by Dan, who upset
his campstool and put a hat over his face.
"I will not be interruckted," said Nan, frowning upon the unseemly scrimmagers. Order was instantly
restored, and the young lady closed her remarks as follows:
"My composition has three morals, my friends." Somebody groaned, but no notice was taken of the insult.
"First, is keep your faces clean second, get up early third, when the ether sponge is put over your nose,
breathe hard and don't kick, and your teeth will come out easy. I have no more to say." And Miss Nan sat
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVII COMPOSITION DAY 135
Page No 138
down amid tumultuous applause.
"That is a very remarkable composition; its tone is high, and there is a good deal of humor in it. Very well
done, Nan. Now, Daisy," and Mr. Bhaer smiled at one young lady as he beckoned the other.
Daisy colored prettily as she took her place, and said, in her modest little voice,
"I'm afraid you won't like mine; it isn't nice and funny like Nan's. But I couldn't do any better."
"We always like yours, Posy," said Uncle Fritz, and a gentle murmur from the boys seemed to confirm the
remark. Thus encouraged, Daisy read her little paper, which was listened to with respectful attention.
"THE CAT
"The cat is a sweet animal. I love them very much. They are clean and pretty, and catch rats and mice, and let
you pet them, and are fond of you if you are kind. They are very wise, and can find their way anywhere.
Little cats are called kittens, and are dear things. I have two, named Huz and Buz, and their mother is Topaz,
because she has yellow eyes. Uncle told me a pretty story about a man named Mahomet. He had a nice cat,
and when she was asleep on his sleeve, and he wanted to go away, he cut off the sleeve so as not to wake her
up. I think he was a kind man. Some cats catch fish."
"So do I!" cried Teddy, jumping up eager to tell about his trout.
"Hush!" said his mother, setting him down again as quickly as possible, for orderly Daisy hated to be
"interruckted," as Nan expressed it.
"I read about one who used to do it very slyly. I tried to make Topaz, but she did not like the water, and
scratched me. She does like tea, and when I play in my kitchen she pats the teapot with her paw, till I give her
some. She is a fine cat, she eats applepudding and molasses. Most cats do not."
"That's a firstrater," called out Nat, and Daisy retired, pleased with the praise of her friend.
"Demi looks so impatient we must have him up at once or he won't hold out," said Uncle Fritz, and Demi
skipped up with alacrity.
"Mine is a poem!" he announced in a tone of triumph, and read his first effort in a loud and solemn voice:
"I write about the butterfly,
It is a pretty thing;
And flies about like the birds,
But it does not sing.
"First it is a little grub,
And then it is a nice yellow cocoon,
And then the butterfly
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVII COMPOSITION DAY 136
Page No 139
Eats its way out soon.
"They live on dew and honey,
They do not have any hive,
They do not sting like wasps, and bees, and hornets,
And to be as good as they are we should strive.
"I should like to be a beautiful butterfly,
All yellow, and blue, and green, and red;
But I should not like
To have Dan put camphor on my poor little head."
This unusual burst of genius brought down the house, and Demi was obliged to read it again, a somewhat
difficult task, as there was no punctuation whatever, and the little poet's breath gave out before he got to the
end of some of the long lines.
"He will be a Shakespeare yet," said Aunt Jo, laughing as if she would die, for this poetic gem reminded her
of one of her own, written at the age of ten, and beginning gloomily,
"I wish I had a quiet tomb,
Beside a little rill;
Where birds, and bees, and butterflies,
Would sing upon the hill."
"Come on, Tommy. If there is as much ink inside your paper as there is outside, it will be a long
composition," said Mr. Bhaer, when Demi had been induced to tear himself from his poem and sit down.
"It isn't a composition, it's a letter. You see, I forgot all about its being my turn till after school, and then I
didn't know what to have, and there wasn't time to read up; so I thought you wouldn't mind my taking a letter
that I wrote to my Grandma. It's got something about birds in it, so I thought it would do."
With this long excuse, Tommy plunged into a sea of ink and floundered through, pausing now and then to
decipher one of his own flourishes.
"MY DEAR GRANDMA, I hope you are well. Uncle James sent me a pocket rifle. It is a beautiful little
instrument of killing, shaped like this [Here Tommy displayed a remarkable sketch of what looked like an
intricate pump, or the inside of a small steamengine] 44 are the sights; 6 is a false stock that fits in at A; 3 is
the trigger, and 2 is the cock. It loads at the breech, and fires with great force and straightness. I am going out
shooting squirrels soon. I shot several fine birds for the museum. They had speckled breasts, and Dan liked
them very much. He stuffed them tiptop, and they sit on the tree quite natural, only one looks a little tipsy.
We had a Frenchman working here the other day, and Asia called his name so funnily that I will tell you
about it. His name was Germain: first she called him Jerry, but we laughed at her, and she changed it to
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVII COMPOSITION DAY 137
Page No 140
Jeremiah; but ridicule was the result, so it became Mr. Germany; but ridicule having been again resumed, it
became Garrymon, which it has remained ever since. I do not write often, I am so busy; but I think of you
often, and sympathize with you, and sincerely hope you get on as well as can be expected without me. Your
affectionate grandson,
"THOMAS BUCKMINSTER BANGS.
"P.S. ? If you come across any postagestamps, remember me.
"N.B. Love to all, and a great deal to Aunt Almira. Does she make any nice plumcakes now?
"P.S. ? Mrs. Bhaer sends her respects.
"P.S. ? And so would Mr. B, if he knew I was in act to write.
"N.B. Father is going to give me a watch on my birthday. I am glad as at present I have no means of telling
time, and am often late at school.
"P.S. ? I hope to see you soon. Don't you wish to send for me?
T. B. B."
As each postscript was received with a fresh laugh from the boys, by the time he came to the sixth and last,
Tommy was so exhausted that he was glad to sit down and wipe his ruddy face.
"I hope the dear old lady will live through it," said Mr. Bhaer, under cover of the noise.
"We won't take any notice of the broad hint given in that last P.S. The letter will be quite as much as she can
bear without a visit from Tommy," answered Mrs. Jo, remembering that the old lady usually took to her bed
after a visitation from her irrepressible grandson.
"Now, me," said Teddy, who had learned a bit of poetry, and was so eager to say it that he had been bobbing
up and down during the reading, and could no longer be restrained.
"I'm afraid he will forget it if he waits; and I have had a deal of trouble teaching him," said his mother.
Teddy trotted to the rostrum, dropped a curtsey and nodded his head at the same time, as if anxious to suit
every one; then, in his baby voice, and putting the emphasis on the wrong words, he said his verse all in one
breath:
"Little drops of water,
Little drains of sand,
Mate a might okum (ocean),
And a peasant land.
"Little words of kindness,
Pokin evvy day,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVII COMPOSITION DAY 138
Page No 141
Make a home a hebbin,
And hep us on a way."
Clapping his hands at the end, he made another double salutation, and then ran to hide his head in his
mother's lap, quite overcome by the success of his "piece," for the applause was tremendous.
Dick and Dolly did not write, but were encouraged to observe the habits of animals and insects, and report
what they saw. Dick liked this, and always had a great deal to say; so, when his name was called, he marched
up, and, looking at the audience with his bright confiding eyes, told his little story so earnestly that no one
smiled at his crooked body, because the "straight soul" shone through it beautifully.
"I've been watching dragonflies, and I read about them in Dan's book, and I'll try and tell you what I
remember. There's lots of them flying round on the pond, all blue, with big eyes, and sort of lace wings, very
pretty. I caught one, and looked at him, and I think he was the handsomest insect I ever saw. They catch littler
creatures than they are to eat, and have a queer kind of hook thing that folds up when they ain't hunting. It
likes the sunshine, and dances round all day. Let me see! what else was there to tell about? Oh, I know! The
eggs are laid in the water, and go down to the bottom, and are hatched in the mud. Little ugly things come out
of 'em; I can't say the name, but they are brown, and keep having new skins, and getting bigger and bigger.
Only think! it takes them two years to be a dragonfly! Now this is the curiousest part of it, so you listen tight,
for I don't believe you know it. When it is ready it knows somehow, and the ugly, grubby thing climbs up out
of the water on a flag or a bulrush, and bursts open its back."
"Come, I don't believe that," said Tommy, who was not an observant boy, and really thought Dick was
"making up."
"It does burst open its back, don't it?" and Dick appealed to Mr. Bhaer, who nodded a very decided
affirmative, to the little speaker's great satisfaction.
"Well, out comes the dragonfly, all whole, and he sits in the sun sort of coming alive, you know; and he gets
strong, and then he spreads his pretty wings, and flies away up in the air, and never is a grub any more. That's
all I know; but I shall watch and try to see him do it, for I think it's splendid to turn into a beautiful dragonfly,
don't you?"
Dick had told his story well, and, when he described the flight of the newborn insect, had waved his hands,
and looked up as if he saw, and wanted to follow it. Something in his face suggested to the minds of the elder
listeners the thought that some day little Dick would have his wish, and after years of helplessness and pain
would climb up into the sun some happy day, and, leaving his poor little body behind him, find a new lovely
shape in a fairer world than this. Mrs. Jo drew him to her side, and said, with a kiss on his thin cheek,
"That is a sweet little story, dear, and you remembered it wonderfully well. I shall write and tell your mother
all about it;" and Dick sat on her knee, contentedly smiling at the praise, and resolving to watch well, and
catch the dragonfly in the act of leaving its old body for the new, and see how he did it. Dolly had a few
remarks to make upon the "Duck," and made them in a singsong tone, for he had learned it by heart, and
thought it a great plague to do it at all.
"Wild ducks are hard to kill; men hide and shoot at them, and have tame ducks to quack and make the wild
ones come where the men can fire at them. They have wooden ducks made too, and they sail round, and the
wild ones come to see them; they are stupid, I think. Our ducks are very tame. They eat a great deal, and go
poking round in the mud and water. They don't take good care of their eggs, but them spoil, and "
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVII COMPOSITION DAY 139
Page No 142
"Mine don't!" cried Tommy.
"Well, some people's do; Silas said so. Hens take good care of little ducks, only they don't like to have them
go in the water, and make a great fuss. But the little ones don't care a bit. I like to eat ducks with stuffing in
them and lots of applesauce."
"I have something to say about owls," began Nat, who had carefully prepared a paper upon this subject with
some help from Dan.
"Owls have big heads, round eyes, hooked bills, and strong claws. Some are gray, some white, some black
and yellowish. Their feathers are very soft, and stick out a great deal. They fly very quietly, and hunt bats,
mice, little birds, and such things. They build nests in barns, hollow trees, and some take the nests of other
birds. The great horned owl has two eggs bigger than a hen's and reddish brown. The tawny owl has five
eggs, white and smooth; and this is the kind that hoots at night. Another kind sounds like a child crying. They
eat mice and bats whole, and the parts that they cannot digest they make into little balls and spit out."
"My gracious! how funny!" Nan was heard to observe.
"They cannot see by day; and if they get out into the light, they go flapping round half blind, and the other
birds chase and peck at them, as if they were making fun. The horned owl is very big, 'most as big as the
eagle. It eats rabbits, rats, snakes, and birds; and lives in rocks and old tumbledown houses. They have a
good many cries, and scream like a person being choked, and say, 'Waugh O! waugh O!' and it scares people
at night in the woods. The white owl lives by the sea, and in cold places, and looks something like a hawk.
There is a kind of owl that makes holes to live in like moles. It is called the burrowing owl, and is very small.
The barnowl is the commonest kind; and I have watched one sitting in a hole in a tree, looking like a little
gray cat, with one eye shut and the other open. He comes out at dusk, and sits round waiting for the bats. I
caught one, and here he is."
With that Nat suddenly produced from inside his jacket a little downy bird, who blinked and ruffled his
feathers, looking very plump and sleepy and scared.
"Don't touch him! He is going to show off," said Nat, displaying his new pet with great pride. First he put a
cocked hat on the bird's head, and the boys laughed at the funny effect; then he added a pair of paper
spectacles, and that gave the owl such a wise look that they shouted with merriment. The performance closed
with making the bird angry, and seeing him cling to a handkerchief upside down, pecking and "clucking," as
Rob called it. He was allowed to fly after that, and settled himself on the bunch of pinecones over the door,
where he sat staring down at the company with an air of sleepy dignity that amused them very much.
"Have you anything for us, George?" asked Mr. Bhaer, when the room was still again.
"Well, I read and learned ever so much about moles, but I declare I've forgotten every bit of it, except that
they dig holes to live in, that you catch them by pouring water down, and that they can't possibly live without
eating very often;" and Stuffy sat down, wishing he had not been too lazy to write out his valuable
observations, for a general smile went round when he mentioned the last of the three facts which lingered in
his memory.
"Then we are done for today," began Mr. Bhaer, but Tommy called out in a great hurry,
"No we ain't. Don't you know? We must give the thing;" and he winked violently as he made an eyeglass of
his fingers.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVII COMPOSITION DAY 140
Page No 143
"Bless my heart, I forgot! Now is your time, Tom;" and Mr. Bhaer dropped into his seat again, while all the
boys but Dan looked mightily tickled at something.
Nat, Tommy, and Demi left the room, and speedily returned with a little red morocco box set forth in state on
Mrs. Jo's best silver salver. Tommy bore it, and, still escorted by Nat and Demi, marched up to unsuspecting
Dan, who stared at them as if he thought they were going to make fun of him. Tommy had prepared an
elegant and impressive speech for the occasion, but when the minute came, it all went out of his head, and he
just said, straight from his kindly boyish heart,
"Here, old fellow, we all wanted to give you something to kind of pay for what happened awhile ago, and to
show how much we liked you for being such a trump. Please take it, and have a jolly good time with it."
Dan was so surprised he could only get as red as the little box, and mutter, "Thanky, boys!" as he fumbled to
open it. But when he saw what was inside, his face lighted up, and he seized the long desired treasure, saying
so enthusiastically that every one was satisfied, though is language was anything but polished,
"What a stunner! I say, you fellows are regular bricks to give me this; it's just what I wanted. Give us your
paw, Tommy."
Many paws were given, and heartily shaken, for the boys were charmed with Dan's pleasure, and crowded
round him to shake hands and expatiate on the beauties of their gift. In the midst of this pleasant chatter,
Dan's eye went to Mrs. Jo, who stood outside the group enjoying the scene with all her heart.
"No, I had nothing to do with it. The boys got it up all themselves," she said, answering the grateful look that
seemed to thank her for that happy moment. Dan smiled, and said, in a tone that only she could understand,
"It's you all the same;" and making his way through the boys, he held out his hand first to her and then to the
good Professor, who was beaming benevolently on his flock.
He thanked them both with the silent, hearty squeeze he gave the kind hands that had held him up, and led
him into the safe refuge of a happy home. Not a word was spoken, but they felt all he would say, and little
Teddy expressed his pleasure for them as he leaned from his father's arm to hug the boy, and say, in his baby
way,
"My dood Danny! everybody loves him now."
"Come here, show off your spyglass, Dan, and let us see some of your magnified pollywogs and
annymalcumisms as you call 'em," said Jack, who felt so uncomfortable during this scene that he would have
slipped away if Emil had not kept him.
"So I will, take a squint at that and see what you think of it," said Dan, glad to show off his precious
microscope.
He held it over a beetle that happened to be lying on the table, and Jack bent down to take his squint, but
looked up with an amazed face, saying,
"My eye! what nippers the old thing has got! I see now why it hurts so confoundedly when you grab a dorbug
and he grabs back again."
"He winked at me," cried Nan, who had poked her head under Jack's elbow and got the second peep.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVII COMPOSITION DAY 141
Page No 144
Every one took a look, and then Dan showed them the lovely plumage on a moth's wing, the four feathery
corners to a hair, the veins on a leaf, hardly visible to the naked eye, but like a thick net through the
wonderful little glass; the skin on their own fingers, looking like queer hills and valleys; a cobweb like a bit
of coarse sewing silk, and the sting of a bee.
"It's like the fairy spectacles in my storybook, only more curious," said Demi, enchanted with the wonders
he saw.
"Dan is a magician now, and he can show you many miracles going on all round you; for he has two things
needful patience and a love of nature. We live in a beautiful and wonderful world, Demi, and the more you
know about it the wiser and the better you will be. This little glass will give you a new set of teachers, and
you may learn fine lessons from them if you will," said Mr. Bhaer, glad to see how interested the boys were
in the matter.
"Could I see anybody's soul with this microscope if I looked hard?" asked Demi, who was much impressed
with the power of the bit of glass.
"No, dear; it's not powerful enough for that, and never can be made so. You must wait a long while before
your eyes are clear enough to see the most invisible of God's wonders. But looking at the lovely things you
can see will help you to understand the lovelier things you can not see," answered Uncle Fritz, with his hand
on the boy's head.
"Well, Daisy and I both think that if there are any angels, their wings look like that butterfly's as we see it
through the glass, only more soft and gold."
"Believe it if you like, and keep your own little wings as bright and beautiful, only don't fly away for a long
time yet."
"No, I won't," and Demi kept his word.
"Goodby, my boys; I must go now, but I leave you with our new Professor of Natural History;" and Mrs. Jo
went away well pleased with that composition day.
CHAPTER XVIII CROPS
The gardens did well that summer, and in September the little crops were gathered in with much rejoicing.
Jack and Ned joined their farms and raised potatoes, those being a good salable article. They got twelve
bushels, counting little ones and all, and sold them to Mr. Bhaer at a fair price, for potatoes went fast in that
house. Emil and Franz devoted themselves to corn, and had a jolly little husking in the barn, after which they
took their corn to the mill, and came proudly home with meal enough to supply the family with
hastypudding and Johnnycake for a lone time. They would not take money for their crop; because, as
Franz said, "We never can pay Uncle for all he has done for us if we raised corn for the rest of our days."
Nat had beans in such abundance that he despaired of ever shelling them, till Mrs. Jo proposed a new way,
which succeeded admirably. The dry pods were spread upon the barnfloor, Nat fiddled, and the boys danced
quadrilles on them, till they were thrashed out with much merriment and very little labor.
Tommy's six weeks' beans were a failure; for a dry spell early in the season hurt them, because he gave them
no water; and after that he was so sure that they could take care of themselves, he let the poor things struggle
with bugs and weeds till they were exhausted and died a lingering death. So Tommy had to dig his farm over
again, and plant peas. But they were late; the birds ate many; the bushes, not being firmly planted, blew
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVIII CROPS 142
Page No 145
down, and when the poor peas came at last, no one cared for them, as their day was over, and springlamb
had grown into mutton. Tommy consoled himself with a charitable effort; for he transplanted all the thistles
he could find, and tended them carefully for Toby, who was fond of the prickly delicacy, and had eaten all he
could find on the place. The boys had great fun over Tom's thistle bed; but he insisted that it was better to
care for poor Toby than for himself, and declared that he would devote his entire farm next year to thistles,
worms, and snails, that Demi's turtles and Nat's pet owl might have the food they loved, as well as the
donkey. So like shiftless, kindhearted, happygolucky Tommy!
Demi had supplied his grandmother with lettuce all summer, and in the autumn sent his grandfather a basket
of turnips, each one scrubbed up till it looked like a great white egg. His Grandma was fond of salad, and one
of his Grandpa's favorite quotations was
"Lucullus, whom frugality could charm,
Ate roasted turnips at the Sabine farm."
Therefore these vegetable offerings to the dear domestic god and goddess were affectionate, appropriate, and
classical.
Daisy had nothing but flowers in her little plot, and it bloomed all summer long with a succession of gay or
fragrant posies. She was very fond of her garden, and delved away in it at all hours, watching over her roses,
and pansies, sweetpeas, and mignonette, as faithfully and tenderly as she did over her dolls or her friends.
Little nosegays were sent into town on all occasions, and certain vases about the house were her especial
care. She had all sorts of pretty fancies about her flowers, and loved to tell the children the story of the pansy,
and show them how the stepmotherleaf sat up in her green chair in purple and gold; how the two own
children in gay yellow had each its little seat, while the step children, in dull colors, both sat on one small
stool, and the poor little father in his red nightcap, was kept out of sight in the middle of the flower; that a
monk's dark face looked out of the monk'shood larkspur; that the flowers of the canaryvine were so like
dainty birds fluttering their yellow wings, that one almost expected to see them fly away, and the snapdragons
that went off like little pistolshots when you cracked them. Splendid dollies did she make out of scarlet and
white poppies, with ruffled robes tied round the waist with grass blade sashes, and astonishing hats of
coreopsis on their green heads. Peapod boats, with roseleaf sails, received these flowerpeople, and floated
them about a placid pool in the most charming style; for finding that there were no elves, Daisy made her
own, and loved the fanciful little friends who played their parts in her summerlife.
Nan went in for herbs, and had a fine display of useful plants, which she tended with steadily increasing
interest and care. Very busy was she in September cutting, drying, and tying up her sweet harvest, and
writing down in a little book how the different herbs are to be used. She had tried several experiments, and
made several mistakes; so she wished to be particular lest she should give little Huz another fit by
administering wormwood instead of catnip.
Dick, Dolly, and Rob each grubbed away on his small farm, and made more stir about it than all the rest put
together. Parsnips and carrots were the crops of the two D.'s; and they longed for it to be late enough to pull
up the precious vegetables. Dick did privately examine his carrots, and plant them again, feeling that Silas
was right in saying it was too soon for them yet.
Rob's crop was four small squashes and one immense pumpkin. It really was a "bouncer," as every one said;
and I assure you that two small persons could sit on it side by side. It seemed to have absorbed all the
goodness of the little garden, and all the sunshine that shone down on it, and lay there a great round, golden
ball, full of rich suggestions of pumpkinpies for weeks to come. Robby was so proud of his mammoth
vegetable that he took every one to see it, and, when frosts began to nip, covered it up each night with an old
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVIII CROPS 143
Page No 146
bedquilt, tucking it round as if the pumpkin was a wellbeloved baby. The day it was gathered he would let
no one touch it but himself, and nearly broke his back tugging it to the barn in his little wheelbarrow, with
Dick and Dolly harnessed in front to give a heave up the path. His mother promised him that the
Thanksgivingpies should be made from it, and hinted vaguely that she had a plan in her head which would
cover the prize pumpkin and its owner with glory.
Poor Billy had planted cucumbers, but unfortunately hoed them up and left the pigweed. This mistake
grieved him very much for tem minutes, then he forgot all about it, and sowed a handful of bright buttons
which he had collected, evidently thinking in his feeble mind that they were money, and would come up and
multiply, so that he might make many quarters, as Tommy did. No one disturbed him, and he did what he
liked with his plot, which soon looked as if a series of small earthquakes had stirred it up. When the general
harvestday came, he would have had nothing but stones and weeds to show, if kind old Asia had not hung
halfadozen oranges on the dead tree he stuck up in the middle. Billy was delighted with his crop; and no
one spoiled his pleasure in the little miracle which pity wrought for him, by making withered branches bear
strange fruit.
Stuffy had various trials with his melons; for, being impatient to taste them, he had a solitary revel before
they were ripe, and made himself so ill, that for a day or two it seemed doubtful if he would ever eat any
more. But he pulled through it, and served up his first cantaloupe without tasting a mouthful himself. They
were excellent melons, for he had a warm slope for them, and they ripened fast. The last and best were
lingering on the vines, and Stuffy had announced that he should sell them to a neighbor. This disappointed
the boys, who had hoped to eat the melons themselves, and they expressed their displeasure in a new and
striking manner. Going one morning to gaze upon the three fine watermelons which he had kept for the
market, Stuffy was horrified to find the word "PIG" cut in white letters on the green rind, staring at him from
every one. He was in a great rage, and flew to Mrs. Jo for redress. She listened, condoled with him, and then
said,
"If you want to turn the laugh, I'll tell you how, but you must give up the melons."
"Well, I will; for I can't thrash all the boys, but I'd like to give them something to remember, the mean
sneaks," growled Stuff, still in a fume.
Now Mrs. Jo was pretty sure who had done the trick, for she had seen three heads suspiciously near to one
another in the sofacorner the evening before; and when these heads had nodded with chuckles and whispers,
this experienced woman knew mischief was afoot. A moonlight night, a rustling in the old cherrytree near
Emil's window, a cut on Tommy's finger, all helped to confirm her suspicions; and having cooled Stuffy's
wrath a little, she bade him bring his maltreated melons to her room, and say not a word to any one of what
had happened. He did so, and the three wags were amazed to find their joke so quietly taken. It spoilt the fun,
and the entire disappearance of the melons made them uneasy. So did Stuffy's goodnature, for he looked
more placid and plump than ever, and surveyed them with an air of calm pity that perplexed them very much.
At dinnertime they discovered why; for then Stuffy's vengeance fell upon them, and the laugh was turned
against them. When the pudding was eaten, and the fruit was put on, Mary Ann reappeared in a high state of
giggle, bearing a large watermelon; Silas followed with another; and Dan brought up the rear with a third.
One was placed before each of the three guilty lads; and they read on the smooth green skins this addition to
their own work, "With the compliments of the PIG." Every one else read it also, and the whole table was in a
roar, for the trick had been whispered about; so every one understood the sequel. Emil, Ned, and Tommy did
not know where to look, and had not a word to say for themselves; so they wisely joined in the laugh, cut up
the melons, and handed them round, saying, what all the rest agreed to, that Stuffy had taken a wise and
merry way to return good for evil.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVIII CROPS 144
Page No 147
Dan had no garden, for he was away or lame the greater part of the summer; so he had helped Silas wherever
he could, chopped wood for Asia, and taken care of the lawn so well, that Mrs. Jo always had smooth paths
and nicely shaven turf before her door.
When the others got in their crops, he looked sorry that he had so little to show; but as autumn went on, he
bethought himself of a woodland harvest which no one would dispute with him, and which was peculiarly his
own. Every Saturday he was away alone to the forests, fields, and hills, and always came back loaded with
spoils; for he seemed to know the meadows where the best flagroot grew, the thicket where the sassafras
was spiciest, the haunts where the squirrels went for nuts, the white oak whose bark was most valuable, and
the little goldthread vine that Nursey liked to cure the canker with. All sorts of splendid red and yellow
leaves did Dan bring home for Mrs. Jo to dress her parlor with, gracefulseeded grasses, clematis tassels,
downy, soft, yellow waxwork berries, and mosses, redbrimmed, white, or emerald green.
"I need not sigh for the woods now, because Dan brings the woods to me," Mrs. Jo used to say, as she
glorified the walls with yellow maple boughs and scarlet woodbine wreaths, or filled her vases with russet
ferns, hemlock sprays full of delicate cones, and hardy autumn flowers; for Dan's crop suited her well.
The great garret was full of the children's little stores and for a time was one of the sights of the house.
Daisy's flower seeds in neat little paper bags, all labelled, lay in a drawer of a threelegged table. Nan's herbs
hung in bunches against the wall, filling the air with their aromatic breath. Tommy had a basket of
thistledown with the tiny seeds attached, for he meant to plant them next year, if they did not all fly away
before that time. Emil had bunches of popcorn hanging there to dry, and Demi laid up acorns and different
sorts of grain for the pets. But Dan's crop made the best show, for fully one half of the floor was covered with
the nuts he brought. All kinds were there, for he ranged the woods for miles round, climbed the tallest trees,
and forced his way into the thickest hedges for his plunder. Walnuts, chestnuts, hazelnuts, and beechnuts lay
in separate compartments, getting brown, and dry, and sweet, ready for winter revels.
There was one butternuttree on the place, and Rob and Teddy called it theirs. It bore well this year, and the
great dingy nuts came dropping down to hide among the dead leaves, where the busy squirrels found them
better than the lazy Bhaers. Their father had told them (the boys, not the squirrels) they should have the nuts
if they would pick them up, but no one was to help. It was easy work, and Teddy liked it, only he soon got
tired, and left his little basket half full for another day. But the other day was slow to arrive, and, meantime,
the sly squirrels were hard at work, scampering up and down the old elmtrees stowing the nuts away till
their holes were full, then all about the crotches of the boughs, to be removed at their leisure. Their funny
little ways amused the boys, till one day Silas said,
"Hev you sold them nuts to the squirrels?"
"No," answered Rob, wondering what Silas meant.
"Wal, then, you'd better fly round, or them spry little fellers won't leave you none."
"Oh, we can beat them when we begin. There are such lots of nuts we shall have a plenty."
"There ain't many more to come down, and they have cleared the ground pretty well, see if they hain't."
Robby ran to look, and was alarmed to find how few remained. He called Teddy, and they worked hard all
one afternoon, while the squirrels sat on the fence and scolded.
"Now, Ted, we must keep watch, and pick up just as fast as they fall, or we shan't have more than a bushel,
and every one will laugh at us if we don't."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVIII CROPS 145
Page No 148
"The naughty quillies tarn't have 'em. I'll pick fast and run and put 'em in the barn twick," said Teddy,
frowning at little Frisky, who chattered and whisked his tail indignantly.
That night a high wind blew down hundreds of nuts, and when Mrs. Jo came to wake her little sons, she said,
briskly,
"Come, my laddies, the squirrels are hard at it, and you will have to work well today, or they will have
every nut on the ground."
"No, they won't," and Robby tumbled up in a great hurry, gobbled his breakfast, and rushed out to save his
property.
Teddy went too, and worked like a little beaver, trotting to and fro with full and empty baskets. Another
bushel was soon put away in the cornbarn, and they were scrambling among the leaves for more nuts when
the bell rang for school.
"O father! let me stay out and pick. Those horrid squirrels will have my nuts if you don't. I'll do my lessons
by and by," cried Rob, running into the schoolroom, flushed and tousled by the fresh cold wind and his
eager work.
"If you had been up early and done a little every morning there would be no hurry now. I told you that, Rob,
and you never minded. I cannot have the lessons neglected as the work has been. The squirrels will get more
than their share this year, and they deserve it, for they have worked best. You may go an hour earlier, but that
is all," and Mr. Bhaer led Rob to his place where the little man dashed at his books as if bent on making sure
of the precious hour promised him.
It was almost maddening to sit still and see the wind shaking down the last nuts, and the lively thieves flying
about, pausing now and then to eat one in his face, and flirt their tails, as if they said, saucily, "We'll have
them in spite of you, lazy Rob." The only thing that sustained the poor child in this trying moment was the
sight of Teddy working away all alone. It was really splendid the pluck and perseverance of the little lad. He
picked and picked till his back ached; he trudged to and fro till his small legs were tired; and he defied wind,
weariness, and wicked "quillies," till his mother left her work and did the carrying for him, full of admiration
for the kind little fellow who tried to help his brother. When Rob was dismissed, he found Teddy reposing in
the bushelbasket quite used up, but unwilling to quit the field; for he flapped his hat at the thieves with one
grubby little hand, while he refreshed himself with the big apple held in the other.
Rob fell to work and the ground was cleared before two o'clock, the nuts safely in the cornbarn loft, and the
weary workers exulted in their success. But Frisky and his wife were not to be vanquished so easily; and
when Rob went up to look at his nuts a few days later he was amazed to see how many had vanished. None of
the boys could have stolen them, because the door had been locked; the doves could not have eaten them, and
there were no rats about. There was great lamentation among the young Bhaers till Dick said
"I saw Frisky on the roof of the cornbarn, may be he took them."
"I know he did! I'll have a trap, and kill him dead," cried Rob, disgusted with Frisky's grasping nature.
"Perhaps if you watch, you can find out where he puts them, and I may be able to get them back for you,"
said Dan, who was much amused by the fight between the boys and squirrels.
So Rob watched and saw Mr. and Mrs. Frisky drop from the drooping elm boughs on to the roof of the
cornbarn, dodge in at one of the little doors, much to the disturbance of the doves, and come out with a nut
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XVIII CROPS 146
Page No 149
in each mouth. So laden they could not get back the way they came, but ran down the low roof, along the
wall, and leaping off at a corner they vanished a minute and reappeared without their plunder. Rob ran to
the place, and in a hollow under the leaves he found a heap of the stolen property hidden away to be carried
off to the holes by and by.
"Oh, you little villains! I'll cheat you now, and not leave one," said Rob. So he cleared the corner and the
cornbarn, and put the contested nuts in the garret, making sure that no broken windowpane could
anywhere let in the unprincipled squirrels. They seemed to feel that the contest was over, and retired to their
hole, but now and then could not resist throwing down nutshells on Rob's head, and scolding violently as if
they could not forgive him nor forget that he had the best of the battle.
Father and Mother Bhaer's crop was of a different sort, and not so easily described; but they were satisfied
with it, felt that their summer work had prospered well, and by and by had a harvest that made them very
happy.
CHAPTER XIX JOHN BROOKE
"Wake up, Demi, dear! I want you."
"Why, I've just gone to bed; it can't be morning yet;" and Demi blinked like a little owl as he waked from his
first sound sleep.
"It's only ten, but your father is ill, and we must go to him. O my little John! my poor little John!" and Aunt
Jo laid her head down on the pillow with a sob that scared sleep from Demi's eyes and filled his heart with
fear and wonder; for he dimly felt why Aunt Jo called him "John," and wept over him as if some loss had
come that left him poor. He clung to her without a word, and in a minute she was quite steady again, and said,
with a tender kiss as she saw his troubled face,
"We are going to say goodby to him, my darling, and there is no time to lose; so dress quickly and come to
me in my room. I must go to Daisy."
"Yes, I will;" and when Aunt Jo was gone, little Demi got up quietly, dressed as if in a dream, and leaving
Tommy fast asleep went away through the silent house, feeling that something new and sorrowful was going
to happen something that set him apart from the other boys for a time, and made the world seem as dark and
still and strange as those familiar rooms did in the night. A carriage sent by Mr. Laurie stood before the door.
Daisy was soon ready, and the brother and sister held each other by the hand all the way into town, as they
drove swiftly and silently with aunt and uncle through the shadowy roads to say goodby to father.
None of the boys but Franz and Emil knew what had happened, and when they came down next morning,
great was their wonderment and discomfort, for the house seemed forlorn without its master and mistress.
Breakfast was a dismal meal with no cheery Mrs. Jo behind the teapots; and when schooltime came, Father
Bhaer's place was empty. They wandered about in a disconsolate kind of way for an hour, waiting for news
and hoping it would be all right with Demi's father, for good John Brooke was much beloved by the boys.
Ten o'clock came, and no one arrived to relieve their anxiety. They did not feel like playing, yet the time
dragged heavily, and they sat about listless and sober. All at once, Franz got up, and said, in his persuasive
way,
"Look here, boys! let's go into school and do our lessons just as if Uncle was here. It will make the day go
faster, and will please him, I know."
"But who will hear us say them?" asked Jack.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIX JOHN BROOKE 147
Page No 150
"I will; I don't know much more than you do, but I'm the oldest here, and I'll try to fill Uncle's place till he
comes, if you don't mind."
Something in the modest, serious way Franz said this impressed the boys, for, though the poor lad's eyes were
red with quiet crying for Uncle John in that long sad night, there was a new manliness about him, as if he had
already begun to feel the cares and troubles of life, and tried to take them bravely.
"I will, for one," and Emil went to his seat, remembering that obedience to his superior officer is a seaman's
first duty.
The others followed; Franz took his uncle's seat, and for an hour order reigned. Lessons were learned and
said, and Franz made a patient, pleasant teacher, wisely omitting such lessons as he was not equal to, and
keeping order more by the unconscious dignity that sorrow gave him than by any words of his own. The little
boys were reading when a step was heard in the hall, and every one looked up to read the news in Mr. Bhaer's
face as he came in. The kind face told them instantly that Demi had no father now, for it was worn and pale,
and full of tender grief, which left him no words with which to answer Rob, as he ran to him, saying,
reproachfully,
"What made you go and leave me in the night, papa?"
The memory of the other father who had left his children in the night, never to return, made Mr. Bhaer hold
his own boy close, and, for a minute, hide his face in Robby's curly hair. Emil laid his head down on his
arms, Franz, went to put his hand on his uncle's shoulder, his boyish face pale with sympathy and sorrow, and
the others sat so still that the soft rustle of the falling leaves outside was distinctly heard.
Rob did not clearly understand what had happened, but he hated to see papa unhappy, so he lifted up the bent
head, and said, in his chirpy little voice,
"Don't cry, mein Vater! we were all so good, we did our lessons, without you, and Franz was the master."
Mr. Bhaer looked up then, tried to smile, and said in a grateful tone that made the lads feel like saints, "I
thank you very much, my boys. It was a beautiful way to help and comfort me. I shall not forget it, I assure
you."
"Franz proposed it, and was a firstrate master, too," said Nat; and the others gave a murmur of assent most
gratifying to the young dominie.
Mr. Bhaer put Rob down, and, standing up, put his arm round his tall nephew's shoulder, as he said, with a
look of genuine pleasure,
"This makes my hard day easier, and gives me confidence in you all. I am needed there in town, and must
leave you for some hours. I thought to give you a holiday, or send some of you home, but if you like to stay
and go on as you have begun, I shall be glad and proud of my good boys."
"We'll stay;" "We'd rather;" "Franz can see to us;" cried several, delighted with the confidence shown in
them.
"Isn't Marmar coming home?" asked Rob, wistfully; for home without "Marmar" was the world without the
sun to him.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIX JOHN BROOKE 148
Page No 151
"We shall both come tonight; but dear Aunt Meg needs Mother more than you do now, and I know you like
to lend her for a little while."
"Well, I will; but Teddy's been crying for her, and he slapped Nursey, and was dreadful naughty," answered
Rob, as if the news might bring mother home.
"Where is my little man?" asked Mr. Bhaer.
"Dan took him out, to keep him quiet. He's all right now," said Franz, pointing to the window, through which
they could see Dan drawing baby in his little wagon, with the dogs frolicking about him.
"I won't see him, it would only upset him again; but tell Dan I leave Teddy in his care. You older boys I trust
to manage yourselves for a day. Franz will direct you, and Silas is here to over see matters. So goodby till
tonight."
"Just tell me a word about Uncle John," said Emil, detaining Mr. Bhaer, as he was about hurrying away
again.
"He was only ill a few hours, and died as he has lived, so cheerfully, so peacefully, that it seems a sin to mar
the beauty of it with any violent or selfish grief. We were in time to say goodby: and Daisy and Demi were
in his arms as he fell asleep on Aunt Meg's breast. No more now, I cannot bear it," and Mr. Bhaer went
hastily away quite bowed with grief, for in John Brooke he had lost both friend and brother, and there was no
one left to take his place.
All that day the house was very still; the small boys played quietly in the nursery; the others, feeling as if
Sunday had come in the middle of the week, spent it in walking, sitting in the willow, or among their pets, all
talking much of "Uncle John," and feeling that something gentle, just, and strong, had gone out of their little
world, leaving a sense of loss that deepened every hour. At dusk, Mr. and Mrs. Bhaer came home alone, for
Demi and Daisy were their mother's best comfort now, and could not leave her. Poor Mrs. Jo seemed quite
spent, and evidently needed the same sort of comfort, for her first words, as she came up the stairs, were,
"Where is my baby?"
"Here I is," answered a little voice, as Dan put Teddy into her arms, adding, as she hugged him close, "My
Danny tooked tare of me all day, and I was dood."
Mrs. Jo turned to thank the faithful nurse, but Dan was waving off the boys, who had gathered in the hall to
meet her, and was saying, in a low voice, "Keep back; she don't want to be bothered with us now."
"No, don't keep back. I want you all. Come in and see me, my boys. I've neglected you all day," and Mrs. Jo
held out her hands to them as they gathered round and escorted her into her own room, saying little, but
expressing much by affectionate looks and clumsy little efforts to show their sorrow and sympathy.
"I am so tired, I will lie here and cuddle Teddy, and you shall bring me in some tea," she said, trying to speak
cheerfully for their sakes.
A general stampede into the diningroom followed, and the suppertable would have been ravaged if Mr.
Bhaer had not interfered. It was agreed that one squad should carry in the mother's tea, and another bring it
out. The four nearest and dearest claimed the first honor, so Franz bore the teapot, Emil the bread, Rob the
milk, and Teddy insisted on carrying the sugar basin, which was lighter by several lumps when it arrived than
when it started. Some women might have found it annoying at such a time to have boys creaking in and out,
upsetting cups and rattling spoons in violent efforts to be quiet and helpful; but it suited Mrs. Jo, because just
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIX JOHN BROOKE 149
Page No 152
then her heart was very tender; and remembering that many of her boys were fatherless or motherless, she
yearned over them, and found comfort in their blundering affection. It was the sort of food that did her more
good than the very thick breadandbutter that they gave her, and the rough Commodore's broken whisper,
"Bear up, Aunty, it's a hard blow; but we'll weather it somehow;" cheered her more than the sloppy cup he
brought her, full of tea as bitter as if some salt tear of his own had dropped into it on the way. When supper
was over, a second deputation removed the tray; and Dan said, holding out his arms for sleepy little Teddy,
"Let me put him to bed, you're so tired, Mother."
"Will you go with him, lovey?" asked Mrs. Jo of her small lord and master, who lay on her arm among the
sofapillows.
"Torse I will;" and he was proudly carried off by his faithful bearer.
"I wish I could do something," said Nat, with a sigh, as Franz leaned over the sofa, and softly stroked Aunt
Jo's hot forehead.
"You can, dear. Go and get your violin, and play me the sweet little airs Uncle Teddy sent you last. Music
will comfort me better than any thing else tonight."
Nat flew for his fiddle, and, sitting just outside her door, played as he had never done before, for now his
heart was in it, and seemed to magnetize his fingers. The other lads sat quietly upon the steps, keeping watch
that no newcomer should disturb the house; Franz lingered at his post; and so, soothed, served, and guarded
by her boys, poor Mrs. Jo slept at last, and forgot her sorrow for an hour.
Two quiet days, and on the third Mr. Bhaer came in just after school, with a note in his hand, looking both
moved and pleased.
"I want to read you something, boys," he said; and as they stood round him he read this:
"DEAR BROTHER FRITZ, I hear that you do not mean to bring your flock today, thinking that I may not
like it. Please do. The sight of his friends will help Demi through the hard hour, and I want the boys to hear
what father says of my John. It will do them good, I know. If they would sing one of the sweet old hymns you
have taught them so well, I should like it better than any other music, and feel that it was beautifully suited to
the occasion. Please ask them, with my love.
MEG."
"Will you go?" and Mr. Bhaer looked at the lads, who were greatly touched by Mrs. Brooke's kind words and
wishes.
"Yes," they answered, like one boy; and an hour later they went away with Franz to bear their part in John
Brooke's simple funeral.
The little house looked as quiet, sunny, and homelike as when Meg entered it as a bride, ten years ago, only
then it was early summer, and rose blossomed everywhere; now it was early autumn, and dead leaves rustled
softly down, leaving the branches bare. The bride was a widow now; but the same beautiful serenity shone in
her face, and the sweet resignation of a truly pious soul made her presence a consolation to those who came
to comfort her.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIX JOHN BROOKE 150
Page No 153
"O Meg! how can you bear it so?" whispered Jo, as she met them at the door with a smile of welcome, and no
change in her gentle manner, except more gentleness.
"Dear Jo, the love that has blest me for ten happy years supports me still. It could not die, and John is more
my own than ever," whispered Meg; and in her eyes the tender trust was so beautiful and bright, that Jo
believed her, and thanked God for the immortality of love like hers.
They were all there father and mother, Uncle Teddy, and Aunt Amy, old Mr. Laurence, whitehaired and
feeble now, Mr. and Mrs. Bhaer, with their flock, and many friends, come to do honor to the dead. One would
have said that modest John Brooke, in his busy, quiet, humble life, had had little time to make friends; but
now they seemed to start up everywhere, old and young, rich and poor, high and low; for all unconsciously
his influence had made itself widely felt, his virtues were remembered, and his hidden charities rose up to
bless him. The group about his coffin was a far more eloquent eulogy than any Mr. March could utter. There
were the rich men whom he had served faithfully for years; the poor old women whom he cherished with his
little store, in memory of his mother; the wife to whom he had given such happiness that death could not mar
it utterly; the brothers and sisters in whose hearts he had made a place for ever; the little son and daughter,
who already felt the loss of his strong arm and tender voice; the young children, sobbing for their kindest
playmate, and the tall lads, watching with softened faces a scene which they never could forget. A very
simple service, and very short; for the fatherly voice that had faltered in the marriagesacrament now failed
entirely as Mr. March endeavored to pay his tribute of reverence and love to the son whom he most honored.
Nothing but the soft coo of Baby Josy's voice upstairs broke the long hush that followed the last Amen, till,
at a sign from Mr. Bhaer, the welltrained boyish voices broke out in a hymn, so full of lofty cheer, that one
by one all joined in it, singing with full hearts, and finding their troubled spirits lifted into peace on the wings
of that brave, sweet psalm.
As Meg listened, she felt that she had done well; for not only did the moment comfort her with the assurance
that John's last lullaby was sung by the young voices he loved so well, but in the faces of the boys she saw
that they had caught a glimpse of the beauty of virtue in its most impressive form, and that the memory of the
good man lying dead before them would live long and helpfully in their remembrance. Daisy's head lay in her
lap, and Demi held her hand, looking often at her, with eyes so like his father's, and a little gesture that
seemed to say, "Don't be troubled, mother; I am here;" and all about her were friends to lean upon and love;
so patient, pious Meg put by her heavy grief, feeling that her best help would be to live for others, as her John
had done.
That evening, as the Plumfield boys sat on the steps, as usual, in the mild September moonlight, they
naturally fell to talking of the event of the day.
Emil began by breaking out, in his impetuous way, "Uncle Fritz is the wisest, and Uncle Laurie the jolliest,
but Uncle John was the best; and I'd rather be like him than any man I ever saw."
"So would I. Did you hear what those gentlemen said to Grandpa today? I would like to have that said of me
when I was dead;" and Franz felt with regret that he had not appreciated Uncle John enough.
"What did they say?" asked Jack, who had been much impressed by the scenes of the day.
"Why, one of the partners of Mr. Laurence, where Uncle John has been ever so long, was saying that he was
conscientious almost to a fault as a business man, and above reproach in all things. Another gentleman said
no money could repay the fidelity and honesty with which Uncle John had served him, and then Grandpa told
them the best of all. Uncle John once had a place in the office of a man who cheated, and when this man
wanted uncle to help him do it, uncle wouldn't, though he was offered a big salary. The man was angry and
said, 'You will never get on in business with such strict principles;' and uncle answered back, 'I never will try
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIX JOHN BROOKE 151
Page No 154
to get on without them,' and left the place for a much harder and poorer one."
"Good!" cried several of the boys warmly, for they were in the mood to understand and value the little story
as never before.
"He wasn't rich, was he?" asked Jack.
"No."
"He never did any thing to make a stir in the world, did he?"
"No."
"He was only good?"
"That's all;" and Franz found himself wishing that Uncle John had done something to boast of, for it was
evident that Jack was disappointed by his replies.
"Only good. That is all and every thing," said Mr. Bhaer, who had overheard the last few words, and guessed
what was going on the minds of the lads.
"Let me tell you a little about John Brooke, and you will see why men honor him, and why he was satisfied to
be good rather than rich or famous. He simply did his duty in all things, and did it so cheerfully, so faithfully,
that it kept him patient and brave, and happy through poverty and loneliness and years of hard work. He was
a good son, and gave up his own plans to stay and live with his mother while she needed him. He was a good
friend, and taught Laurie much beside his Greek and Latin, did it unconsciously, perhaps, by showing him an
example of an upright man. He was a faithful servant, and made himself so valuable to those who employed
him that they will find it hard to fill his place. He was a good husband and father, so tender, wise, and
thoughtful, that Laurie and I learned much of him, and only knew how well he loved his family, when we
discovered all he had done for them, unsuspected and unassisted."
Mr. Bhaer stopped a minute, and the boys sat like statues in the moonlight until he went on again, in a
subdued, but earnest voice: "As he lay dying, I said to him, 'Have no care for Meg and the little ones; I will
see that they never want.' Then he smiled and pressed my hand, and answered, in his cheerful way, 'No need
of that; I have cared for them.' And so he had, for when we looked among his papers, all was in order, not a
debt remained; and safely put away was enough to keep Meg comfortable and independent. Then we knew
why he had lived so plainly, denied himself so many pleasures, except that of charity, and worked so hard
that I fear he shortened his good life. He never asked help for himself, though often for others, but bore his
own burden and worked out his own task bravely and quietly. No one can say a word of complaint against
him, so just and generous and kind was he; and now, when he is gone, all find so much to love and praise and
honor, that I am proud to have been his friend, and would rather leave my children the legacy he leaves his
than the largest fortune ever made. Yes! Simple, generous goodness is the best capital to found the business
of this life upon. It lasts when fame and money fail, and is the only riches we can take out of this world with
us. Remember that, my boys; and if you want to earn respect and confidence and love follow in the footsteps
of John Brooke."
When Demi returned to school, after some weeks at home, he seemed to have recovered from his loss with
the blessed elasticity of childhood, and so he had in a measure; but he did not forget, for his was a nature into
which things sank deeply, to be pondered over, and absorbed into the soil where the small virtues were
growing fast. He played and studied, worked and sang, just as before, and few suspected any change; but
there was one and Aunt Jo saw it for she watched over the boy with her whole heart, trying to fill John's place
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIX JOHN BROOKE 152
Page No 155
in her poor way. He seldom spoke of his loss, but Aunt Jo often heard a stifled sobbing in the little bed at
night; and when she went to comfort him, all his cry was, "I want my father! oh, I want my father!" for the tie
between the two had been a very tender one, and the child's heart bled when it was broken. But time was kind
to him, and slowly he came to feel that father was not lost, only invisible for a while, and sure to be found
again, well and strong and fond as ever, even though his little son should see the purple asters blossom on his
grave many, many times before they met. To this belief Demi held fast, and in it found both help and
comfort, because it led him unconsciously through a tender longing for the father whom he had seen to a
childlike trust in the Father whom he had not seen. Both were in heaven, and he prayed to both, trying to be
good for love of them.
The outward change corresponded to the inward, for in those few weeks Demi seemed to have grown tall,
and began to drop his childish plays, not as if ashamed of them, as some boys do, but as if he had outgrown
them, and wanted something manlier. He took to the hated arithmetic, and held on so steadily that his uncle
was charmed, though he could not understand the whim, until Demi said,
"I am going to be a bookkeeper when I grow up, like papa, and I must know about figures and things, else I
can't have nice, neat ledgers like his."
At another time he came to his aunt with a very serious face, and said
"What can a small boy do to earn money?"
"Why do you ask, my deary?"
"My father told me to take care of mother and the little girls, and I want to, but I don't know how to begin."
"He did not mean now, Demi, but by and by, when you are large."
"But I wish to begin now, if I can, because I think I ought to make some money to buy things for the family. I
am ten, and other boys no bigger than I earn pennies sometimes."
"Well, then, suppose you rake up all the dead leaves and cover the strawberry bed. I'll pay you a dollar for the
job," said Aunt Jo.
"Isn't that a great deal? I could do it in one day. You must be fair, and no pay too much, because I want to
truly earn it."
"My little John, I will be fair, and not pay a penny too much. Don't work too hard; and when that is done I
will have something else for you to do," said Mrs. Jo, much touched by his desire to help, and his sense of
justice, so like his scrupulous father.
When the leaves were done, many barrowloads of chips were wheeled from the wood to the shed, and
another dollar earned. Then Demi helped cover the schoolbooks, working in the evenings under Franz's
direction, tugging patiently away at each book, letting no one help, and receiving his wages with such
satisfaction that the dingy bills became quite glorified in his sight.
"Now, I have a dollar for each of them, and I should like to take my money to mother all myself, so she can
see that I have minded my father."
So Demi made a duteous pilgrimage to his mother, who received his little earnings as a treasure of great
worth, and would have kept it untouched, if Demi had not begged her to buy some useful thing for herself
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XIX JOHN BROOKE 153
Page No 156
and the womenchildren, whom he felt were left to his care.
This made him very happy, and, though he often forgot his responsibilities for a time, the desire to help was
still there, strengthening with his years. He always uttered the words "my father" with an air of gentle pride,
and often said, as if he claimed a title full of honor, "Don't call me Demi any more. I am John Brooke now."
So, strengthened by a purpose and a hope, the little lad of ten bravely began the world, and entered into his
inheritance, the memory of a wise and tender father, the legacy of an honest name.
CHAPTER XX ROUND THE FIRE
With the October frosts came the cheery fires in the great fireplaces; and Demi's dry pinechips helped Dan's
oakknots to blaze royally, and go roaring up the chimney with a jolly sound. All were glad to gather round
the hearth, as the evenings grew longer, to play games, read, or lay plans for the winter. But the favorite
amusement was storytelling, and Mr. and Mrs. Bhaer were expected to have a store of lively tales always on
hand. Their supply occasionally gave out, and then the boys were thrown upon their own resources, which
were not always successful. Ghostparties were the rage at one time; for the fun of the thing consisted in
putting out the lights, letting the fire die down, and then sitting in the dark, and telling the most awful tales
they could invent. As this resulted in scares of all sorts among the boys, Tommy's walking in his sleep on the
shed roof, and a general state of nervousness in the little ones, it was forbidden, and they fell back on more
harmless amusements.
One evening, when the small boys were snugly tucked in bed, and the older lads were lounging about the
schoolroom fire, trying to decide what they should do, Demi suggested a new way of settling the question.
Seizing the hearthbrush, he marched up and down the room, saying, "Row, row, row;" and when the boys,
laughing and pushing, had got into line, he said, "Now, I'll give you two minutes to think of a play." Franz
was writing, and Emil reading the Life of Lord Nelson, and neither joined the party, but the others thought
hard, and when the time was up were ready to reply.
"Now, Tom!" and the poker softly rapped him on the head.
"Blindman's Buff."
"Jack!"
"Commerce; a good round game, and have cents for the pool."
"Uncle forbids our playing for money. Dan, what do you want?"
"Let's have a battle between the Greeks and Romans."
"Stuffy?"
"Roast apples, pop corn, and crack nuts."
"Good! good!" cried several; and when the vote was taken, Stuffy's proposal carried the day.
Some went to the cellar for apples, some to the garret for nuts, and others looked up the popper and the corn.
"We had better ask the girls to come in, hadn't we?" said Demi, in a sudden fit of politeness.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XX ROUND THE FIRE 154
Page No 157
"Daisy pricks chestnuts beautifully," put in Nat, who wanted his little friend to share the fun.
"Nan pops corn tiptop, we must have her," added Tommy.
"Bring in your sweethearts then, we don't mind," said Jack, who laughed at the innocent regard the little
people had for one another.
"You shan't call my sister a sweetheart; it is so silly!" cried Demi, in a way that made Jack laugh.
"She is Nat's darling, isn't she, old chirper?"
"Yes, if Demi don't mind. I can't help being fond of her, she is so good to me," answered Nat, with bashful
earnestness, for Jack's rough ways disturbed him.
"Nan is my sweetheart, and I shall marry her in about a year, so don't you get in the way, any of you," said
Tommy, stoutly; for he and Nan had settled their future, childfashion, and were to live in the willow, lower
down a basket for food, and do other charmingly impossible things.
Demi was quenched by the decision of Bangs, who took him by the arm and walked him off to get the ladies.
Nan and Daisy were sewing with Aunt Jo on certain small garments, for Mrs. Carney's newest baby.
"Please, ma'am, could you lend us the girls for a little while? We'll be very careful of them," said Tommy,
winking one eye to express apples, snapping his fingers to signify popcorn, and gnashing his teeth to convey
the idea of nutcracking.
The girls understood this pantomime at once, and began to pull of their thimbles before Mrs. Jo could decide
whether Tommy was going into convulsions or was brewing some unusual piece of mischief. Demi explained
with elaboration, permission was readily granted, and the boys departed with their prize.
"Don't you speak to Jack," whispered Tommy, as he and Nan promenaded down the hall to get a fork to prick
the apples.
"Why not?"
"He laughs at me, so I don't wish you to have any thing to do with him."
"Shall, if I like," said Nan, promptly resenting this premature assumption of authority on the part of her lord.
"Then I won't have you for my sweetheart."
"I don't care."
"Why, Nan, I thought you were fond of me!" and Tommy's voice was full of tender reproach.
"If you mind Jack's laughing I don't care for you one bit."
"Then you may take back your old ring; I won't wear it any longer;" and Tommy plucked off a horsehair
pledge of affection which Nan had given him in return for one made of a lobster's feeler.
"I shall give it to Ned," was her cruel reply; for Ned liked Mrs. Giddygaddy, and had turned her clothespins,
boxes, and spools enough to set up housekeeping with.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XX ROUND THE FIRE 155
Page No 158
Tommy said, "Thunder turtles!" as the only vent equal to the pentup anguish of the moment, and, dropping
Nan's arm, retired in high dudgeon, leaving her to follow with the fork, a neglect which naughty Nan
punished by proceeding to prick his heart with jealousy as if it were another sort of apple.
The hearth was swept, and the rosy Baldwins put down to roast. A shovel was heated, and the chestnuts
danced merrily upon it, while the corn popped wildly in its wire prison. Dan cracked his best walnuts, and
every one chattered and laughed, while the rain beat on the windowpane and the wind howled round the
house.
"Why is Billy like this nut?" asked Emil, who was frequently inspired with bad conundrums.
"Because he is cracked," answered Ned.
"That's not fair; you mustn't make fun of Billy, because he can't hit back again. It's mean," cried Dan,
smashing a nut wrathfully.
"To what family of insects does Blake belong?" asked peacemaker Franz, seeing that Emil looked ashamed
and Dan lowering.
"Gnats," answered Jack.
"Why is Daisy like a bee?" cried Nat, who had been wrapt in thought for several minutes.
"Because she is queen of the hive," said Dan.
"No."
"Because she is sweet."
"Bees are not sweet."
"Give it up."
"Because she makes sweet things, is always busy, and likes flowers," said Nat, piling up his boyish
compliments till Daisy blushed like a rosy clover.
"Why is Nan like a hornet?" demanded Tommy, glowering at her, and adding, without giving any one time to
answer, "Because she isn't sweet, makes a great buzzing about nothing, and stings like fury."
"Tommy's mad, and I'm glad," cried Ned, as Nan tossed her head and answered quickly
"What thing in the chinacloset is Tom like?"
"A pepper pot," answered Ned, giving Nan a nut meat with a tantalizing laugh that made Tommy feel as if he
would like to bounce up like a hot chestnut and hit somebody.
Seeing that illhumor was getting the better of the small supply of wit in the company, Franz cast himself
into the breach again.
"Let's make a law that the first person who comes into the room shall tell us a story. No matter who it is, he
must do it, and it will be fun to see who comes first."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XX ROUND THE FIRE 156
Page No 159
The others agreed, and did not have to wait long, for a heavy step soon came clumping through the hall, and
Silas appeared, bearing an armful of wood. He was greeted by a general shout, and stood staring about him
with a bewildered grin on his big red face, till Franz explained the joke.
"Sho! I can't tell a story," he said, putting down his load and preparing to leave the room. But the boys fell
upon him, forced him into a seat, and held him there, laughing, and clamoring for their story, till the
goodnatured giant was overpowered.
"I don't know but jest one story, and that's about a horse," he said, much flattered by the reception he
received.
"Tell it! tell it!" cried the boys.
"Wal," began Silas, tipping his chair back against the wall, and putting his thumbs in the armholes of his
waistcoat, "I jined a cavalry regiment durin' the war, and see a consid'able amount of fightin'. My horse,
Major, was a fustrate animal, and I was as fond on him as ef he'd ben a human critter. He warn't harnsome,
but he was the besttempered, stiddyest, lovenest brute I ever see. I fust battle we went into, he gave me a
lesson that I didn't forgit in a hurry, and I'll tell you how it was. It ain't no use tryin' to picter the noise and
hurry, and general horridness of a battle to you young fellers, for I ain't no words to do it in; but I'm free to
confess that I got so sort of confused and upset at the fust on it, that I didn't know what I was about. We was
ordered to charge, and went ahead like good ones, never stoppin' to pick up them that went down in the
scrimmage. I got a shot in the arm, and was pitched out of the saddle don't know how, but there I was left
behind with two or three others, dead and wounded, for the rest went on, as I say. Wal, I picked myself up
and looked round for Major, feeling as ef I'd had about enough for that spell. I didn't see him nowhere, and
was kinder walking back to camp, when I heard a whinny that sounded nateral. I looked round, and there was
Major stopping for me a long way off, and lookin' as ef he didn't understand why I was loiterin' behind. I
whistled, and he trotted up to me as I'd trained him to do. I mounted as well as I could with my left arm
bleedin' and was for going on to camp, for I declare I felt as sick and wimbly as a woman; folks often do in
their fust battle. But, no sir! Major was the bravest of the two, and he wouldn't go, not a peg; he jest rared up,
and danced, and snorted, and acted as ef the smell of powder and the noise had drove him half wild. I done
my best, but he wouldn't give in, so I did; and what do you think that plucky brute done? He wheeled slap
round, and galloped back like a hurricane, right into the thickest of the scrimmage!"
"Good for him!" cried Dan excitedly, while the other boys forgot apples and nuts in their interest.
"I wish I may die ef I warn't ashamed of myself," continued Silas, warming up at the recollection of that day.
"I was mad as a hornet, and I forgot my waound, and jest pitched in, rampagin' raound like fury till there
come a shell into the midst of us, and in bustin' knocked a lot of us flat. I didn't know nothin' for a spell, and
when I cometo, the fight was over just there, and I found myself layin' by a wall of poor Major longside
wuss wounded than I was. My leg was broke, and I had a ball in my shoulder, but he, poor old feller! was all
tore in the side with a piece of that blasted shell."
"O Silas! what did you do?" cried Nan, pressing close to him with a face full of eager sympathy and interest.
"I dragged myself nigher, and tried to stop the bleedin' with sech rags as I could tear off of me with one hand.
But it warn't no use, and he lay moanin' with horrid pain, and lookin' at me with them lovin' eyes of his, till I
thought I couldn't bear it. I give him all the help I could, and when the sun got hotter and hotter, and he began
to lap out his tongue, I tried to get to a brook that was a good piece away, but I couldn't do it, being stiff and
faint, so I give it up and fanned him with my hat. Now you listen to this, and when you hear folks comin'
down on the rebs, you jest remember what one on 'em did, and give him credit of it. I poor feller in gray laid
not fur off, shot through the lungs and dyin' fast. I'd offered him my handkerchief to keep the sun off his face,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XX ROUND THE FIRE 157
Page No 160
and he'd thanked me kindly, for in sech times as that men don't stop to think on which side they belong, but
jest buckleto and help one another. When he see me mournin' over Major and tryin' to ease his pain, he
looked up with his face all damp and white with sufferin', and sez he, 'There's water in my canteen; take it,
for it can't help me,' and he flung it to me. I couldn't have took it ef I hadn't had a little brandy in a pocket
flask, and I made him drink it. It done him good, and I felt as much set up as if I'd drunk it myself. It's
surprisin' the good sech little things do folks sometime;" and Silas paused as if he felt again the comfort of
that moment when he and his enemy forgot their feud, and helped one another like brothers.
"Tell about Major," cried the boys, impatient for the catastrophe.
"I poured the water over his poor pantin' tongue, and ef ever a dumb critter looked grateful, he did then. But it
warn't of much use, for the dreadful waound kep on tormentin' him, till I couldn't bear it any longer. It was
hard, but I done it in mercy, and I know he forgive me."
"What did you do?" asked Emil, as Silas stopped abruptly with a loud "hem," and a look in his rough face
that made Daisy go and stand by him with her little hand on his knee.
"I shot him."
Quite a thrill went through the listeners as Silas said that, for Major seemed a hero in their eyes, and his tragic
end roused all their sympathy.
"Yes, I shot him, and put him out of his misery. I patted him fust, and said, 'Goodby;' then I laid his head
easy on the grass, give a last look into his lovin' eyes, and sent a bullet through his head. He hardly stirred, I
aimed so true, and when I seen him quite still, with no more moanin' and pain, I was glad, and yet wal, I don't
know as I need by ashamed on't I jest put my arms raound his neck and boohooed like a great baby. Sho! I
didn't know I was sech a fool;" and Silas drew his sleeve across his eyes, as much touched by Daisy's sob, as
by the memory of faithful Major.
No one spoke for a minute, because the boys were as quick to feel the pathos of the little story as
tenderhearted Daisy, though they did not show it by crying.
"I'd like a horse like that," said Dan, halfaloud.
"Did the rebel man die, too?" asked Nan, anxiously.
"Not then. We laid there all day, and at night some of our fellers came to look after the missing ones. They
nat'rally wanted to take me fust, but I knew I could wait, and the rebel had but one chance, maybe, so I made
them carry him off right away. He had jest strength enough to hold out his hand to me and say, 'Thanky,
comrade!' and them was the last words he spoke, for he died an hour after he got to the hospitaltent."
"How glad you must have been that you were kind to him!" said Demi, who was deeply impressed by this
story.
"Wal, I did take comfort thinkin' of it, as I laid there alone for a number of hours with my head on Major's
neck, and see the moon come up. I'd like to have buried the poor beast decent, but it warn't possible; so I cut
off a bit of his mane, and I've kep it ever sence. Want to see it, sissy?"
"Oh, yes, please," answered Daisy, wiping away her tears to look.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XX ROUND THE FIRE 158
Page No 161
Silas took out an old "wallet" as he called his pocketbook, and produced from an inner fold a bit of brown
paper, in which was a rough lock of white horsehair. The children looked at it silently, as it lay in the broad
palm, and no one found any thing to ridicule in the love Silas bore his good horse Major.
"That is a sweet story, and I like it, though it did make me cry. Thank you very much, Si," and Daisy helped
him fold and put away his little relic; while Nan stuffed a handful of popcorn into his pocket, and the boys
loudly expressed their flattering opinions of his story, feeling that there had been two heroes in it.
He departed, quite overcome by his honors, and the little conspirators talked the tale over, while they waited
for their next victim. It was Mrs. Jo, who came in to measure Nan for some new pinafores she was making
for her. They let her get well in, and then pounced upon her, telling her the law, and demanding the story.
Mrs. Jo was very much amused at the new trap, and consented at once, for the sound of happy voices had
been coming across the hall so pleasantly that she quite longed to join them, and forget her own anxious
thoughts of Sister Meg.
"Am I the first mouse you have caught, you sly pussiesinboots?" she asked, as she was conducted to the
big chair, supplied with refreshments, and surrounded by a flock of merryfaced listeners.
They told her about Silas and his contribution, and she slapped her forehead in despair, for she was quite at
her wits' end, being called upon so unexpectedly for a bran new tale.
"What shall I tell about?" she said.
"Boys," was the general answer.
"Have a party in it," said Daisy.
"And something good to eat," added Stuffy.
"That reminds me of a story, written years ago, by a dear old lady. I used to be very fond of it, and I fancy
you will like it, for it has both boys, and 'something good to eat' in it."
"What is it called?" asked Demi.
"'The Suspected Boy.' "
Nat looked up from the nuts he was picking, and Mrs. Jo smiled at him, guessing what was in his mind.
"Miss Crane kept a school for boys in a quiet little town, and a very good school it was, of the oldfashioned
sort. Six boys lived in her house, and four or five more came in from the town. Among those who lived with
her was one named Lewis White. Lewis was not a bad boy, but rather timid, and now and then he told a lie.
One day a neighbor sent Miss Crane a basket of gooseberries. There were not enough to go round, so kind
Miss Crane, who liked to please her boys, went to work and made a dozen nice little gooseberry tarts."
"I'd like to try gooseberry tarts. I wonder if she made them as I do my raspberry ones," said Daisy, whose
interest in cooking had lately revived.
"Hush," said Nat, tucking a plump popcorn into her mouth to silence her, for he felt a particular interest in
this tale, and thought it opened well.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XX ROUND THE FIRE 159
Page No 162
"When the tarts were done, Miss Crane put them away in the best parlor closet, and said not a word about
them, for she wanted to surprise the boys at teatime. When the minute came and all were seated at table, she
went to get her tarts, but came back looking much troubled, for what do you think had happened?"
"Somebody had hooked them!" cried Ned.
"No, there they were, but some one had stolen all the fruit out of them by lifting up the upper crust and then
putting it down after the gooseberry had been scraped out."
"What a mean trick!" and Nan looked at Tommy, as if to imply that he would do the same.
"When she told the boys her plan and showed them the poor little patties all robbed of their sweetness, the
boys were much grieved and disappointed, and all declared that they knew nothing about the matter. 'Perhaps
the rats did it,' said Lewis, who was among the loudest to deny any knowledge of the tarts. 'No, rats would
have nibbled crust and all, and never lifted it up and scooped out the fruit. Hands did that,' said Miss Crane,
who was more troubled about the lie that some one must have told than about her lost patties. Well, they had
supper and went to bed, but in the night Miss Crane heard some one groaning, and going to see who it was
she found Lewis in great pain. He had evidently eaten something that disagreed with him, and was so sick
that Miss Crane was alarmed, and was going to send for the doctor, when Lewis moaned out, 'It's the
gooseberries; I ate them, and I must tell before I die,' for the thought of a doctor frightened him. 'If that is all,
I'll give you an emetic and you will soon get over it,' said Miss Crane. So Lewis had a good dose, and by
morning was quite comfortable. 'Oh, don't tell the boys; they will laugh at me so,' begged the invalid. Kind
Miss Crane promised not to, but Sally, the girl, told the story, and poor Lewis had no peace for a long time.
His mates called him Old Gooseberry, and were never tired of asking him the price of tarts."
"Served him right," said Emil.
"Badness always gets found out," added Demi, morally.
"No, it don't," muttered Jack, who was tending the apples with great devotion, so that he might keep his back
to the rest and account for his red face.
"Is that all?" asked Dan.
"No, that is only the first part; the second part is more interesting. Some time after this a peddler came by one
day and stopped to show his things to the boys, several of whom bought pocketcombs, jew'sharps, and
various trifles of that sort. Among the knives was a little whitehandled penknife that Lewis wanted very
much, but he had spent all his pocketmoney, and no one had any to lend him. He held the knife in his hand,
admiring and longing for it, till the man packed up his goods to go, then he reluctantly laid it down, and the
man went on his way. The next day, however, the peddler returned to say that he could not find that very
knife, and thought he must have left it at Miss Crane's. It was a very nice one with a pearl handle, and he
could not afford to lose it. Every one looked, and every one declared they knew nothing about it. 'This young
gentleman had it last, and seemed to want it very much. Are you quite sure you put it back?' said the man to
Lewis, who was much troubled at the loss, and vowed over and over again that he did return it. His denials
seemed to do no good, however, for every one was sure he had taken it, and after a stormy scene Miss Crane
paid for it, and the man went grumbling away."
"Did Lewis have it?" cried Nat, much excited.
"You will see. Now poor Lewis had another trial to bear, for the boys were constantly saying, 'Lend me your
pearlhandled knife, Gooseberry,' and things of that sort, till Lewis was so unhappy he begged to be sent
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XX ROUND THE FIRE 160
Page No 163
home. Miss Crane did her best to keep the boys quiet, but it was hard work, for they would tease, and she
could not be with them all the time. That is one of the hardest things to teach boys; they won't 'hit a fellow
when he is down,' as they say, but they will torment him in little ways till he would thank them to fight it out
all round."
"I know that," said Dan.
"So do I," added Nat, softly.
Jack said nothing, but he quite agreed; for he knew that the elder boys despised him, and let him alone for
that very reason.
"Do go on about poor Lewis, Aunt Jo. I don't believe he took the knife, but I want to be sure," said Daisy, in
great anxiety.
"Well, week after week went on and the matter was not cleared up. The boys avoided Lewis, and he, poor
fellow, was almost sick with the trouble he had brought upon himself. He resolved never to tell another lie,
and tried so hard that Miss Crane pitied and helped him, and really came at last to believe that he did not take
the knife. Two months after the peddler's first visit, he came again, and the first thing he said was
"'Well, ma'am, I found that knife after all. It had slipped behind the lining of my valise, and fell out the other
day when I was putting in a new stock of goods. I thought I'd call and let you know, as you paid for it, and
maybe would like it, so here it is.' "
"The boys had all gathered round, and at these words they felt much ashamed, and begged Lewis' pardon so
heartily that he could not refuse to give it. Miss Crane presented the knife to him, and he kept it many years
to remind him of the fault that had brought him so much trouble."
"I wonder why it is that things you eat on the sly hurt you, and don't when you eat them at table," observed
Stuffy, thoughtfully.
"Perhaps your conscience affects your stomach," said Mrs. Jo, smiling at his speech.
"He is thinking of the cucumbers," said Ned, and a gale of merriment followed the words, for Stuffy's last
mishap had been a funny one.
He ate two large cucumbers in private, felt very ill, and confided his anguish to Ned, imploring him to do
something. Ned goodnaturedly recommended a mustard plaster and a hot flat iron to the feet; only in
applying these remedies he reversed the order of things, and put the plaster on the feet, the flat iron on the
stomach, and poor Stuffy was found in the barn with blistered soles and a scorched jacket.
"Suppose you tell another story, that was such an interesting one," said Nat, as the laughter subsided.
Before Mrs. Jo could refuse these insatiable Oliver Twists, Rob walked into the room trailing his little
bedcover after him, and wearing an expression of great sweetness as he said, steering straight to his mother
as a sure haven of refuge,
"I heard a great noise, and I thought sumfin dreffle might have happened, so I came to see."
"Did you think I would forget you, naughty boy?" asked his mother, trying to look stern.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XX ROUND THE FIRE 161
Page No 164
"No; but I thought you'd feel better to see me right here," responded the insinuating little party.
"I had much rather see you in bed, so march straight up again, Robin."
"Everybody that comes in here has to tell a story, and you can't so you'd better cut and run," said Emil.
"Yes, I can! I tell Teddy lots of ones, all about bears and moons, and little flies that say things when they
buzz," protested Rob, bound to stay at any price.
"Tell one now, then, right away," said Dan, preparing to shoulder and bear him off.
"Well, I will; let me fink a minute," and Rob climbed into his mother's lap, where he was cuddled, with the
remark
"It is a family failing, this getting out of bed at wrong times. Demi used to do it; and as for me, I was hopping
in and out all night long. Meg used to think the house was on fire, and send me down to see, and I used to
stay and enjoy myself, as you mean to, my bad son."
"I've finked now," observed Rob, quite at his ease, and eager to win the entree into this delightful circle.
Every one looked and listened with faces full of suppressed merriment as Rob, perched on his mother's knee
and wrapped in the gay coverlet, told the following brief but tragic tale with an earnestness that made it very
funny:
"Once a lady had a million children, and one nice little boy. She went upstairs and said, 'You mustn't go in
the yard.' But he wented, and fell into the pump, and was drowned dead."
"Is that all?" asked Franz, as Rob paused out of breath with this startling beginning.
"No, there is another piece of it," and Rob knit his downy eyebrows in the effort to evolve another
inspiration.
"What did the lady do when he fell into the pump?" asked his mother, to help him on.
"Oh, she pumped him up, and wrapped him in a newspaper, and put him on a shelf to dry for seed."
A general explosion of laughter greeted this surprising conclusion, and Mrs. Jo patted the curly head, as she
said, solemnly,
"My son, you inherit your mother's gift of storytelling. Go where glory waits thee."
"Now I can stay, can't I? Wasn't it a good story?" cried Rob, in high feather at his superb success.
"You can stay till you have eaten these twelve popcorns," said his mother, expecting to see them vanish at
one mouthful.
But Rob was a shrewd little man, and got the better of her by eating them one by one very slowly, and
enjoying every minute with all his might.
"Hadn't you better tell the other story, while you wait for him?" said Demi, anxious that no time should be
lost.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XX ROUND THE FIRE 162
Page No 165
"I really have nothing but a little tale about a woodbox," said Mrs. Jo, seeing that Rob had still seven corns
to eat.
"Is there a boy in it?"
"It is all boy."
"Is it true?" asked Demi.
"Every bit of it."
"Goody! tell on, please."
"James Snow and his mother lived in a little house, up in New Hampshire. They were poor, and James had to
work to help his mother, but he loved books so well he hated work, and just wanted to sit and study all day
long."
"How could he! I hate books, and like work," said Dan, objecting to James at the very outset.
"It takes all sorts of people to make a world; workers and students both are needed, and there is room for all.
But I think the workers should study some, and the students should know how to work if necessary,"
answered Mrs. Jo, looking from Dan to Demi with a significant expression.
"I'm sure I do work," and Demi showed three small hard spots in his little palm, with pride.
"And I'm sure I study," added Dan, nodding with a groan toward the blackboard full of neat figures.
"See what James did. He did not mean to be selfish, but his mother was proud of him, and let him do as he
liked, working by herself that he might have books and time to read them. One autumn James wanted to go to
school, and went to the minister to see if he would help him, about decent clothes and books. Now the
minister had heard the gossip about James's idleness, and was not inclined to do much for him, thinking that a
boy who neglected his mother, and let her slave for him, was not likely to do very well even at school. But
the good man felt more interested when he found how earnest James was, and being rather an odd man, he
made this proposal to the boy, to try now sincere he was.
"'I will give you clothes and books on one condition, James.'
"'What is that, sir?' and the boy brightened up at once.
"'You are to keep your mother's woodbox full all winter long, and do it yourself. If you fail, school stops.'
James laughed at the queer condition and readily agreed to it, thinking it a very easy one.
"He began school, and for a time got on capitally with the woodbox, for it was autumn, and chips and
brushwood were plentiful. He ran out morning and evening and got a basket full, or chopped up the cat sticks
for the little cooking stove, and as his mother was careful and saving, the task was not hard. But in November
the frost came, the days were dull and cold, and wood went fast. His mother bought a load with her own
earnings, but it seemed to melt away, and was nearly gone, before James remembered that he was to get the
next. Mrs. Snow was feeble and lame with rheumatism, and unable to work as she had done, so James had to
put down the books, and see what he could do.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XX ROUND THE FIRE 163
Page No 166
"It was hard, for he was going on well, and so interested in his lessons that he hated to stop except for food
and sleep. But he knew the minister would keep his word, and much against his will James set about earning
money in his spare hours, lest the woodbox should get empty. He did all sorts of things, ran errands, took
care of a neighbor's cow, helped the old sexton dust and warm the church on Sundays, and in these ways got
enough to buy fuel in small quantities. But it was hard work; the days were short, the winter was bitterly cold,
and precious time went fast, and the dear books were so fascinating, that it was sad to leave them, for dull
duties that never seemed done.
"The minister watched him quietly, and seeing that he was in earnest helped him without his knowledge. He
met him often driving the wood sleds from the forest, where the men were chopping and as James plodded
beside the slow oxen, he read or studied, anxious to use every minute. 'The boy is worth helping, this lesson
will do him good, and when he has learned it, I will give him an easier one,' said the minister to himself, and
on Christmas eve a splendid load of wood was quietly dropped at the door of the little house, with a new saw
and a bit of paper, saying only
"'The Lord helps those who help themselves.'
"Poor James expected nothing, but when he woke on that cold Christmas morning, he found a pair of warm
mittens, knit by his mother, with her stiff painful fingers. This gift pleased him very much, but her kiss and
tender look as she called him her 'good son,' was better still. In trying to keep her warm, he had warmed his
own heart, you see, and in filling the woodbox he had also filled those months with duties faithfully done.
He began to see this, to feel that there was something better than books, and to try to learn the lessons God set
him, as well as those his schoolmaster gave.
"When he saw the great pile of oak and pine logs at his door, and read the little paper, he knew who sent it,
and understood the minister's plan; thanked him for it, and fell to work with all his might. Other boys
frolicked that day, but James sawed wood, and I think of all the lads in the town the happiest was the one in
the new mittens, who whistled like a blackbird as he filled his mother's woodbox."
"That's a first rater!" cried Dan, who enjoyed a simple matterofface story better than the finest fairy tale; "I
like that fellow after all."
"I could saw wood for you, Aunt Jo!" said Demi, feeling as if a new means of earning money for his mother
was suggested by the story.
"Tell about a bad boy. I like them best," said Nan.
"You'd better tell about a naughty crosspatch of a girl," said Tommy, whose evening had been spoilt by
Nan's unkindness. It made his apple taste bitter, his popcorn was insipid, his nuts were hard to crack, and the
sight of Ned and Nan on one bench made him feel his life a burden.
But there were no more stories from Mrs. Jo, for on looking down at Rob he was discovered to be fast asleep
with his last corn firmly clasped in his chubby hand. Bundling him up in his coverlet, his mother carried him
away and tucked him up with no fear of his popping out again.
"Now let's see who will come next," said Emil, setting the door temptingly ajar.
Mary Ann passed first, and he called out to her, but Silas had warned her, and she only laughed and hurried
on in spite of their enticements. Presently a door opened, and a strong voice was heard humming in the hall
"Ich weiss nicht was soll es bedeuten
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XX ROUND THE FIRE 164
Page No 167
Dass ich so traurig bin."
"It's Uncle Fritz; all laugh loud and he will be sure to come in," said Emil.
A wild burst of laughter followed, and in came Uncle Fritz, asking, "What is the joke, my lads?"
"Caught! caught! you can't go out till you've told a story," cried the boys, slamming the door.
"So! that is the joke then? Well, I have no wish to go, it is so pleasant here, and I pay my forfeit at once,"
which he did by sitting down and beginning instantly
"A long time ago your Grandfather, Demi, went to lecture in a great town, hoping to get some money for a
home for little orphans that some good people were getting up. His lecture did well, and he put a considerable
sum of money in his pocket, feeling very happy about it. As he was driving in a chaise to another town, he
came to a lonely bit of road, late in the afternoon, and was just thinking what a good place it was for robbers
when he saw a badlooking man come out of the woods in front of him and go slowly along as if waiting till
he came up. The thought of the money made Grandfather rather anxious, and at first he had a mind to turn
round and drive away. But the horse was tired, and then he did not like to suspect the man, so he kept on, and
when he got nearer and saw how poor and sick and ragged the stranger looked, his heart reproached him, and
stopping, he said in a kind voice
"'My friend, you look tired; let me give you a lift.' The man seemed surprised, hesitated a minute, and then
got in. He did not seem inclined to talk, but Grandfather kept on in his wise, cheerful way, speaking of what a
hard year it had been, how much the poor had suffered, and how difficult it was to get on sometimes. The
man slowly softened a little, and won by the kind chat, told his story. How he had been sick, could get no
work, had a family of children, and was almost in despair. Grandfather was so full of pity that he forgot his
fear, and, asking the man his name, said he would try to get him work in the next town, as he had friends
there. Wishing to get at pencil and paper to write down the address, Grandfather took out his plump
pocketbook, and the minute he did so, the man's eye was on it. Then Grandfather remembered what was in it
and trembled for his money, but said quietly
"'Yes, I have a little sum here for some poor orphans. I wish it was my own, I would so gladly give you some
of it. I am not rich, but I know many of the trials of the poor; this five dollars is mine, and I want to give it to
you for your children.'
"The hard, hungry look in the man's eyes changed to a grateful one as he took the small sum, freely given,
and left the orphans' money untouched. He rode on with Grandfather till they approached the town, then he
asked to be set down. Grandpa shook hands with him, and was about to drive on, when the man said, as if
something made him, 'I was desperate when we met, and I meant to rob you, but you were so kind I couldn't
do it. God bless you, sir, for keeping me from it!' "
"Did Grandpa ever see him again?" asked Daisy, eagerly.
"No; but I believe the man found work, and did not try robbery any more."
"That was a curious way to treat him; I'd have knocked him down," said Dan.
"Kindness is always better than force. Try it and see," answered Mr. Bhaer, rising.
"Tell another, please," cried Daisy.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XX ROUND THE FIRE 165
Page No 168
"You must, Aunt Jo did," added Demi.
"Then I certainly won't, but keep my others for next time. Too many tales are as bad as too many bonbons. I
have paid my forfeit and I go," and Mr. Bhaer ran for his life, with the whole flock in full pursuit. He had the
start, however, and escaped safely into his study, leaving the boys to go rioting back again.
They were so stirred up by the race that they could not settle to their former quiet, and a lively game of
Blindman's Buff followed, in which Tommy showed that he had taken the moral of the last story to heart, for,
when he caught Nan, he whispered in her ear, "I'm sorry I called you a crosspatch."
Nan was not to be outdone in kindness, so, when they played "Button, button, who's got the button?" and it
was her turn to go round, she said, "Hold fast all I give you," with such a friendly smile at Tommy, that he
was not surprised to find the horsehair ring in his hand instead of the button. He only smiled back at her
then, but when they were going to bed, he offered Nan the best bite of his last apple; she saw the ring on his
stumpy little finger, accepted the bite, and peace was declared. Both were ashamed of the temporary
coldness, neither was ashamed to say, "I was wrong, forgive me," so the childish friendship remained
unbroken, and the home in the willow lasted long, a pleasant little castle in the air.
CHAPTER XXI THANKSGIVING
This yearly festival was always kept at Plumfield in the good oldfashioned way, and nothing was allowed to
interfere with it. For days beforehand, the little girls helped Asia and Mrs. Jo in storeroom and kitchen,
making pies and puddings, sorting fruit, dusting dishes, and being very busy and immensely important. The
boys hovered on the outskirts of the forbidden ground, sniffing the savory odors, peeping in at the mysterious
performances, and occasionally being permitted to taste some delicacy in the process of preparation.
Something more than usual seemed to be on foot this year, for the girls were as busy upstairs as down, so
were the boys in schoolroom and barn, and a general air of bustle pervaded the house. There was a great
hunting up of old ribbons and finery, much cutting and pasting of gold paper, and the most remarkable
quantity of straw, gray cotton, flannel, and big black beads, used by Franz and Mrs. Jo. Ned hammered at
strange machines in the workshop, Demi and Tommy went about murmuring to themselves as if learning
something. A fearful racket was heard in Emil's room at intervals, and peals of laughter from the nursery
when Rob and Teddy were sent for and hidden from sight whole hours at a time. But the thing that puzzled
Mr. Bhaer the most was what became of Rob's big pumpkin. It had been borne in triumph to the kitchen,
where a dozen goldentinted pies soon after appeared. It would not have taken more than a quarter of the
mammoth vegetable to make them, yet where was the rest? It disappeared, and Rob never seemed to care,
only chuckled when it was mentioned, and told his father, "To wait and see," for the fun of the whole thing
was to surprise Father Bhaer at the end, and not let him know a bit about what was to happen.
He obediently shut eyes, ears, and mouth, and went about trying not to see what was in plain sight, not to
hear the telltale sounds that filled the air, not to understand any of the perfectly transparent mysteries going
on all about him. Being a German, he loved these simple domestic festivals, and encouraged them with all his
heart, for they made home so pleasant that the boys did not care to go elsewhere for fun.
When at last the day came, the boys went off for a long walk, that they might have good appetites for dinner;
as if they ever needed them! The girls remained at home to help set the table, and give last touches to various
affairs which filled their busy little souls with anxiety. The schoolroom had been shut up since the night
before, and Mr. Bhaer was forbidden to enter it on pain of a beating from Teddy, who guarded the door like a
small dragon, though he was dying to tell about it, and nothing but his father's heroic selfdenial in not
listening, kept him from betraying a grand secret.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XXI THANKSGIVING 166
Page No 169
"It's all done, and it's perfectly splendid," cried Nan, coming out at last with an air of triumph.
"The you know goes beautifully, and Silas knows just what to do now," added Daisy, skipping with delight at
some unspeakable success.
"I'm blest if it ain't the 'cutest thing I ever see, them critters in particular," said Silas, who had been let into the
secret, went off laughing like a great boy.
"They are coming; I hear Emil roaring 'Land lubbers lying down below,' so we must run and dress," cried
Nan, and upstairs they scampered in a great hurry.
The boys came trooping home with appetites that would have made the big turkey tremble, if it had not been
past all fear. They also retired to dress; and for halfanhour there was a washing, brushing, and prinking
that would have done any tidy woman's heart good to see. When the bell rang, a troop of freshfaced lads
with shiny hair, clean collars, and Sunday jackets on, filed into the diningroom, where Mrs. Jo, in her one
black silk, with a knot of her favorite white chrysanthemums in her bosom, sat at the head of the table,
"looking splendid," as the boys said, whenever she got herself up. Daisy and Nan were as gay as a posy bed
in their new winter dresses, with bright sashes and hair ribbons. Teddy was gorgeous to behold in a crimson
merino blouse, and his best button boots, which absorbed and distracted him as much as Mr. Toot's
wristbands did on one occasion.
As Mr. and Mrs. Bhaer glanced at each other down the long table, with those rows of happy faces on either
side, they had a little thanksgiving all to themselves, and without a word, for one heart said to the other,
"Our work has prospered, let us be grateful and go on."
The clatter of knives and forks prevented much conversation for a few minutes, and Mary Ann with an
amazing pink bow in her hair "flew round" briskly, handing plates and ladling out gravy. Nearly every one
had contributed to the feast, so the dinner was a peculiarly interesting ones to the eaters of it, who beguiled
the pauses by remarks on their own productions.
"If these are not good potatoes I never saw any," observed Jack, as he received his fourth big mealy one.
"Some of my herbs are in the stuffing of the turkey, that's why it's so nice," said Nan, taking a mouthful with
intense satisfaction.
"My ducks are prime any way; Asia said she never cooked such fat ones," added Tommy.
"Well, our carrots are beautiful, ain't they, and our parsnips will be ever so good when we dig them," put in
Dick, and Dolly murmured his assent from behind the bone he was picking.
"I helped make the pies with my pumpkin," called out Robby, with a laugh which he stopped by retiring into
his mug.
"I picked some of the apples that the cider is made of," said Demi.
"I raked the cranberries for the sauce," cried Nat.
"I got the nuts," added Dan, and so it went on all round the table.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XXI THANKSGIVING 167
Page No 170
"Who made up Thanksgiving?" asked Rob, for being lately promoted to jacket and trousers he felt a new and
manly interest in the institutions of his country.
"See who can answer that question," and Mr. Bhaer nodded to one or two of his best history boys.
"I know," said Demi, "the Pilgrims made it."
"What for?" asked Rob, without waiting to learn who the Pilgrims were.
"I forget," and Demi subsided.
"I believe it was because they were starved once, and so when they had a good harvest, they said, 'We will
thank God for it,' and they had a day and called it Thanksgiving," said Dan, who liked the story of the brave
men who suffered so nobly for their faith.
"Good! I didn't think you would remember any thing but natural history," and Mr. Bhaer tapped gently on the
table as applause for his pupil.
Dan looked pleased; and Mrs. Jo said to her son, "Now do you understand about it, Robby?"
"No, I don't. I thought pilgrins were a sort of big bird that lived on rocks, and I saw pictures of them in
Demi's book."
"He means penguins. Oh, isn't he a little goosey!" and Demi laid back in his chair and laughed aloud.
"Don't laugh at him, but tell him all about it if you can," said Mrs. Bhaer, consoling Rob with more cranberry
sauce for the general smile that went round the table at his mistake.
"Well, I will;" and, after a pause to collect his ideas, Demi delivered the following sketch of the Pilgrim
Fathers, which would have made even those grave gentlemen smile if they could have heard it.
"You see, Rob, some of the people in England didn't like the king, or something, so they got into ships and
sailed away to this country. It was all full of Indians, and bears, and wild creatures, and they lived in forts,
and had a dreadful time."
"The bears?" asked Robby, with interest.
"No; the Pilgrims, because the Indians troubled them. They hadn't enough to eat, and they went to church
with guns, and ever so many died, and they got out of the ships on a rock, and it's called Plymouth Rock, and
Aunt Jo saw it and touched it. The Pilgrims killed all the Indians, and got rich; and hung the witches, and
were very good; and some of the greatest greatgrandpas came in the ships. One was the Mayflower; and
they made Thanksgiving, and we have it always, and I like it. Some more turkey, please."
"I think Demi will be an historian, there is such order and clearness in his account of events;" and Uncle
Fritz's eyes laughed at Aunt Jo, as he helped the descendant of the Pilgrims to his third bit of turkey.
"I thought you must eat as much as ever you could on Thanksgiving. But Franz says you mustn't even then;"
and Stuffy looked as if he had received bad news.
"Franz is right, so mind your knife and fork, and be moderate, or else you won't be able to help in the surprise
by and by," said Mrs. Jo.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XXI THANKSGIVING 168
Page No 171
"I'll be careful; but everybody does eat lots, and I like it better than being moderate," said Stuffy, who leaned
to the popular belief that Thanksgiving must be kept by coming as near apoplexy as possible, and escaping
with merely a fit of indigestion or a headache.
"Now, my 'pilgrims' amuse yourselves quietly till teatime, for you will have enough excitement this
evening," said Mrs. Jo, as they rose from the table after a protracted sitting, finished by drinking every one's
health in cider.
"I think I will take the whole flock for a drive, it is so pleasant; then you can rest, my dear, or you will be
worn out this evening," added Mr. Bhaer; and as soon as coats and hats could be put on, the great omnibus
was packed full, and away they went for a long gay drive, leaving Mrs. Jo to rest and finish sundry small
affairs in peace.
An early and light tea was followed by more brushing of hair and washing of hands; then the flock waited
impatiently for the company to come. Only the family was expected; for these small revels were strictly
domestic, and such being the case, sorrow was not allowed to sadden the present festival. All came; Mr. and
Mrs. March, with Aunt Meg, so sweet and lovely, in spite of her black dress and the little widow's cap that
encircled her tranquil face. Uncle Teddy and Aunt Amy, with the Princess looking more fairylike than ever,
in a skyblue gown, and a great bouquet of hothouse flowers, which she divided among the boys, sticking
one in each buttonhole, making them feel peculiarly elegant and festive. One strange face appeared, and
Uncle Teddy led the unknown gentleman up to the Bhaers, saying
"This is Mr. Hyde; he has been inquiring about Dan, and I ventured to bring him tonight, that he might see
how much the boy has improved."
The Bhaers received him cordially, for Dan's sake, pleased that the lad had been remembered. But, after a few
minutes' chat, they were glad to know Mr. Hyde for his own sake, so genial, simple, and interesting was he. It
was pleasant to see the boy's face light up when he caught sight of his friend; pleasanter still to see Mr.
Hyde's surprise and satisfaction in Dan's improved manners and appearance, and pleasantest of all to watch
the two sit talking in a corner, forgetting the differences of age, culture, and position, in the one subject which
interested both, as man and boy compared notes, and told the story of their summer life.
"The performance must begin soon, or the actors will go to sleep," said Mrs. Jo, when the first greetings were
over.
So every one went into the schoolroom, and took seats before a curtain made of two bedcovers. The
children had already vanished; but stifled laughter, and funny little exclamations from behind the curtain,
betrayed their whereabouts. The entertainment began with a spirited exhibition of gymnastics, led by Franz.
The six elder lads, in blue trousers and red shirts, made a fine display of muscle with dumbbells, clubs, and
weights, keeping time to the music of the piano, played by Mrs. Jo behind the scenes. Dan was so energetic in
this exercise, that there was some danger of his knocking down his neighbors, like so many ninepins, or
sending his beanbags whizzing among the audience; for he was excited by Mr. Hyde's presence, and a
burning desire to do honor to his teachers.
"A fine, strong lad. If I go on my trip to South America, in a year or two, I shall be tempted to ask you to lend
him to me, Mr. Bhaer," said Mr. Hyde, whose interest in Dan was much increased by the report he had just
heard of him.
"You shall have him, and welcome, though we shall miss our young Hercules very much. It would do him a
world of good, and I am sure he would serve his friend faithfully."
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XXI THANKSGIVING 169
Page No 172
Dan heard both question and answer, and his heart leaped with joy at the thought of travelling in a new
country with Mr. Hyde, and swelled with gratitude for the kindly commendation which rewarded his efforts
to be all these friends desired to see him.
After the gymnastics, Demi and Tommy spoke the old school dialogue, "Money makes the mare go." Demi
did very well, but Tommy was capital as the old farmer; for he imitated Silas in a way that convulsed the
audience, and caused Silas himself to laugh so hard that Asia had to slap him on the back, as they stood in the
hall enjoying the fun immensely.
Then Emil, who had got his breath by this time, gave them a seasong in costume, with a great deal about
"stormy winds," "lee shores," and a rousing chorus of "Luff, boys, luff," which made the room ring; after
which Ned performed a funny Chinese dance, and hopped about like a large frog in a pagoda hat. As this was
the only public exhibition ever held at Plumfield, a few exercises in lightningarithmetic, spelling, and
reading were given. Jack quite amazed the public by his rapid calculations on the blackboard. Tommy won in
the spelling match, and Demi read a little French fable so well that Uncle Teddy was charmed.
"Where are the other children?" asked every one as the curtain fell, and none of the little ones appeared.
"Oh, that is the surprise. It's so lovely, I pity you because you don't know it," said Demi, who had gone to get
his mother's kiss, and stayed by her to explain the mystery when it should be revealed.
Goldilocks had been carried off by Aunt Jo, to the great amazement of her papa, who quite outdid Mr. Bhaer
in acting wonder, suspense, and wild impatience to know "what was going to happen."
At last, after much rustling, hammering, and very audible directions from the stage manager, the curtain rose
to soft music, and Bess was discovered sitting on a stool beside a brown paper fireplace. A dearer little
Cinderella was never seen; for the gray gown was very ragged, the tiny shoes all worn, the face so pretty
under the bright hair, and the attitude so dejected, it brought tears, as well as smiles, to the fond eyes looking
at the baby actress. She sat quite still, till a voice whispered, "Now!" then she sighed a funny little sigh, and
said, "Oh I wish I tood go to the ball!" so naturally, that her father clapped frantically, and her mother called
out, "Little darling!" These highly improper expressions of feeling caused Cinderella to forget herself, and
shake her head at them, saying, reprovingly, "You mustn't 'peak to me."
Silence instantly prevailed, and three taps were heard on the wall. Cinderella looked alarmed, but before she
could remember to say, "What is dat?" the back of the brown paper fireplace opened like a door, and, with
some difficulty, the fairy godmother got herself and her pointed hat through. It was Nan, in a red cloak, a cap,
and a wand, which she waved as she said decidedly,
"You shall go to the ball, my dear."
"Now you must pull and show my pretty dress," returned Cinderella, tugging at her brown gown.
"No, no; you must say, 'How can I go in my rags?' " said the godmother in her own voice.
"Oh yes, so I mus';" and the Princess said it, quite undisturbed by her forgetfulness.
"I change your rags into a splendid dress, because you are good," said the godmother in her stage tones; and
deliberately unbuttoning the brown pinafore, she displayed a gorgeous sight.
The little Princess really was pretty enough to turn the heads of any number of small princes, for her mamma
had dressed her like a tiny court lady, in a rosy silk train with satin underskirt, and bits of bouquets here and
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XXI THANKSGIVING 170
Page No 173
there, quite lovely to behold. The godmother put a crown, with pink and white feathers drooping from it, on
her head, and gave her a pair of silver paper slippers, which she put on, and then stood up, lifting her skirts to
show them to the audience, saying, with pride, "My dlass ones, ain't they pitty?"
She was so charmed with them, that she was with difficulty recalled to her part, and made to say
"But I have no toach, Dodmother."
"Behold it!" and Nan waved her wand with such a flourish, that she nearly knocked off the crown of the
Princess.
Then appeared the grand triumph of the piece. First, a rope was seen to flap on the floor, to tighten with a
twitch as Emil's voice was heard to say, "Heave, ahoy!" and Silas's gruff one to reply, "Stiddy, now, stiddy!"
A shout of laughter followed, for four large gray rats appeared, rather shaky as to their legs, and queer as to
their tails, but quite fine about the head, where black beads shone in the most lifelike manner. They drew, or
were intended to appear as if they did, a magnificent coach made of half the mammoth pumpkin, mounted on
the wheels of Teddy's wagon, painted yellow to match the gay carriage. Perched on a seat in front sat a jolly
little coachman in a white cottonwool wig, cocked hat, scarlet breeches, and laced coat, who cracked a long
whip and jerked the red reins so energetically, that the gray steeds reared finely. It was Teddy, and he beamed
upon the company so affably that they gave him a round all to himself; and Uncle Laurie said, "If I could find
as sober a coachman as that one, I would engage him on the spot." The coach stopped, the godmother lifted in
the Princess, and she was trundled away in state, kissing her hand to the public, with her glass shoes sticking
up in front, and her pink train sweeping the ground behind, for, elegant as the coach was, I regret to say that
her Highness was rather a tight fit.
The next scene was the ball, and here Nan and Daisy appeared as gay as peacocks in all sorts of finery. Nan
was especially good as the proud sister, and crushed many imaginary ladies as she swept about the
palacehall. The Prince, in solitary state upon a somewhat unsteady throne, sat gazing about him from under
an imposing crown, as he played with his sword and admired the rosettes in his shoes. When Cinderella came
in he jumped up, and exclaimed, with more warmth than elegance,
"My gracious! who is that?" and immediately led the lady out to dance, while the sisters scowled and turned
up their noses in the corner.
The stately jig executed by the little couple was very pretty, for the childish faces were so earnest, the
costumes so gay, and the steps so peculiar, that they looked like the dainty quaint figures painted on a
Watteau fan. The Princess's train was very much in her way, and the sword of Prince Rob nearly tripped him
up several times. But they overcame these obstacles remarkably well, and finished the dance with much grace
and spirit, considering that neither knew what the other was about.
"Drop your shoe," whispered Mrs. Jo's voice as the lady was about to sit down.
"Oh, I fordot!" and, taking off one of the silvery slippers, Cinderella planted it carefully in the middle of the
stage, said to Rob, "Now you must try and tatch me," and ran away, while the Prince, picking up the shoe,
obediently trotted after her.
The third scene, as everybody knows, is where the herald comes to try on the shoe. Teddy, still in coachman's
dress, came in blowing a tin fishhorn melodiously, and the proud sisters each tried to put on the slipper. Nan
insisted on playing cut off her toe with a carvingknife, and performed that operation so well that the herald
was alarmed, and begged her to be "welly keerful." Cinderella then was called, and came in with the pinafore
half on, slipped her foot into the slipper, and announced, with satisfaction,
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XXI THANKSGIVING 171
Page No 174
"I am the Pinsiss."
Daisy wept, and begged pardon; but Nan, who liked tragedy, improved upon the story, and fell in a
faintingfit upon the floor, where she remained comfortably enjoying the rest of the play. It was not long, for
the Prince ran in, dropped upon his knees, and kissed the hand of Goldilocks with great ardor, while the
herald blew a blast that nearly deafened the audience. The curtain had no chance to fall, for the Princess ran
off the stage to her father, crying, "Didn't I do well?" while the Prince and herald had a fencingmatch with
the tin horn and wooden sword.
"It was beautiful!" said every one; and, when the raptures had a little subsided, Nat came out with his violin
in his hand.
"Hush! hush!" cried all the children, and silence followed, for something in the boy's bashful manner and
appealing eyes make every one listen kindly.
The Bhaers thought he would play some of the old airs he knew so well, but, to their surprise, they heard a
new and lovely melody, so softly, sweetly played, that they could hardly believe it could be Nat. It was one of
those songs without words that touch the heart, and sing of all tender homelike hopes and joys, soothing and
cheering those who listen to its simple music. Aunt Meg leaned her head on Demi's shoulder, Grandmother
wiped her eyes, and Mrs. Jo looked up at Mr. Laurie, saying, in a choky whisper,
"You composed that."
"I wanted your boy to do you honor, and thank you in his own way," answered Laurie, leaning down to
answer her.
When Nat made his bow and was about to go, he was called back by many hands, and had to play again. He
did so with such a happy face, that it was good to see him, for he did his best, and gave them the gay old
tunes that set the feet to dancing, and made quietude impossible.
"Clear the floor!" cried Emil; and in a minute the chairs were pushed back, the older people put safely in
corners and the children gathered on the stage.
"Show your manners!" called Emil; and the boys pranced up to the ladies, old and young; with polite
invitations to "tread the mazy," as dear Dick Swiveller has it. The small lads nearly came to blows for the
Princess, but she chose Dick, like a kind, little gentlewoman as she was, and let him lead her proudly to her
place. Mrs. Jo was not allowed to decline; and Aunt Amy filled Dan with unspeakable delight by refusing
Franz and taking him. Of course Nan and Tommy, Nat and Daisy paired off, while Uncle Teddy went and got
Asia, who was longing to "jig it," and felt much elated by the honor done her. Silas and Mary Ann had a
private dance in the hall; and for halfanhour Plumfield was at its merriest.
The party wound up with a grand promenade of all the young folks, headed by the pumpkincoach with the
Princess and driver inside, and the rats in a wildly frisky state.
While the children enjoyed this final frolic, the elders sat in the parlor looking on as they talked together of
the little people with the interest of parents and friends.
"What are you thinking of, all by yourself, with such a happy face, sister Jo?" asked Laurie, sitting down
beside her on the sofa.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XXI THANKSGIVING 172
Page No 175
"My summer's work, Teddy, and amusing myself by imagining the future of my boys," she answered, smiling
as she made room for him.
"They are all to be poets, painters, and statesmen, famous soldiers, or at least merchant princes, I suppose."
"No, I am not as aspiring as I once was, and I shall be satisfied if they are honest men. But I will confess that
I do expect a little glory and a career for some of them. Demi is not a common child, and I think he will
blossom into something good and great in the best sense of the word. The others will do well, I hope,
especially my last two boys, for, after hearing Nat play tonight, I really think he has genius."
"Too soon to say; talent he certainly has, and there is no doubt that the boy can soon earn his bread by the
work he loves. Build him up for another year or so, and then I will take him off your hands, and launch him
properly."
"That is such a pleasant prospect for poor Nat, who came to me six months ago so friendless and forlorn.
Dan's future is already plain to me. Mr. Hyde will want him soon, and I mean to give him a brave and faithful
little servant. Dan is one who can serve well if the wages are love and confidence, and he has the energy to
carve out his own future in his own way. Yes, I am very happy over our success with these boys one so weak,
and one so wild; both so much better now, and so full of promise."
"What magic did you use, Jo?"
"I only loved them, and let them see it. Fritz did the rest."
"Dear soul! you look as if 'only loving' had been rather hard work sometimes," said Laurie, stroking her thin
cheek with a look of more tender admiration than he had ever given her as a girl.
"I'm a faded old woman, but I'm a very happy one; so don't pity me, Teddy;" and she glanced about the room
with eyes full of a sincere content.
"Yes, your plan seems to work better and better every year," he said, with an emphatic nod of approval
toward the cheery scene before him.
"How can it fail to work well when I have so much help from you all?" answered Mrs. Jo, looking gratefully
at her most generous patron.
"It is the best joke of the family, this school of yours and its success. So unlike the future we planned for you,
and yet so suited to you after all. It was a regular inspiration, Jo," said Laurie, dodging her thanks as usual.
"Ah! but you laughed at it in the beginning, and still make all manner of fun of me and my inspirations.
Didn't you predict that having girls with the boys would be a dead failure? Now see how well it works;" and
she pointed to the happy group of lads and lassies dancing, singing, and chattering together with every sign of
kindly good fellowship.
"I give in, and when my Goldilocks is old enough I'll send her to you. Can I say more than that?"
"I shall be so proud to have your little treasure trusted to me. But really, Teddy, the effect of these girls has
been excellent. I know you will laugh at me, but I don't mind, I'm used to it; so I'll tell you that one of my
favorite fancies is to look at my family as a small world, to watch the progress of my little men, and, lately, to
see how well the influence of my little women works upon them. Daisy is the domestic element, and they all
feel the charm of her quiet, womanly ways. Nan is the restless, energetic, strongminded one; they admire
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XXI THANKSGIVING 173
Page No 176
her courage, and give her a fair chance to work out her will, seeing that she has sympathy as well as strength,
and the power to do much in their small world. Your Bess is the lady, full of natural refinement, grace, and
beauty. She polishes them unconsciously, and fills her place as any lovely woman may, using her gentle
influence to lift and hold them above the coarse, rough things of life, and keep them gentlemen in the best
sense of the fine old word."
"It is not always the ladies who do that best, Jo. It is sometimes the strong brave woman who stirs up the boy
and makes a man of him;" and Laurie bowed to her with a significant laugh.
"No; I think the graceful woman, whom the boy you allude to married, has done more for him than the wild
Nan of his youth; or, better still, the wise, motherly woman who watched over him, as Daisy watches over
Demi, did more to make him what he is;" and Jo turned toward her mother, who sat a little apart with Meg,
looking so full of the sweet dignity and beauty of old age, that Laurie gave her a glance of filial respect and
love as he replied, in serious earnest,
"All three did much for him, and I can understand how well these little girls will help your lads."
"Not more than the lads help them; it is mutual, I assure you. Nat does much for Daisy with his music; Dan
can manage Nan better than any of us; and Demi teaches your Goldilocks so easily and well that Fritz calls
them Roger Ascham and Lady Jane Grey. Dear me! if men and women would only trust, understand, and
help one another as my children do, what a capital place the world would be!" and Mrs. Jo's eyes grew
absent, as if she was looking at a new and charming state of society in which people lived as happily and
innocently as her flock at Plumfield.
"You are doing your best to help on the good time, my dear. Continue to believe in it, to work for it, and to
prove its possibility by the success of her small experiment," said Mr. March, pausing as he passed to say an
encouraging word, for the good man never lost his faith in humanity, and still hoped to see peace, goodwill,
and happiness reign upon the earth.
"I am not so ambitious as that, father. I only want to give these children a home in which they can be taught a
few simple things which will help to make life less hard to them when they go out to fight their battles in the
world. Honesty, courage, industry, faith in God, their fellowcreatures, and themselves; that is all I try for."
"That is every thing. Give them these helps, then let them go to work out their life as men and women; and
whatever their success or failure is, I think they will remember and bless your efforts, my good son and
daughter."
The Professor had joined them, and as Mr. March spoke he gave a hand to each, and left them with a look
that was a blessing. As Jo and her husband stood together for a moment talking quietly, and feeling that their
summer work had been well done if father approved, Mr. Laurie slipped into the hall, said a word to the
children, and all of a sudden the whole flock pranced into the room, joined hands and danced about Father
and Mother Bhaer, singing blithely
"Summer days are over,
Summer work is done;
Harvests have been gathered
Gayly one by one.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XXI THANKSGIVING 174
Page No 177
Now the feast is eaten,
Finished is the play;
But one rite remains for
Our Thanksgivingday.
"Best of all the harvest
In the dear God's sight,
Are the happy children
In the home tonight;
And we come to offer
Thanks where thanks are due,
With grateful hearts and voices,
Father, mother, unto you."
With the last words the circle narrowed till the good Professor and his wife were taken prisoner by many
arms, and half hidden by the bouquet of laughing young faces which surrounded them, proving that one plant
had taken root and blossomed beautifully in all the little gardens. For love is a flower that grows in any soil,
works its sweet miracles undaunted by autumn frost or winter snow, blooming fair and fragrant all the year,
and blessing those who give and those who receive.
Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys
CHAPTER XXI THANKSGIVING 175
Bookmarks
1. Table of Contents, page = 3
2. Little Men: Life at Plumfield With Jo's Boys, page = 4
3. Louisa May Alcott, page = 4
4. CHAPTER I NAT , page = 4
5. CHAPTER II THE BOYS , page = 13
6. CHAPTER III SUNDAY , page = 16
7. CHAPTER IV STEPPING-STONES , page = 26
8. CHAPTER V PATTYPANS , page = 32
9. CHAPTER VI A FIRE BRAND , page = 43
10. CHAPTER VII NAUGHTY NAN , page = 55
11. CHAPTER VIII PRANKS AND PLAYS , page = 61
12. CHAPTER IX DAISY'S BALL , page = 67
13. CHAPTER X HOME AGAIN , page = 75
14. CHAPTER XI UNCLE TEDDY , page = 84
15. CHAPTER XII HUCKLEBERRIES , page = 92
16. CHAPTER XIII GOLDILOCKS , page = 106
17. CHAPTER XIV DAMON AND PYTHIAS , page = 110
18. CHAPTER XV IN THE WILLOW , page = 122
19. CHAPTER XVI TAMING THE COLT , page = 132
20. CHAPTER XVII COMPOSITION DAY , page = 137
21. CHAPTER XVIII CROPS , page = 145
22. CHAPTER XIX JOHN BROOKE , page = 150
23. CHAPTER XX ROUND THE FIRE , page = 157
24. CHAPTER XXI THANKSGIVING , page = 169